[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2024012197A1 - Protection switching apparatus and open-circuit protection method - Google Patents

Protection switching apparatus and open-circuit protection method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024012197A1
WO2024012197A1 PCT/CN2023/103018 CN2023103018W WO2024012197A1 WO 2024012197 A1 WO2024012197 A1 WO 2024012197A1 CN 2023103018 W CN2023103018 W CN 2023103018W WO 2024012197 A1 WO2024012197 A1 WO 2024012197A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
port
signal light
node device
switch
light
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/103018
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
段玉华
邓宁
熊迪
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024012197A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024012197A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B10/00Transmission systems employing electromagnetic waves other than radio-waves, e.g. infrared, visible or ultraviolet light, or employing corpuscular radiation, e.g. quantum communication
    • H04B10/03Arrangements for fault recovery
    • H04B10/032Arrangements for fault recovery using working and protection systems

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of optical communication technology, and in particular to a protection switching device and a circuit break protection method.
  • Traditional metropolitan wavelength division still uses the point-to-point communication architecture of long-distance wavelength division. Multiplexed signals containing multiple wavelengths are sent to leaf nodes through aggregation nodes. Each leaf node downloads or uploads the required wavelength signals through bifurcation multiplexing equipment. This networking method requires high-cost node equipment.
  • the point-to-multipoint metropolitan ring network architecture based on the principle of passive optical network has high system reliability, low networking and maintenance costs, and is expected to solve the contradiction between metropolitan area network system capacity and networking cost.
  • the optical fiber links of the metropolitan area network span a large distance, and the external environment is complex and changeable. Link breaks often occur due to road construction, natural disasters, etc. Therefore, in order to ensure the stability of the business, a An efficient and reliable protection switching mechanism, when a fiber link fails, rapid protection switching can be performed to restore services in the shortest possible time without affecting the user experience.
  • the existing point-to-multipoint ring network protection switching mechanism for optical fiber links is mainly implemented through 1:1 backup through optical splitters with a fixed split ratio, which is not conducive to the power budget of the entire network and equipment redundancy, resulting in The system cost is higher.
  • the embodiment of the present application discloses a protection switching device and a circuit break protection method.
  • the protection switching device has a simple structure and low cost.
  • the use of the protection switching device can reduce the cost of the protection switching mechanism of optical fiber links and improve its applicability.
  • the first aspect of the embodiment of the present application discloses a protection switching device, which includes a port switch and a coupling optical splitter.
  • the port switch is connected to the coupling optical splitter.
  • the port switch is respectively connected to a first node device, a second node device and a sub-node device. connected; in the first preset state, the port switch is used to receive the first signal light from the first node device and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter, and the coupling optical splitter is used to split the first signal light into a third the second signal light and the third signal light, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch.
  • the port switch is used to send the second signal light to the second node device and send the third signal to the child node device.
  • the port switch in the second preset state, is used to receive the first signal light from the second node device and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter, and the coupling optical splitter is used to split the first signal light into the third the second signal light and the third signal light, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch.
  • the port switch is used to send the third signal light to the first node device and send the second signal to the child node device.
  • the protection switching device can be implemented by a port switch based on a spatial optical path and a passive coupling splitter.
  • the protection switching device has a simple structure and low cost. Using the protection switching device can reduce Reduce the cost of the protection switching mechanism of optical fiber links and improve its applicability.
  • the port switch is used to receive the first signal light from the first node device, and the coupling optical splitter is used to split the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and the port switch The port switch is used to send the second signal light to the second node device and send the third signal light to the child node device; in the second preset state, the port switch is used to receive the first signal light from the second node device, by coupling The optical splitter splits the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and the port switch is used to send the second signal light to the sub-node device and the third signal light to the first node device; through the above method, It can be realized that in the second preset state, that is, when the communication link fails, the second node device communicates with the sub-node device on the right side of the broken fiber node, which can ensure the stability of the business, and, in the first In the preset state, the ratio of the third signal light sent to the child node device
  • the ratio of the third signal light of the first node device is the reciprocal of each other; that is, it can be understood that in the first preset state, the optical power ratio of the transceiver and light module in the child node device and the backbone fiber is the same as that in the second preset state. Under this condition, the ratio of the optical power of the receiving and receiving optical modules in the sub-node equipment to that of the backbone optical fiber is the reciprocal of each other, which can make the number of connectable sub-node equipment in the optical communication system larger.
  • the port switch includes a first port, a second port, a third port, a fourth port, a fifth port and a sixth port
  • the coupling optical splitter includes a seventh port, an eighth port and a sixth port.
  • the fourth port is connected to the seventh port
  • the fifth port is connected to the eighth port
  • the sixth port is connected to the ninth port; in the first default state, the port switch is used to receive data through the first port
  • the first signal light is emitted to the coupling optical splitter through the fourth port, the second signal light is received through the fifth port and the second signal light is emitted to the second node device through the second port, and the second signal light is received through the sixth port.
  • the port switch in the second preset state, is used to receive the first signal light through the second port and transmit the third signal light to the coupling splitter through the fourth port.
  • a signal light receiving the third signal light through the sixth port and transmitting the third signal light to the first node device through the first port, receiving the second signal light through the fifth port and transmitting the second signal light to the child node device through the third port. signal light.
  • the above protection switching device can realize flexible configuration of the coupler light direction and light splitting ratio in the single-fiber unidirectional point-to-multipoint ring network architecture, that is, the light splitting ratio can be reversed accordingly after the communication direction is changed. It is conducive to the optimization of the ring network link power budget to support the connection of more sub-node devices.
  • the port switch includes an optical path turning lens group; in the second preset state, the optical path turning lens group is used to disconnect the first port and the fourth port and establish the connection between the first port and the fourth port. Connect the sixth port, disconnect the second port from the fifth port and establish the connection between the second port and the fourth port, disconnect the third port from the sixth port and establish the connection between the third port and the fifth port connect.
  • the port switch includes an optical path turning lens group; in the first preset state, the optical path turning lens group is used to establish a connection between the first port and the fourth port, and to establish a connection between the second port and the third port.
  • a five-port connection establishes a connection between the third port and the sixth port.
  • the port switch includes a first port, a second port, a third port, a fourth port, a fifth port, a sixth port and a seventh port
  • the coupling optical splitter includes an eighth port, The ninth port, the tenth port and the eleventh port, the fourth port is connected to the eighth port, the fifth port is connected to the ninth port, the sixth port is connected to the tenth port, the seventh port is connected to the eleventh port
  • the ports are connected; in the first preset state, the port switch is used to receive the first signal light through the first port and transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter through the fourth port, and to receive the second signal light through the fifth port and The second signal light is emitted to the second node device through the second port, the third signal light is received through the sixth port, and the third signal light is emitted to the sub-node device through the third port; in the second preset state, the port switch uses receiving the first signal light through the second port and transmitting the first signal light to the coupling splitter through
  • the above protection switching device can realize flexible configuration of the coupler light direction and light splitting ratio in the single-fiber unidirectional point-to-multipoint ring network architecture, that is, the light splitting ratio can be reversed accordingly after the communication direction is changed. It is conducive to the optimization of the ring network link power budget to support the connection of more sub-node devices.
  • the port switch includes an optical path turning lens group; in the second preset state, the light path turning lens group is used to disconnect the second port from the fifth port and establish the connection between the second port and the fifth port. Connect the sixth port, disconnect the third port from the sixth port and establish the connection between the third port and the seventh port.
  • the port switch includes an optical path turning lens group; in the first preset state, the optical path turning lens group is used to establish a connection between the first port and the fourth port, and to establish a connection between the second port and the third port.
  • a five-port connection establishes a connection between the third port and the sixth port.
  • the port switch includes a first port, a second port, a third port, a fourth port, a fifth port, a sixth port, a seventh port and an eighth port
  • the coupling optical splitter includes The ninth port, the tenth port, the eleventh port and the twelfth port, the fifth port is connected to the ninth port, the sixth port is connected to the tenth port, the seventh port is connected to the eleventh port, and the seventh port is connected to the eleventh port.
  • the eight ports are connected to the twelfth port; in the first preset state, the port switch is used to receive the first signal light through the first port and transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter through the fifth port, and through the sixth port Receive the second signal light and transmit the second signal light to the second node device through the second port, receive the third signal light through the seventh port and transmit the third signal light to the child node device through the third port; in the second preset In this state, the port switch is configured to receive the first signal light through the second port and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the seventh port, and to receive the third signal light through the fifth port and to the first node device through the first port. The third signal light is emitted, the second signal light is received through the eighth port, and the second signal light is transmitted to the sub-node device through the fourth port.
  • the above protection switching device can realize flexible configuration of the coupler light direction and light splitting ratio in the single-fiber unidirectional point-to-multipoint ring network architecture, that is, the light splitting ratio can be reversed accordingly after the communication direction is changed. It is conducive to the optimization of the ring network link power budget to support the connection of more sub-node devices.
  • the port switch includes an optical path turning lens set or an optical switch; in the second preset state, the light path turning lens set or optical switch is used to disconnect the second port from the sixth port. and disconnecting the third port from the seventh port and establishing a connection from the second port to the seventh port.
  • the port switch includes an optical path turning lens set or an optical switch; in the first preset state, the light path turning lens set or optical switch is used to establish a connection between the first port and the fifth port, The connection between the second port and the sixth port is established, and the connection between the third port and the seventh port is established.
  • in the first preset state there is an optical connection between the sub-node device and the first node device; 2. In the default state, there is no optical connection between the child node device and the first node device.
  • the sub-node device includes a first light-receiving module and a second light-receiving module; in the first preset state, there is an optical connection between the first light-receiving module and the first node device, and There is no optical connection with the second node device; there is no optical connection between the second light-receiving module and the first node device; in the second preset state, there is no optical connection between the first light-receiving module and the first node device. There is an optical connection and there is no optical connection with the second node device; there is no optical connection between the second receiving and receiving light module and the first node device but there is an optical connection with the second node device.
  • the second aspect of the embodiment of the present application discloses a protection switching device, which includes a port switch and a coupling optical splitter.
  • the port switch is connected to the coupling optical splitter.
  • the port switch is respectively connected to the first node device, the second node device and the sub-node.
  • the devices are connected, and the sub-node device includes a first light-receiving module and a second light-receiving module; the port switch is used to receive the first signal light from the first node device and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter.
  • the coupling optical splitter is used to splitting the first signal light into a second signal light and a third signal light, and sending the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch, and the port switch is used to send the second signal light to the second node device, and sends the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device;
  • the port switch is used to receive the fourth signal light from the second node device, and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter, and the coupling optical splitter is used to The fourth signal light is split into a fifth signal light and a sixth signal light, and the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light are sent to the port switch.
  • the port switch is used to send the sixth signal light to the first node device and to The second light-receiving module in the child node device sends the fifth signal light, wherein the optical power ratio of the second signal light and the third signal light is a first ratio, and the optical power ratio of the sixth signal light and the fifth signal light is a third ratio. Two ratios, the first ratio and the second ratio are reciprocals of each other.
  • the protection switching device can be implemented by a port switch based on a spatial optical path and a passive coupling splitter.
  • the protection switching device has a simple structure and low cost. Using the protection switching device can reduce Reduce the cost of the protection switching mechanism of optical fiber links and improve its applicability.
  • the port switch is used to receive the first signal light from the first node device, the coupling optical splitter is used to split the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and the port switch is used to provide the second signal light to the second node device.
  • the port switch is used to receive the fourth signal light from the second node device, and the coupling splitter is used to split the fourth signal light into the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light, and the port switch is used to send the fifth signal light to the second receiving and transmitting light module in the child node device, and to send the sixth signal light to the first node device; through the above method, it can be realized In the event of a communication link failure, the second node device communicates with the sub-node device on the right side of the fiber-broken node to ensure the stability of the business.
  • the second node device is sent to the first transceiver module in the sub-node device.
  • the ratio of the third signal light to the second signal light sent to the second node device is equal to the ratio of the fifth signal light sent to the second transceiver light module in the child node device to the sixth signal light sent to the first node device. Reciprocal; that is, it can be understood as the reciprocal of the ratio of the optical power of the first receiving and transmitting module in the sub-node device to the backbone fiber and the optical power of the second receiving and transmitting module in the sub-node device to the backbone fiber, which enables optical communication.
  • the number of sub-node devices that can be connected in the system is greater.
  • the port switch includes a first port, a second port, a third port, a fourth port, a fifth port, a sixth port, a seventh port and an eighth port
  • the coupling optical splitter includes a third port.
  • the ninth port, the tenth port, the eleventh port and the twelfth port, the fifth port is connected to the ninth port
  • the sixth port is connected to the tenth port
  • the seventh port is connected to the eleventh port
  • the eighth port The port is connected to the twelfth port; the port switch is used to receive the first signal light through the first port and transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter through the fifth port, and to receive the second signal light through the sixth port and pass the second signal light through the second port.
  • the port transmits the second signal light to the second node device, receives the third signal light through the seventh port, and transmits the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the sub-node device through the third port;
  • the port switch is used to pass the second port Receive the fourth signal light and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling splitter through the seventh port, receive the sixth signal light through the fifth port and transmit the sixth signal light to the first node device through the first port, and receive through the eighth port
  • the fifth signal light is emitted to the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the fourth port.
  • the port switch includes a first optical path turning lens group; the first optical path turning lens group is used to establish a connection between the second port and the sixth port to facilitate the transmission of the second signal light, and to establish The connection between the third port and the seventh port is to facilitate the transmission of the third signal light; the first optical path turning lens group is also used to establish the connection between the second port and the seventh port to facilitate the transmission of the fourth signal light.
  • the port switch is configured to receive the first signal light through the first port and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the fifth port, receive the second signal light through the sixth port and transmit the second signal light through the fifth port.
  • the two ports transmit the second signal light to the second node device, receive the third signal light through the seventh port, and transmit the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the sub-node device through the third port;
  • the port switch is used to pass the first The port receives the fourth signal light and transmits the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the fifth port, receives the fifth signal light through the sixth port and transmits the fifth signal light to the second node device through the second port, and passes the seventh port Receive the sixth signal light and transmit the sixth signal light to the second receiving and receiving light module in the sub-node device through the fourth port.
  • the port switch includes a second optical path turning lens group; the second optical path turning lens group is used to disconnect the fourth signal light at the second port and the seventh port and establish the fifth signal The light is connected to the second port and the sixth port, and the fifth signal light is disconnected The connection between the fourth port and the eighth port is established and the connection of the sixth signal light between the fourth port and the seventh port is established.
  • the port switch is configured to receive the first signal light through the second port and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the sixth port, receive the second signal light through the eighth port and transmit the first signal light through the eighth port.
  • One port transmits the second signal light to the first node device, receives the third signal light through the fifth port, and transmits the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the sub-node device through the third port; the port switch is used to pass the second signal light through the second port.
  • the port receives the fourth signal light and transmits the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the seventh port, receives the fifth signal light through the fifth port and transmits the fifth signal light to the first node device through the first port, and passes the eighth port Receive the sixth signal light and transmit the sixth signal light to the second receiving and receiving light module in the sub-node device through the fourth port.
  • the port switch includes a third optical path turning lens group; the third optical path turning lens group is used to disconnect the first signal light at the first port and the fifth port, and establish the second The connection of the signal light at the first port and the eighth port is used to disconnect the third signal light at the third port and the seventh port, and to establish the connection between the third signal light at the third port and the fifth port.
  • the third aspect of the embodiment of the present application discloses a circuit break protection method.
  • the circuit break protection method is suitable for an optical communication system.
  • the optical communication system includes a port switch, a coupling splitter, a first node device, a second node device and a sub-node device.
  • the method includes: determining that the optical communication system is in a first preset state; receiving the first signal light from the first node device through the port switch, and transmitting the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter; and transmitting the first signal light through the coupling optical splitter.
  • the third signal light determines that the optical communication system is in the second preset state; receives the first signal light from the second node device through the port switch, and transmits the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter; transmits the third signal light through the coupling optical splitter
  • a signal light is split into a second signal light and a third signal light, and the second signal light and the third signal light are sent to the port switch; the third signal light is sent to the first node device through the port switch, and to the sub-switch.
  • the node device sends the second signal light.
  • the port switch includes a first port, a second port, a third port, a fourth port, a fifth port and a sixth port
  • the coupling optical splitter includes a seventh port, an eighth port and a sixth port.
  • the fourth port is connected to the seventh port
  • the fifth port is connected to the eighth port
  • the sixth port is connected to the ninth port.
  • the method includes: when determining that the optical communication system is in the first preset state, receiving the first signal light through the first port in the port switch and coupling the light through the fourth port.
  • the device emits the first signal light, receives the second signal light through the fifth port and transmits the second signal light to the second node device through the second port, receives the third signal light through the sixth port and transmits the third signal light to the child node device through the third port.
  • Emitting the third signal light when it is determined that the optical communication system is in the second preset state, receiving the first signal light through the second port in the port switch and transmitting the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the fourth port.
  • the six ports receive the third signal light and transmit the third signal light to the first node device through the first port, and receive the second signal light through the fifth port and transmit the second signal light to the child node device through the third port.
  • the port switch includes an optical path turning lens group; when it is determined that the optical communication system is in the second preset state, the connection between the first port and the fourth port is disconnected and established through the optical path turning lens group.
  • Fifth port connection when it is determined that the optical communication system is in the second preset state, the connection between the first port and the fourth port is disconnected and established through the optical path turning lens group.
  • the port switch includes an optical path turning lens group; when it is determined that the optical communication system is in the first preset state, a connection between the first port and the fourth port is established through the optical path turning lens group, and a third port is established. The connection between the second port and the fifth port establishes the connection between the third port and the sixth port.
  • the port switch includes a first port, a second port, a third port, a fourth port, a fifth port, a sixth port and a seventh port
  • the coupling optical splitter includes an eighth port, The ninth port, the tenth port and the eleventh port; the fourth port is connected to the eighth port, the fifth port is connected to the ninth port, the sixth port is connected to the tenth port, the seventh port is connected to the eleventh port port is connected.
  • the method further includes: when determining that the optical communication system is in the first preset state, receiving the first signal light through the first port in the port switch and coupling it to the port through the fourth port.
  • the optical splitter emits the first signal light, receives the second signal light through the fifth port and transmits the second signal light to the second node device through the second port, receives the third signal light through the sixth port and transmits the third signal light to the sub-node through the third port.
  • the device emits the third signal light; when it is determined that the optical communication system is in the second preset state, the first signal light is received through the second port in the port switch and the first signal light is emitted to the coupling splitter through the sixth port.
  • the fourth port receives the third signal light and transmits the third signal light to the first node device through the first port
  • the seventh port receives the second signal light and transmits the second signal light to the child node device through the third port.
  • the port switch includes an optical path turning lens group; when it is determined that the optical communication system is in the second preset state, the connection between the second port and the fifth port is disconnected and established through the optical path turning lens group. The connection between the second port and the sixth port is disconnected, and the connection between the third port and the sixth port is disconnected and the connection between the third port and the seventh port is established.
  • the port switch includes an optical path turning lens group; when it is determined that the optical communication system is in the first preset state, a connection between the first port and the fourth port is established through the optical path turning lens group, and a third port is established. The connection between the second port and the fifth port establishes the connection between the third port and the sixth port.
  • the port switch includes a first port, a second port, a third port, a fourth port, a fifth port, a sixth port, a seventh port and an eighth port
  • the coupling optical splitter includes The ninth port, the tenth port, the eleventh port and the twelfth port; the fifth port is connected to the ninth port, the sixth port is connected to the tenth port, the seventh port is connected to the eleventh port, and the seventh port is connected to the eleventh port.
  • Port eight is connected to port twelve.
  • the method includes: when determining that the optical communication system is in the first preset state, receiving the first signal light through the first port in the port switch and coupling and splitting the light through the fifth port.
  • the device emits the first signal light, receives the second signal light through the sixth port and transmits the second signal light to the second node device through the second port, receives the third signal light through the seventh port and transmits the third signal light to the sub-node device through the third port.
  • Emitting the third signal light when it is determined that the optical communication system is in the second preset state, receiving the first signal light through the second port in the port switch and transmitting the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the seventh port.
  • the five-port receives the third signal light and transmits the third signal light to the first node device through the first port, and receives the second signal light through the eighth port and transmits the second signal light to the sub-node device through the fourth port.
  • the port switch includes an optical path turning lens group or an optical switch; when it is determined that the optical communication system is in the second preset state, the second port is disconnected from the second port through the optical path turning lens group or the optical switch. Connect the six ports and disconnect the third port and the seventh port and establish the connection between the second port and the seventh port.
  • the port switch includes an optical path turning lens group or an optical switch; when it is determined that the optical communication system is in the first preset state, the first port and the fifth port are established through the optical path turning lens group or the optical switch.
  • the port connection establishes the connection between the second port and the sixth port, and establishes the connection between the third port and the seventh port.
  • the child node device includes a first light-receiving module and a second light-receiving module; when it is determined that the optical communication system is in the first preset state, the first light-receiving module and the first node device There is an optical connection between the second node device and the second node device; there is no optical connection between the second transceiver module and the first node device; when it is determined that the optical communication system is in the second preset state, the first transceiver module There is no optical connection between the optical module and the first node device and no optical connection with the second node device; there is no optical connection between the second receiving and receiving optical module and the first node device and there is no optical connection with the second node device. An optical connection exists.
  • determining that the optical communication system is in the first preset state includes: the controller in the optical communication system detects that the communication link has not failed; determining that the optical communication system is in the second preset state includes: : A controller in an optical communication system detects a communication link failure.
  • the fourth aspect of the embodiment of the present application discloses a circuit break protection method.
  • the circuit break protection method is suitable for an optical communication system.
  • the optical communication system includes a port switch, a coupling splitter, a first node device, a second node device and a sub-node device.
  • the sub-node device includes a first light-receiving module and a second light-receiving module.
  • the method includes: receiving the first signal light from the first node device through the port switch, and transmitting the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter; Split the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch; send the second signal light to the second node device through the port switch, and Send the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device; receive the fourth signal light from the second node device through the port switch, and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter; use the coupling optical splitter to transmit the third signal light
  • the four-signal light is split into a fifth signal light and a sixth signal light, and the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light are sent to the port switch; the port switch is used to send the sixth signal light to the first node device, and to The second light-receiving module in the child node device sends the fifth signal light, wherein the optical power ratio of the second signal light and the third signal light is a first ratio, and the optical
  • the port switch includes a first port, a second port, a third port, a fourth port, a fifth port, a sixth port, a seventh port and an eighth port
  • the coupling optical splitter includes a third port.
  • the method includes: receiving the first signal light through the first port in the port switch, transmitting the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the fifth port, and receiving the first signal light through the sixth port.
  • two signal lights and transmitting the second signal light to the second node device through the second port receiving the third signal light through the seventh port and transmitting the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the third port; by The second port in the port switch receives the fourth signal light and transmits the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the seventh port.
  • the five ports receive the sixth signal light and transmit the sixth signal light to the first node device through the first port, receive the fifth signal light through the eighth port and transmit the fifth signal light to the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the fourth port. signal light.
  • the port switch includes a first optical path turning lens group; establishing a connection between the second port and the sixth port through the first optical path turning lens group to facilitate transmission of the second signal light, and establishing a third optical path turning lens group.
  • the connection between the third port and the seventh port is to facilitate the transmission of the third signal light; the connection between the second port and the seventh port is established through the first optical path turning lens group to facilitate the transmission of the fourth signal light.
  • the method includes: receiving the first signal light through the first port in the port switch, transmitting the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the fifth port, and receiving the first signal light through the sixth port.
  • two signal lights and transmitting the second signal light to the second node device through the second port receiving the third signal light through the seventh port and transmitting the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the third port;
  • the first port in the port switch receives the fourth signal light and transmits the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the fifth port, receives the fifth signal light through the sixth port and transmits the fifth signal light to the second node device through the second port.
  • the signal light receives the sixth signal light through the seventh port and transmits the sixth signal light to the second receiving and receiving light module in the sub-node device through the fourth port.
  • the port switch includes a second optical path turning lens group; the connection between the fourth signal light at the second port and the seventh port is disconnected through the second optical path turning lens group and the fifth signal light is established. At the connection between the second port and the sixth port, the connection between the fifth signal light at the fourth port and the eighth port is disconnected and the connection between the sixth signal light at the fourth port and the seventh port is established.
  • the method includes: receiving the first signal light through the second port in the port switch, transmitting the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the sixth port, and receiving the first signal light through the eighth port.
  • two signal lights and transmitting the second signal light to the first node device through the first port receiving the third signal light through the fifth port and transmitting the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the third port;
  • the second port in the port switch receives the fourth signal light and transmits the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the seventh port, receives the fifth signal light through the fifth port and transmits the fifth signal light to the first node device through the first port.
  • the signal light receives the sixth signal light through the eighth port and transmits the sixth signal light to the second receiving and receiving light module in the sub-node device through the fourth port.
  • the port switch includes a third optical path turning lens group; the third optical path turning lens group disconnects the first signal light at the first port and the fifth port, and establishes the second signal The light is connected between the first port and the eighth port, the connection between the third signal light at the third port and the seventh port is disconnected, and the connection between the third signal light at the third port and the fifth port is established.
  • the protection switching device can be implemented by a port switch based on a spatial optical path and a passive coupling splitter.
  • the protection switching process can be achieved by mechanically moving spatial optical elements.
  • Related technologies It is relatively mature, has small spatial optical path insertion loss and high extinction ratio, and can achieve fast and low-cost protection switching.
  • optical communication system and circuit break protection method provided by this application may be able to ensure the stability of the business, and are simple to implement and low in cost.
  • Figure 1 is a first structural schematic diagram of an optical communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a protection switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3A is a schematic diagram of a specific structure of a protection switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3B and Figure 3C are schematic diagrams of the connection relationship between ports in a port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS. 4 and 5 are schematic diagrams of optical path connections provided by embodiments of the present application.
  • Figure 6A is a schematic diagram of another specific structure of a protection switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figures 6B to 6E are schematic diagrams of connection relationships between ports in yet another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS 7 and 8 are schematic diagrams of yet another optical path connection provided by embodiments of the present application.
  • Figure 9A is a second structural schematic diagram of an optical communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS. 9B and Figure 9C are schematic diagrams of yet another signal optical transmission provided by embodiments of the present application.
  • Figure 10A is a schematic diagram of another specific structure of a protection switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS. 10B to 10F are schematic diagrams of the connection relationship between ports in yet another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS 11-13 are schematic diagrams of yet another optical path connection provided by embodiments of the present application.
  • Figure 14A is a third structural schematic diagram of an optical communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14B and Figure 14C are schematic diagrams of another signal optical transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 15A is a schematic diagram of another specific structure of a protection switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figures 15B to 15F are schematic diagrams of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS 16-18 are schematic diagrams of yet another optical path connection provided by embodiments of the present application.
  • Figure 19A is a fourth structural schematic diagram of an optical communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19B and Figure 19C are schematic diagrams of another signal optical transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 20A is a schematic diagram of another specific structure of a protection switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figures 20B to 20G are schematic diagrams of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 21 is a schematic diagram of another optical path connection provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 22 is a flow chart of a circuit break protection method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 23 is a flow chart of yet another circuit break protection method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • optical fiber links of the metropolitan area network span a large distance and the external environment is complex and changeable.
  • Link fiber breaks often occur due to road construction, natural disasters and other reasons. Therefore, in order to ensure the stability of the business, a An efficient and reliable protection switching mechanism.
  • rapid protection switching can be performed to restore services in the shortest possible time without affecting the user experience.
  • optical branches with a fixed split ratio can be used to restore services.
  • the router performs 1:1 backup to implement protection switching, but this is not conducive to the power budget of the entire network and equipment redundancy, resulting in high system costs.
  • the technical problem to be solved by this application is to propose a protection switching device with a simple structure and low cost. Using this protection switching device can reduce the cost of the protection switching mechanism of the optical fiber link and improve its applicability.
  • Figure 1 is a first structural schematic diagram of an optical communication system 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the optical communication system 100 includes a first node device 10, a second node device 20, Child node device 301, child node device 302, child node device 303, child node device 30N and optical fiber 40; wherein, the first node device 10, child node device 301, child node device 302, child node device 303, child node device 30N , the second node devices 20 are connected to the ring network through optical fibers 40.
  • each sub-node device includes a transceiver and light module.
  • the first node device 10 and the second node device 20 may be optical line terminal (OLT) devices, and the sub-node devices 301, 302, 303 and 30N may be optical network units ( optical network unit (ONU).
  • OLT optical line terminal
  • ONU optical network unit
  • in the first preset state there is an optical connection between each sub-node device and the first node device 10; in the second preset state, at least one sub-node device There is no optical connection between the node device and the first node device 10 .
  • the so-called first preset state is a state in which the communication link is normal
  • the second preset state is a state in which the communication link fails.
  • a protection switching device can be deployed in each sub-node device. It should be noted that the protection switching device can be deployed in the sub-node device or independently deployed in the optical communication system. The embodiments of this application are not limited. The use of this protection switching device can ensure the stability of communication services in the second preset state, and the protection switching device includes a port switch and a coupling splitter, which can reduce the cost of the protection switching mechanism of the optical fiber link and improve its applicability .
  • FIG. 1 Under the structure of an optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 1, as shown in Figure 2, Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a protection switching device 50 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the protection switching device 50 is in each sub-node device. The functions played are the same.
  • the protection switching device 50 is deployed in the sub-node device 301 as an example.
  • the protection switching device 50 includes a port switch 501 and a coupling splitter 502.
  • the port switch 501 is connected to the first
  • the node device 10 is connected to the sub-node device 301, and the port switch 501 is connected to a backbone optical fiber that leads to the second node device 20.
  • the port switch 501 in the first preset state, is used to receive the first signal light from the first node device 10 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502 .
  • the coupling splitter 502 is used to split the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch 501 .
  • the port switch 501 is configured to send the second signal light to the second node device 20 and send the third signal light to the child node device. It should be noted that the port switch 501 sending the third signal light to the child node device may mean that the port switch 501 sends the third signal light to the transceiver light module in the child node device.
  • the port switch 501 is configured to receive the first signal light from the second node device 20 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502 .
  • the coupling splitter 502 is used to split the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch 501 .
  • the port switch 501 is used to send the third signal light to the first node device 10, and to The child node device sends the second signal light. It should be noted that the port switch 501 sending the second signal light to the child node device may mean that the port switch 501 sends the second signal light to the transceiver light module in the child node device.
  • first node device 10 and the second node device 20 can serve as master and backup for each other. That is to say, the first node device 10 and the sub-node devices construct a main path for optical signal transmission, while the second node device 20 and the sub-node devices construct a backup path for optical signal transmission. In actual use, the optical communication system 100 will preferentially use the main path for signal light transmission.
  • the splitting ratio of the second signal light and the third signal light sent by the port switch 501 is the first ratio, for example, 9:1.
  • the splitting ratio of the third signal light and the second signal light sent by the port switch 501 is a second ratio, for example, 1:9, where the first ratio and the second ratio are reciprocals of each other.
  • a protection switching device 50 is deployed in each sub-node device.
  • the first node device 10 sends the first signal light with the central wavelength ⁇ 1 to the child node device 301, and the child node device 301 receives the first signal light through the port switch 501, and transmitted to the coupling splitter 502, which splits the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and sends the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch 501, which switches
  • the transmitter 501 is used to send the second signal light to the child node device 302, and to send the third signal light to the transceiver and light module in the child node device 301.
  • the child node device 302 receives the second signal light through the port switch 501 and transmits it to the coupling optical splitter 502.
  • the coupling optical splitter 502 splits the second signal light into a fourth signal light and a fifth signal light, and converts the fourth signal light into a fourth signal light and a fifth signal light.
  • the light and the fifth signal light are sent to the port switch 501, which is used to send the fourth signal light to the child node device 303, and to send the fifth signal light to the transceiver light module in the child node device 302.
  • the fourth signal light is transmitted from the sub-node device 303 to the sub-node device 30N.
  • the ratio of the power of the fifth signal light and the fourth signal light increases sequentially compared with the ratio of the power of the third signal light and the second signal light. It should be noted that from the child node device 301 to the child node device 302 until the direction of the sub-node device 30N, the ratio of the power of the optical signal in the light-transmitting module in the sub-node device to the power of the optical signal in the trunk fiber gradually increases.
  • the power of the optical signal in the light-receiving module in the sub-node device 301 The ratio of the power to the power of the optical signal of the backbone fiber is 1:9; the ratio of the power of the optical signal in the light-receiving module in the sub-node device 302 to the power of the optical signal of the backbone fiber is 2:8; in the sub-node device 303 The ratio of the power of the optical signal in the light-receiving module to the power of the optical signal in the backbone fiber is 3:7.
  • the power of the optical signal in the light-receiving module in the sub-node device 30N is equal to the power of the optical signal in the backbone fiber. The ratio is 9:1.
  • the second preset state for example, if the optical fiber between the sub-node device 301 and the sub-node device 302 is broken, the communication service between the first node device 10 and the sub-node device 302 is interrupted.
  • the second The node device 20 starts to work.
  • the second node device 20 sends the first signal light with the center wavelength ⁇ 1 to the child node device 30N.
  • the child node device 30N receives the first signal light through the port switch 501 and transmits it to the coupling splitter 502.
  • the coupling splitter 502 splits the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and sends the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch 501 in the sub-node device 30N.
  • the port switch 501 is used to send the second signal light to the child node device 30 (N-1), and send the third signal light to the transceiver and light module in the child node device 30N.
  • the sub-node device 30 (N-1) receives the second signal light through the port switch 501 and transmits it to the coupling splitter 502, which splits the second signal light into the fourth signal light and the fifth signal light, and sends the fourth signal light and the fifth signal light to the port switch 501 in the child node device 30 (N-1), which is used to send the fourth signal to the child node device 30 (N-2). light, and sends the fifth signal light to the transceiver light module in the child node device 30(N-1).
  • the fourth signal light is transmitted from the sub-node device 30 (N-2) to the sub-node device 302.
  • a part of the signal power is split through a coupling splitter to the receiving and transmitting light module of the sub-node device.
  • Downlink communication while the remaining signal power continues to be transmitted to the next child node device.
  • the ratio of the power of the fifth signal light and the fourth signal light increases sequentially compared with the ratio of the power of the third signal light and the second signal light.
  • the ratio of the power of the optical signal in the receiving and receiving light module in the child node device to the power of the optical signal of the backbone fiber gradually increases, for example, the child node device 30N
  • the ratio of the power of the optical signal in the middle receiving and receiving light module to the power of the optical signal in the backbone optical fiber is 1:9; the power of the optical signal in the receiving and receiving light module in the sub-node device 30 (N-1) and the optical signal in the backbone optical fiber
  • the power ratio of The ratio of the power of the optical signal in the optical fiber to the power of the optical signal in the backbone fiber is 8:2.
  • the first node device 10 can still send the first signal light with a central wavelength of ⁇ 1 to the child node device 301, and the child node device 301 receives the first signal light through the port switch 501.
  • the signal light is transmitted to the coupling splitter 502, which splits a part of the signal power to the receiving and transmitting light module of the sub-node device to complete downlink communication.
  • the situation of downlink communication has been described above.
  • the situation of uplink communication is as follows: in the first preset state, the port switch 501 is used to receive the second signal light and the third signal light from the sub-node device, and convert the second signal light into and the third signal light are sent to the coupling splitter 502.
  • the coupling splitter 502 couples the second signal light and the third signal light into the first signal light, and transmits the first signal light to the port switch 501.
  • the port switch 501 used to optically transmit the first signal to the first node device 10; in the second preset state, the port switch 501 is used to receive the third signal light and the second signal light from the sub-node device, and sends the third signal light and the second signal light to the coupling splitter 502, the coupling splitter 502 couples the third signal light and the second signal light into the first signal light, and transmits the first signal light to the port switch 501 , and the port switch 501 is used to transmit the first signal light to the second node device 20 .
  • the signal light emitted from the transceiver and light-emitting modules in each sub-node device passes through The coupling splitter combines the optical fiber into the trunk fiber and transmits it to the first node device 10 .
  • the signal light emitted from the transceiver and luminous modules in each child node device for example, from the child node device 302, the child node device 303 to the child node device 30N is combined through the coupling splitter.
  • the backbone optical fiber is transmitted to the second node device 20.
  • determining that the optical communication system is in the first preset state or the second preset state can be achieved by a controller in the optical communication system. It should be added that the controller can be a controller already in the optical communication system. The reuse of some controllers can also be used to add new controllers in the optical communication system.
  • the control can be implemented specifically as a frame-type componentized system or as a system-on-a-chip (SOC) composed of a single integrated chip, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • FIG. 3A is a schematic structural diagram of a protection switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the protection switching device 50 includes a port switch 501 and a coupling splitter 502.
  • the port switch 501 includes a first port 1, a second port 2, a third port 3, a fourth port 4, a fifth port 5 and a sixth port 6.
  • the coupling splitter 502 includes a seventh port 7 , an eighth port 8 and a ninth port 9 .
  • the fourth port 4 is connected to the seventh port 7
  • the fifth port 5 is connected to the eighth port 8
  • the sixth port 6 is connected to the ninth port 9 .
  • the protection switching device 50 plays the same role in each sub-node device.
  • the first port is connected to the first node device 10, and the second port is connected to the first node device 10. It is connected to the backbone optical fiber, which leads to the second node device 20, and the third port is connected to the sub-node device 301.
  • the third port can be connected to the receiving and transmitting light module in the sub-node device 301.
  • the connection of ports can be analogous to that of the sub-node device 301, which will not be described in detail in the embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 3B is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in a port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first port 1 is connected to the fourth port 4
  • the second port 2 is connected to the fifth port 5
  • the third port 3 is connected to the sixth port 6 .
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the first port 1 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502 through the fourth port 4.
  • the coupling splitter 502 is used to split the first signal light into the second signal light. and the third signal light, and sends the second signal light and the third signal light to the fifth port 5 and the sixth port 6 of the port switch 501 respectively.
  • the port switch 501 receives the second signal light through the fifth port 5 and The second signal light is emitted to the second node device 20 through the second port 2 , the third signal light is received through the sixth port 6 , and the third signal light is emitted to the child node device through the third port 3 .
  • the first signal light comes from the first node device 10 .
  • Figure 3C is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first port 1 and the sixth port 6 are connected.
  • the second port 2 is connected to the fourth port 4, and the third port 3 is connected to the fifth port 5.
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the second port 2 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502 through the fourth port 4.
  • the coupling optical splitter 502 is used to convert the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502.
  • the signal light is split into a second signal light and a third signal light, and the second signal light and the third signal light are respectively sent to the fifth port 5 and the sixth port 6 of the port switch 501, and the port switch 501 passes through the sixth port.
  • Port 6 receives the third signal light and transmits the third signal light to the first node device 10 through the first port 1.
  • the fifth port 5 receives the second signal light and transmits the second signal light to the child node device through the third port 3. .
  • the first signal light comes from the second node device 20 .
  • the uplink communication situation is specifically as follows: In the first preset state, the port switch 501 is used to receive from the third port 3 through the third port 3. The third signal light of the child node device is transmitted to the sixth port 6, and the second signal light is received through the second port 2 and transmitted to the fifth port 5.
  • the coupling splitter 502 passes the eighth port 8 and the ninth port 9 respectively. Receive the second signal light and the third signal light, couple the second signal light and the third signal light into the first signal light, and transmit them to the port switch 501.
  • the port switch 501 receives the first signal through the fourth port 4.
  • the light is transmitted to the first port 1, and the port switch 501 sends the first signal light to the first node device 10 through the first port 1.
  • the port switch 501 is configured to receive the second signal light from the sub-node device through the third port 3 and transmit it to the fifth port 5, and to receive the third signal light through the first port 1 and transmit it.
  • the coupling splitter 502 receives the second signal light and the third signal light through the eighth port 8 and the ninth port 9 respectively, and couples the second signal light and the third signal light into the first signal light, and transmitted to the port switch 501.
  • the port switch 501 receives the first signal light through the fourth port 4 and transmits it to the second port 2.
  • the port switch 501 sends the first signal light to the second node device 20 through the second port 2. .
  • the protection switching device can be implemented by a port switch based on a spatial optical path and a passive coupling splitter.
  • the protection switching device has a simple structure and low cost. Using the protection switching device can reduce the protection of optical fiber links. Reduce the cost of the switching mechanism and improve its applicability.
  • the structure of the port switch 501 will be further described below in conjunction with the foregoing content.
  • the port switch 501 includes an optical path turning lens group.
  • the optical path turning lens group is used to disconnect the first port 1 and the fourth port 4 and establish the first port.
  • the connection between port 1 and the sixth port 6, the connection between the second port 2 and the fifth port 5 is disconnected and the connection between the second port 2 and the fourth port 4 is established, and the connection between the third port 3 and the sixth port 6 is disconnected.
  • the light path turning lens set may include two movable optical components, for example, the two movable optical components are a four-prism 5011 and a four-prism 5012.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of an optical path connection provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in (a) of Figure 4, in the first preset state, the four-sided prism 5011 and the four-sided prism 5012 are connected from the first port 1, the second port 2, the third port 3, the fourth port 4, and the fifth port. 5 and the sixth port 6 are moved away without affecting the direction of the spatial optical path. The first port 1, the second port 2, and the third port 3 establish optical paths with the fourth port 4, the fifth port 5, and the sixth port 6 respectively.
  • the four-sided prism 5011 and the four-sided prism 5012 are connected at the first port 1, the second port 2, the third port 3, the fourth port 4, and the fourth port 4.
  • the direction of the spatial optical path changes relative to the direction of the spatial optical path in the first preset state.
  • the first port 1 and the sixth port 6 establish an optical path connection
  • the second port 2 establishes an optical path connection with the fourth port 4
  • the third port 3 establishes an optical path connection with the fifth port 5.
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the second port 2.
  • the first signal light is deflected by the square prism 5011 and then sent to the coupling splitter 502 through the fourth port 4. ;
  • the port switch 501 receives the third signal light through the sixth port 6.
  • the third signal light is reflected twice by the square prism 5012 and then deflected by the square prism 5011 and sent to the first port 1 of the port switch 501.
  • Port The switch 501 transmits the third signal light to the first node device 10 through the first port 1; the port switch 501 receives the second signal light through the fifth port 5.
  • the second signal light is deflected by the quadrangular prism 5011 and then switched to the port.
  • the port switch 501 transmits the second signal light to the sub-node device through the third port 3.
  • the optical path turning lens group may include a fixed optical component and a movable optical component.
  • the fixed optical component is a reflector 5014 and the movable optical component is a prism 5013.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of another optical path connection provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in (a) of Figure 5, in the first preset state, the reflector 5014 is at the first port 1, the second port 2, the third port 3, the fourth port 4, the fifth port 5 and the sixth port. Between ports 6, the quadrangular prism 5013 moves away from the first port 1, the second port 2, the third port 3 and the fourth port 4, the fifth port 5 and the sixth port 6 without affecting the direction of the spatial optical path.
  • the first port 1, the second port 2, and the third port 3 establish optical path connections with the fourth port 4, the fifth port 5, and the sixth port 6 respectively; as shown in (b) in Figure 5, in the second default In this state, the reflector 5014 and the square prism 5013 are between the first port 1, the second port 2, the third port 3, the fourth port 4, the fifth port 5 and the sixth port 6, and the direction of the spatial optical path is relative to The direction of the spatial optical path in the first preset state changes.
  • the first port 1 establishes an optical path connection with the sixth port 6
  • the second port 2 establishes an optical path connection with the fourth port 4
  • the third port 3 establishes an optical path connection with the fifth port.
  • Port 5 establishes an optical path connection.
  • the port switch 501 in the second preset state, is used to receive the first signal light through the second port 2.
  • the first signal light is deflected by the square prism 5013 and then sent to the coupling splitter 502 through the fourth port 4.
  • the port switch 501 receives the third signal light through the sixth port 6.
  • the third signal light is reflected to the reflector 5014 through the square prism 5013, then reflected to the square prism 5013 through the reflector 5014, and then deflected through the square prism 5013.
  • the port switch 501 transmits the third signal light to the first node device 10 through the first port 1; the port switch 501 receives the second signal light through the fifth port 5.
  • the signal light is deflected by the square prism 5013 and then sent to the third port 3 of the port switch 501.
  • the port switch 501 transmits the second signal light to the child node device through the third port 3. It should be noted that the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in Figure 5(a) corresponds to Figure 3B; the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in Figure 5(b) corresponds to Corresponds to Figure 3C.
  • the port switch 501 includes an optical path turning lens group.
  • the optical path turning lens group is used to establish a connection between the first port 1 and the fourth port 4, and to establish a second
  • the connection between port 2 and the fifth port 5 establishes the connection between the third port and the sixth port.
  • the port switch 501 can also be implemented using a 3*3 optical switch or other structures. This is not the case in the embodiment of this application. limited.
  • the port switch 501 can realize optical path connection through an optical path turning lens group or an optical switch, that is, the protection switching process can be realized by mechanically moving spatial optical elements.
  • the technology involved is relatively mature, and the spatial optical path insertion loss is small and extinction is low. than high.
  • FIG. 6A is a schematic diagram of another specific structure of a protection switching device 50 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the protection switching device 50 includes a port switch 501 and a coupling splitter 502.
  • the port switch 501 includes a first port 1, a second port Port 2, third port 3, fourth port 4, fifth port 5, sixth port 6 and seventh port 7.
  • the coupling splitter 502 includes an eighth port 8, a ninth port 9, a tenth port 10 and a tenth port.
  • One port 11, the fourth port 4 is connected to the eighth port 8, the fifth port 5 is connected to the ninth port 9, the sixth port 6 is connected to the tenth port 10, the seventh port 7 is connected to the eleventh port 11 connected.
  • the protection switching device 50 plays the same role in each sub-node device. Taking the protection switching device deployed in the sub-node device 301 as an example, the first port 1 is connected to the first node device 10, and the second port 1 is connected to the first node device 10. Port 2 is connected to the backbone optical fiber, which leads to the second node device 20. The third port 3 is connected to the sub-node device 301. Specifically, the third port 3 can be connected to the receiving and receiving module in the sub-node device 301. connect. When protection switching devices are deployed in other sub-node devices, the connection of ports can be analogous to that of the sub-node device 301, which will not be described in detail in the embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 6B is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the first port 1 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502 through the fourth port 4.
  • the coupling optical splitter 502 is used to convert the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502.
  • the signal light is split into a second signal light and a third signal light, and the second signal light and the third signal light are respectively sent to the fifth port 5 and the sixth port 6 of the port switch 501, and the port switch 501 passes through the fifth port.
  • Port 5 receives the second signal light and transmits the second signal light to the second node device 20 through the second port 2, and receives the third signal light through the sixth port 6 and transmits the third signal light to the child node device through the third port 3.
  • the first signal light comes from the first node device 10 .
  • Figure 6C is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first port 1 and the fourth port 4 are connected.
  • the second port 2 is connected to the sixth port 6, and the third port 3 is connected to the seventh port 7.
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the second port 2 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502 through the sixth port 6.
  • the coupling optical splitter 502 is used to convert the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502.
  • the signal light is split into a second signal light and a third signal light, and the second signal light and the third signal light are respectively sent to the seventh port 7 and the fourth port 4 of the port switch 501.
  • the port switch 501 passes through the fourth port.
  • Port 4 receives the third signal light and transmits the third signal light to the first node device 10 through the first port 1.
  • the seventh port 7 receives the second signal light and transmits the second signal light to the child node device through the third port 3. .
  • the first signal light comes from the second node device 20 .
  • Figure 6D is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first port 1 and the fourth port 4 are connected.
  • the second port 2 is connected to the seventh port 7
  • the third port 3 is connected to the sixth port 6 .
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the second port 2 and transmit the first signal light through the seventh port 7 to the coupling optical splitter 502.
  • the coupling optical splitter 502 is used to convert the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502.
  • the signal light is split into a second signal light and a third signal light, and the second signal light and the third signal light are respectively sent to the sixth port 6 and the fourth port 4 of the port switch 501.
  • the port switch 501 passes through the fourth port.
  • Port 4 receives the third signal light and transmits the third signal light to the first node device 10 through the first port 1, and receives the second signal light through the sixth port 6 and transmits the second signal light to the child node device through the third port 3. .
  • the first signal light comes from the second node device 20 .
  • Figure 6E is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first port 1 and the seventh port 7 are connected.
  • the second port 2 is connected to the fifth port 5, and the third port 3 is connected to the fourth port 4.
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the second port 2 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502 through the fifth port 5.
  • the coupling optical splitter 502 is used to convert the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502.
  • the signal light is split into a second signal light and a third signal light, and the second signal light and the third signal light are respectively sent to the fourth port 4 and the seventh port 7 of the port switch 501, and the port switch 501 passes through the seventh port.
  • Port 7 receives the third signal light and transmits the third signal light to the first node device 10 through the first port 1.
  • the fourth port 4 receives the second signal light and transmits the second signal light to the child node device through the third port 3. .
  • the first signal light comes from the second node device 20 .
  • connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 is only explained as an example. Of course, there are other connection relationships between the ports, which are not limited by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the structure of the port switch 501 will be further described below in conjunction with the foregoing content.
  • the port switch 501 includes an optical path turning lens group.
  • the optical path turning lens group is used to disconnect the second port 2 and the fifth port 5 and establish a second The connection between port 2 and the sixth port 6 is disconnected, the connection between the third port 3 and the sixth port 6 is disconnected, and the connection between the third port 3 and the seventh port 7 is established.
  • the light path turning lens group may include a movable optical component, for example, the movable optical component is a square prism 5015.
  • the movable optical component is a square prism 5015.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of another optical path connection provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in (a) of Figure 7, in the first preset state, the quadrangular prism 5015 is connected from the first port 1, the second port 2, the third port 3, the fourth port 4, the fifth port 5, and the sixth port 5015. Port 6 and seventh port 7 are moved away from each other without affecting the direction of the spatial optical path. The first port 1, the second port 2, and the third port 3 are respectively established with the fourth port 4, the fifth port 5, and the sixth port 6.
  • Optical path connection as shown in (b) in Figure 7, in the second preset state, The square prism 5015 is between the first port 1, the second port 2, the third port 3, the fourth port 4, the fifth port 5, the sixth port 6 and the seventh port 7.
  • the direction of the spatial optical path is relative to the first port.
  • the direction of the spatial optical path in the default state changes.
  • the first port 1 and the fourth port 4 establish an optical path connection
  • the second port 2 and the sixth port 6 establish an optical path connection
  • the third port 3 and the seventh port 7 establish an optical path connection.
  • Establish optical path connection in the second preset state, the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the second port 2.
  • the first signal light is deflected by the square prism 5015 and then sent to the coupling splitter 502 through the sixth port 6. ;
  • the port switch 501 receives the third signal light through the fourth port 4, and the third signal light does not pass through the square prism 5015, and the port switch 501 transmits the third signal light to the first node device 10 through the first port 1;
  • Port switch The switch 501 receives the second signal light through the seventh port 7.
  • the second signal light is deflected by the quadrangular prism 5015 and then sent to the third port 3 of the port switch 501.
  • the port switch 501 transmits the signal light to the sub-node device through the third port 3. Emit the second signal light.
  • the optical path turning lens group may include a movable optical component.
  • the movable optical component 5016 is composed of a four-sided prism 50161 and a four-sided prism 50162.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of another optical path connection provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in (a) of FIG. 8 , in the first preset state, the optical component 5016 switches from the first port 1 , the second port 2 , the third port 3 , the fourth port 4 , the fifth port 5 , and the sixth port 5016 . Port 6 and seventh port 7 are moved away from each other without affecting the direction of the spatial optical path.
  • the first port 1, the second port 2, and the third port 3 are respectively established with the fourth port 4, the fifth port 5, and the sixth port 6.
  • Optical path connection As shown in (b) of Figure 8, in the second preset state, the optical component 5016 is connected to the first port 1, the second port 2, the third port 3, the fourth port 4, and the fifth port 5. , between the sixth port 6 and the seventh port 7, the direction of the spatial optical path changes relative to the direction of the spatial optical path in the first preset state. At this time, the first port 1 and the fourth port 4 establish an optical path connection.
  • the second port 2 establishes an optical path connection with the sixth port 6, and the third port 3 establishes an optical path connection with the seventh port 7.
  • the port switch 501 in the second preset state, is used to receive the first signal light through the second port 2.
  • the first signal light is reflected twice by the square prism 50161 and then passes through the sixth port 6 to the coupling beam splitter 502.
  • Send; the port switch 501 receives the third signal light through the fourth port 4, and the third signal light does not pass through the square prism 5015, and the port switch 501 transmits the third signal light to the first node device 10 through the first port 1;
  • port The switch 501 receives the second signal light through the seventh port 7.
  • the second signal light is reflected twice by the square prism 50162 and sent to the third port 3 of the port switch 501.
  • the port switch 501 transmits to the child node through the third port 3.
  • the device emits a second signal light. It should be noted that the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in Figure 8(a) corresponds to Figure 6B; the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in Figure 8(b) corresponds to Corresponds to Figure 6C.
  • the port switch 501 includes an optical path turning lens group; in the first preset state, the optical path turning lens group is used to establish a connection between the first port 1 and the fourth port 4, and to establish a second The connection between port 2 and the fifth port 5 establishes the connection between the third port 3 and the sixth port 6.
  • the port switch 501 can also be implemented using a 3 ⁇ 4 optical switch or other structures. This is not the case in the embodiment of this application. limited.
  • the port switch 501 can realize optical path connection through an optical path turning lens group or an optical switch, that is, the protection switching process can be realized by mechanically moving spatial optical elements.
  • the technology involved is relatively mature, and the spatial optical path insertion loss is small and extinction is low. than high.
  • Figure 9A is a second structural schematic diagram of an optical communication system 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the optical communication system 100 includes a first node device 10, a second node device 20, Child node device 301, child node device 302, child node device 303, child node device 30N and optical fiber 40; wherein, the first node device 10, child node device 301, child node device 302, child node device 303, child node device 30N , the second node devices 20 are connected to the ring network through optical fibers 40.
  • Each sub-node device includes two light-receiving and transmitting modules, namely a main light-receiving module and a backup light-emitting module.
  • the first node device 10 and the second node device 20 may be OLT devices, and the child node devices 301, 302, 303, and 30N may be ONUs.
  • a protection switching device can be deployed in each sub-node device. It should be noted that the protection switching device can be deployed in the sub-node device or independently deployed in the optical communication system. The embodiments of this application are not limited. The use of this protection switching device can ensure the stability of communication services in the second preset state, and the protection switching device includes a port switch and a coupling splitter, which can reduce the cost of the protection switching mechanism of the optical fiber link and improve its applicability .
  • each sub-node device includes a main receiving and lighting module and a backup receiving and lighting module.
  • the main light-receiving module can be understood as the first light-receiving module
  • the backup light-receiving module can be understood as the second light-receiving module.
  • Figure 9B is a schematic diagram of another signal optical transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application. In the first preset state, there is an optical connection between the first receiving and receiving light module and the first node device 10 and with the first node device 10.
  • 9C is a schematic diagram of another signal optical transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the second preset state between the first receiving and receiving light module in at least one child node device and the first node device 10
  • optical connection between 20 there is an optical connection between 20; it can be understood that in the second preset state, there is no optical connection between the main transceiver and light-emitting module in at least one child node device and the first node device 10, and the main transceiver and light-emitting module and the first node device 10 There is no optical connection between the second node devices 20; there is no optical connection between the backup light-emitting module in the at least one child node device and the first node device 10, and there is no optical connection between the backup light-emitting module and the second node device 20. There is an optical connection between them.
  • the second default state there is no optical connection between the main transceiver and light-emitting module in the child node device 303 and the first node device 10, and there is no optical connection between the main transceiver and light-emitting module and the second node device 20. There is no optical connection between them; there is no optical connection between the backup light-emitting module in the child node device 303 and the first node device 10, and there is an optical connection between the backup light-emitting module and the second node device 20.
  • the main transceiver and light-emitting module in the child node device is used for optical communication with the first node device 10 in the first preset state
  • the backup transceiver and light-emitting module in the child node device is used to perform optical communication with the first node device 10 in the second preset state.
  • Optical communication is performed with the second node device 20 in the set state.
  • the main difference in structure between the optical communication system 100 shown in FIG. 9A and the optical communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1 is that in the optical communication system 100 shown in FIG. 9A, two sub-node devices are configured.
  • the receiving and transmitting light modules are respectively the main receiving and transmitting light module and the backup receiving and transmitting light module.
  • the main receiving and transmitting light module is used for optical communication with the first node device 10 in the first preset state
  • the backup receiving and transmitting light module is used for performing optical communication with the first node device 10 in the first preset state.
  • Optical communication is performed with the second node device 20 in the second preset state; in the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 1, each sub-node device has only one receiving and receiving module, and the one receiving and receiving module is used for Optical communication is performed with the first node device 10 in the first preset state, or optical communication is performed with the second node device 20 in the second preset state.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a protection switching device 50 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the protection switching device 50 is in each sub-node device.
  • the functions played are the same.
  • the protection switching device 50 is deployed in the sub-node device 301 as an example.
  • the protection switching device 50 includes a port switch 501 and a coupling splitter 502.
  • the port switch 501 is connected to the first
  • the node device 10 is connected to the sub-node device 301, and the port switch 501 is connected to a backbone optical fiber that leads to the second node device 20.
  • the specific implementation may refer to the above description.
  • the port switch 501 is used to send the second signal light to the second node device 20 and to the main receiving and receiving light module in the child node device. Send the third signal light; in the second preset state, the port switch 501 is used to send the third signal light to the first node device 10 and send the second signal light to the backup light-emitting module in the child node device.
  • the specific uplink communication situation can also refer to the above description.
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the second signal light and the third signal light from the main receiving and receiving light module of the child node device. ; In the second preset state, the port switch 501 is used to receive the third signal light and the second signal light from the backup light-emitting module of the sub-node device.
  • FIG. 10A is a schematic diagram of another specific structure of a protection switching device 50 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the protection switching device 50 includes a port switch 501 and a coupling splitter 502.
  • the port switch 501 includes a first port 1, a second port 2, a third port 3, a fourth port 4, a fifth port 5 and a sixth port 6.
  • the coupling splitter 502 includes a ninth port 9, a tenth port 10, an eleventh port 11 and a twelfth port 12, the fifth port 5 is connected to the ninth port 9,
  • the sixth port 6 is connected to the tenth port 10
  • the seventh port 7 is connected to the eleventh port 11
  • the eighth port 8 is connected to the twelfth port 12 .
  • the first port 1 is connected to the first node device 10
  • the second port 2 is connected to the backbone optical fiber
  • the backbone optical fiber leads to the second node device 20.
  • the third port 3 is connected to the main transceiver and light-emitting module of the sub-node device 301, and the fourth port 4 is connected to the backup transceiver and light-emitting module of the sub-node device 301.
  • the connection of ports can be analogous to that of the sub-node device 301, which will not be described in detail in the embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 10B is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first port 1 and the fifth port 5 are connected, the second port 2 is connected to the sixth port 6, and the third port 3 is connected to the seventh port 7.
  • the port switch 501 receives the first signal light through the first port 1 and transmits the first signal light through the fifth port 5 to the coupling optical splitter 502.
  • the coupling optical splitter 502 is used to convert the first signal light Split the light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the sixth port 6 and the seventh port 7 of the port switch 501 respectively, and the port switch 501 passes the sixth port 6
  • the second signal light is received and transmitted to the second node device 20 through the second port 2
  • the third signal light is received through the seventh port 7
  • the third signal light is transmitted to the child node device through the third port 3 .
  • the first signal light comes from the first node device 10 .
  • the port switch 501 transmits the third signal light to the sub-node device through the third port 3.
  • the port switch 501 transmits the third signal to the main receiving and receiving light module of the sub-node device through the third port 3. Light.
  • Figure 10C is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first port 1 is connected to the fifth port 5
  • the second port 2 is connected to the seventh port 7
  • the fourth port 4 is connected to the eighth port 8 .
  • the port switch 501 receives the first signal light through the second port 2 and transmits the first signal light through the seventh port 7 to the coupling optical splitter 502.
  • the coupling optical splitter 502 is used to convert the first signal light
  • the light is split into a second signal light and a third signal light, and the second signal light and the third signal light are sent to the eighth port 8 and the fifth port 5 of the port switch 501 respectively.
  • the port switch 501 passes through the fifth port 5
  • the third signal light is received and transmitted to the first node device 10 through the first port 1
  • the second signal light is received through the eighth port 8
  • the second signal light is transmitted to the child node device through the fourth port 4 .
  • the first signal light comes from the second node device 20 .
  • the port switch 501 transmits the second signal light to the sub-node device through the fourth port 4.
  • the port switch 501 transmits the second signal to the backup light-emitting module of the sub-node device through the fourth port 4. Light.
  • Figure 10D is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first port 1 and the seventh port 7 are in phase.
  • the second port 2 is connected to the fifth port 5, and the fourth port 4 is connected to the sixth port 6.
  • the port switch 501 receives the first signal light through the second port 2 and transmits the first signal light through the fifth port 5 to the coupling optical splitter 502.
  • the coupling optical splitter 502 is used to convert the first signal light Split the light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the sixth port 6 and the seventh port 7 of the port switch 501 respectively, and the port switch 501 passes the seventh port 7
  • the third signal light is received and transmitted to the first node device 10 through the first port 1
  • the second signal light is received through the sixth port 6
  • the second signal light is transmitted to the child node device through the fourth port 4 .
  • the first signal light comes from the second node device 20 .
  • the port switch 501 transmits the second signal light to the sub-node device through the fourth port 4.
  • the port switch 501 transmits the second signal light to the backup light-emitting module of the sub-node device through the fourth port 4. signal light.
  • Figure 10E is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first port 1 and the sixth port 6 are in phase.
  • the second port 2 is connected to the eighth port 8, and the fourth port 4 is connected to the seventh port 7.
  • the port switch 501 receives the first signal light through the second port 2 and transmits the first signal light through the eighth port 8 to the coupling optical splitter 502.
  • the coupling optical splitter 502 is used to convert the first signal light Split the light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the seventh port 7 and the sixth port 6 of the port switch 501 respectively, and the port switch 501 passes the sixth port 6
  • the third signal light is received and transmitted to the first node device 10 through the first port 1
  • the second signal light is received through the seventh port 7
  • the second signal light is transmitted to the child node device through the fourth port 4 .
  • the first signal light comes from the second node device 20 .
  • the port switch 501 transmits the second signal light to the sub-node device through the fourth port 4.
  • the port switch 501 transmits the second signal light to the backup light-emitting module of the sub-node device through the fourth port 4. signal light.
  • Figure 10F is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first port 1 and the eighth port 8 are in phase.
  • the second port 2 is connected to the sixth port 6, and the fourth port 4 is connected to the fifth port 5.
  • the port switch 501 receives the first signal light through the second port 2 and transmits the first signal light through the sixth port 6 to the coupling optical splitter 502.
  • the coupling optical splitter 502 is used to convert the first signal light Split the light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the fifth port 5 and the eighth port 8 of the port switch 501 respectively, and the port switch 501 passes the eighth port 8
  • the third signal light is received and transmitted to the first node device 10 through the first port 1
  • the second signal light is received through the fifth port 5
  • the second signal light is transmitted to the child node device through the fourth port 4 .
  • the first signal light comes from the second node device 20 .
  • the port switch 501 transmits the second signal light to the sub-node device through the fourth port 4.
  • the port switch 501 transmits the second signal to the backup light-emitting module of the sub-node device through the fourth port 4. Light.
  • connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 is only explained as an example. Of course, there are other connection relationships between the ports, which are not limited by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the protection switching device can be implemented by a port switch based on a spatial optical path and a passive coupling splitter.
  • the protection switching device has a simple structure and low cost. Using the protection switching device can reduce the protection of optical fiber links. Reduce the cost of the switching mechanism and improve its applicability.
  • the structure of the port switch 501 will be further described below in conjunction with the foregoing content.
  • the port switch 501 includes an optical path turning lens set or an optical switch; in the second preset state, the light path turning lens set or optical switch is used to disconnect the second port 2 and the sixth port 6 connection and disconnection of the third port 3 and the seventh port 7 and establishment of a connection between the second port 2 and the seventh port 7 .
  • the port switch 501 includes an optical switch 5017, which may be 2 ⁇ 2.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of another optical path connection provided by an embodiment of the present application; as shown in (a) in Figure 11, in the first preset state, the optical switch 5017 is used to Establishing an optical connection between the second port 2 and the sixth port 6; used to establish an optical connection between the third port 3 and the seventh port 7 Connection; As shown in (b) of Figure 11, in the second preset state, the optical switch 5017 is used to establish an optical connection between the second port 2 and the seventh port 7; optionally, the optical switch 5017 It can also be used to establish an optical connection between the third port 3 and the sixth port 6.
  • the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in (a) of Figure 11 corresponds to that of Figure 10B; the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in (b) of Figure 11 corresponds to Corresponds to Figure 10C.
  • the optical path turning lens group may include a movable optical component, for example, the movable optical component is a square prism 5018.
  • the movable optical component is a square prism 5018.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of another optical path connection provided by an embodiment of the present application; as shown in (a) of Figure 12, in the first preset state, the four-sided prism 5018 moves from The first port 1, the second port 2, the third port 3, the fourth port 4, the fifth port 5, the sixth port 6, the seventh port 7 and the eighth port 8 are moved away from each other without affecting the direction of the spatial optical path.
  • the first port 1, the second port 2, the third port 3, and the fourth port 4 establish optical path connections with the fifth port 5, the sixth port 6, the seventh port 7, and the eighth port 8 respectively; as shown in Figure 12(b) ), in the second default state, the square prism 5018 is at the first port 1, the second port 2, the third port 3, the fourth port 4, the fifth port 5, the sixth port 6, and the seventh port.
  • the direction of the spatial optical path changes relative to the direction of the spatial optical path in the first preset state.
  • the first port 1 and the fifth port 5 establish an optical path connection
  • the second port 2 and the fifth port 5 establish an optical path connection.
  • the seventh port 7 establishes an optical path connection
  • the fourth port 4 and the eighth port 8 establish an optical path connection.
  • the port switch 501 in the second preset state, is used to receive the first signal light through the second port 2.
  • the first signal light is deflected by the square prism 5018 and then sent to the coupling splitter 502 through the seventh port 7.
  • the port switch 501 receives the third signal light through the fifth port 5, and the third signal light does not pass through the square prism 5018, and the port switch 501 transmits the third signal light to the first node device 10 through the first port 1;
  • Port switching The switch 501 receives the second signal light through the eighth port 8, and the second signal light does not pass through the square prism 5018.
  • the port switch 501 transmits the second signal light to the child node device through the fourth port 4.
  • the light input from the third port 3 passes through the square prism 5018 to achieve optical path deviation and then deviates from all output ports, that is, it is not output from any port.
  • connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in (a) of Figure 12 corresponds to that of Figure 10B; the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in (b) of Figure 12 corresponds to Corresponds to Figure 10C.
  • the optical path turning lens group may include a movable optical component, for example, the movable optical component is a square prism 5019.
  • the movable optical component is a square prism 5019.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of another optical path connection provided by an embodiment of the present application; as shown in (a) of Figure 13, in the first preset state, the four-sided prism 5019 starts from the first The first port 1, the second port 2, the third port 3, the fourth port 4, the fifth port 5, the sixth port 6, the seventh port 7 and the eighth port 8 are moved away from each other without affecting the direction of the spatial optical path.
  • the first port 1, the second port 2, the third port 3, and the fourth port 4 establish optical path connections with the fifth port 5, the sixth port 6, the seventh port 7, and the eighth port 8 respectively; as shown in Figure 13(b) ), in the second default state, the square prism 5019 is at the first port 1, the second port 2, the third port 3, the fourth port 4, the fifth port 5, the sixth port 6, and the seventh port. Between 7 and the eighth port 8, the direction of the spatial optical path changes relative to the spatial optical path in the first preset state. At this time, the first port 1 and the fifth port 5 establish an optical path connection, and the second port 2 and the seventh port Port 7 establishes an optical path connection, and the fourth port 4 and the eighth port 8 establish an optical path connection.
  • the port switch 501 in the second preset state, is used to receive the first signal light through the second port 2.
  • the first signal light is reflected twice by the square prism 5019 and sent to the coupling splitter 502 through the seventh port 7.
  • the port switch 501 receives the third signal light through the fifth port 5, and the third signal light does not pass through the square prism 5019, and the port switch 501 transmits the third signal light to the first node device 10 through the first port 1;
  • Port switch The switch 501 receives the second signal light through the eighth port 8, and the second signal light does not pass through the square prism 5019.
  • the port switch 501 transmits the second signal light to the child node device through the fourth port 4.
  • the light input from the third port 3 passes through the square prism 5019 to achieve optical path deviation and then deviates from all output ports, that is, it is not output from any port.
  • connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in (a) of Figure 13 corresponds to that of Figure 10B; the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in (b) of Figure 13 corresponds to Corresponds to Figure 10C.
  • the port switch 501 includes an optical path turning lens set or an optical switch; in the first preset state, the light path turning lens set or optical switch is used to establish the first port 1 and the fifth port 5 The connection is established, the connection between the second port 2 and the sixth port 6 is established, and the connection between the third port 3 and the seventh port 7 is established.
  • the port switch 501 can also be implemented using a 4*4 optical switch or other structures. This is not the case in the embodiment of this application. limited.
  • the port switch 501 can realize optical path connection through an optical path turning lens group or an optical switch, that is, the protection switching process can be realized by mechanically moving spatial optical elements.
  • the technology involved is relatively mature, and the spatial optical path insertion loss is small and extinction is low. than high.
  • Figure 14A is a third structural schematic diagram of an optical communication system 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the optical communication system 100 includes a first node device 10, a second node device 20, Child node device 301, child node device 302, child node device 303, child node device 30N and optical fiber 40; wherein, the first node device 10, child node device 301, child node device 302, child node device 303, child node device 30N , the second node devices 20 are connected to the ring network through optical fibers 40.
  • each sub-node device Both include two light-receiving and transmitting modules, namely light-receiving and transmitting module 1 and light-receiving and transmitting module 2.
  • the first node device 10 and the second node device 20 may be OLT devices, and the child node devices 301, 302, 303, and 30N may be ONUs.
  • a protection switching device can be deployed in each sub-node device. It should be noted that the protection switching device can be deployed in the sub-node device or independently deployed in the optical communication system. The embodiments of this application are not limited. The use of this protection switching device can ensure the stability of communication services in the second preset state, and the protection switching device includes a port switch and a coupling splitter, which can reduce the cost of the protection switching mechanism of the optical fiber link and improve its applicability .
  • each sub-node device only communicates with the first node device 10 or the second node device 20, and only one of the two receiving and receiving light modules in the sub-node device works.
  • each sub-node device in the optical communication system 100 shown in FIG. 14A can communicate with the first node device 10 and the second node device 20 at the same time, and two of the sub-node devices receive and receive light. Modules are working.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a protection switching device 50 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the protection switching device 50 is in each sub-node device.
  • the functions played are the same.
  • the protection switching device 50 is deployed in the sub-node device 301 as an example.
  • the protection switching device 50 includes a port switch 501 and a coupling splitter 502.
  • the port switch 501 is connected to the first
  • the node device 10 is connected to the sub-node device 301, and the port switch 501 is connected to a backbone optical fiber that leads to the second node device 20.
  • the sub-node device includes a first light-receiving module and a second light-receiving module. It can be understood that each sub-node device includes two light-receiving modules, which are respectively light-receiving module 1 and light-receiving module 2 .
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light from the first node device 10 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502 .
  • the coupling splitter 502 is used to split the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch 501 .
  • the port switch 501 is used to send the second signal light to the second node device 20, and to send the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device.
  • the port switch 501 is configured to receive the fourth signal light from the second node device 20 and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling splitter 502 .
  • the coupling splitter 502 is used to split the fourth signal light into a fifth signal light and a sixth signal light. And the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light are sent to the port switch 501.
  • the port switch 501 is used to send the sixth signal light to the first node device 10, and to send the fifth signal light to the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device, where the optical power ratio of the second signal light to the third signal light is is the first ratio, the optical power ratio of the sixth signal light and the fifth signal light is the second ratio, and the first ratio and the second ratio are reciprocals of each other. It should be noted that the first signal light and the fourth signal light have different wavelengths.
  • Figure 14B is a schematic diagram of another signal optical transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first node device 10 sends a central wavelength of The first signal light of ⁇ 1 is received by the sub-node device 301 through the port switch 501 and transmitted to the coupling splitter 502.
  • the coupling splitter 502 splits the first signal light into a second signal light and a third signal. light, and sends the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch 501.
  • the port switch 501 is used to send the second signal light to the child node device 302, and to the first receiving and receiving light in the child node device 301.
  • the module sends the third signal light.
  • the child node device 302 receives the second signal light through the port switch 501 and transmits it to the coupling optical splitter 502.
  • the coupling optical splitter 502 splits the second signal light into a fourteenth signal light and a fifteenth signal light, and splits the second signal light into a fourteenth signal light and a fifteenth signal light.
  • the fourteenth signal light and the fifteenth signal light are sent to the port switch 501.
  • the port switch 501 is used to send the fourteenth signal light to the sub-node device 303, and to the first receiving and receiving light module in the sub-node device 302.
  • the fifteenth signal light By analogy, the fourteenth signal light is transmitted from the sub-node device 303 to the sub-node device 30N.
  • a portion of the signal power is split through a coupling splitter to the first receiving and receiving light module of the sub-node device to complete downlink communication. , and the remaining signal power continues to be transmitted to the next child node device.
  • the ratio of the power of the fifteenth signal light and the fourteenth signal light increases sequentially compared with the ratio of the power of the third signal light and the second signal light.
  • the ratio of the power of the optical signal in the light-transmitting module 1 in the child node device to the power of the optical signal in the trunk fiber gradually increases.
  • the power of the optical signal in the light-receiving module 1 in the child node device 301 gradually increases.
  • the ratio of the power of the optical signal to the power of the optical signal of the backbone fiber is 1:9; the ratio of the power of the optical signal in the light-receiving module 1 in the sub-node device 302 to the power of the optical signal of the backbone fiber is 2:8; The ratio of the power of the optical signal in the light-receiving module 1 in the sub-node device 303 to the power of the optical signal in the trunk fiber is 3:7.
  • the power of the optical signal in the light-receiving module 1 in the sub-node device 30N is The power ratio of the optical signals in the backbone fiber is 9:1.
  • the second node device 20 sends the fourth signal light with a center wavelength of ⁇ 2 to the child node device 30N.
  • the child node device 30N receives the fourth signal light through the port switch 501 and transmits it to the coupling splitter 502.
  • the optical splitter 502 splits the fourth signal light into the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light, and sends the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light to the port switch 501 , which is used to transmit the signal light to the sub-node device 30 (N-1) Send the sixth signal light, and send the fifth signal light to the second light-receiving module in the child node device 30N.
  • the child node device 30 (N-1) receives the sixth signal light through the port switch 501 and transmits it to the coupling splitter 502, which splits the sixth signal light into a seventh signal light and an eighth signal light, And send the seventh signal light and the eighth signal light to the port switch 501, which is used to send the seventh signal light to the sub-node device 30(N-2), and to the sub-node device 30(N-2).
  • the second light-receiving module in 1) sends the eighth signal light.
  • the seventh signal light travels from the child node device 30 (N-3) to the child node device 303 to the child node device 302 to the child node device 301, and a portion of the signal power is split through the coupling splitter at each child node device.
  • the second receiving and transmitting light module of the sub-node device completes downlink communication, and the remaining signal power continues to be transmitted to the next sub-node device.
  • the ratio of the power of the eighth signal light and the seventh signal light increases sequentially compared with the ratio of the power of the sixth signal light and the fifth signal light.
  • the ratio of the power of the optical signal in the receiving and receiving module 2 of the child node device to the power of the optical signal of the backbone fiber gradually increases, for example, the child node
  • the ratio of the power of the optical signal in the light-receiving module 2 in the device 30N to the power of the optical signal in the backbone fiber is 1:9; the power of the optical signal in the light-receiving module 2 in the sub-node device 30(N-1) is The ratio of the power of the optical signal of the optical fiber is 2:8; and by analogy, the ratio of the power of the optical signal in the receiving and receiving module 2 of the sub-node device 302 to the power of the optical signal of the trunk fiber is 8:2.
  • the sub-node device The ratio of the power of the optical signal in the receiving and receiving optical module 2 in 301 to
  • Figure 14C is a schematic diagram of another signal optical transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the second preset state during downlink communication, for example, between the child node device 301 and the child node device 302 If the optical fiber is broken, the communication service between the first node device 10 and the child node device 302 is interrupted.
  • the second node device 20 sends the fourth signal light with a center wavelength of ⁇ 2 to the child node device 30N.
  • the transmission direction of the four-signal light is from the sub-node device 30N to the sub-node device 303 to the sub-node device 302.
  • the first node device 10 sends the first signal light with the center wavelength ⁇ 1 to the child node device 301.
  • the child node device 301 receives the first signal light through the port switch 501 and transmits it to the coupling optical splitter 502.
  • the coupling optical splitter 502 Split the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light, send the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch 501, and send the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device 301.
  • the situation of uplink communication is as follows: the port switch 501 is used to receive the second signal light and the third signal light from the first receiving and receiving light module in the sub-node device, and combine the second signal light and the third signal light.
  • the three signal lights are sent to the coupling splitter 502.
  • the coupling splitter 502 couples the second signal light and the third signal light into the first signal light, and transmits the first signal light to the port switch 501.
  • the port switch 501 is used for Transmit the first signal light to the first node device 10; the port switch 501 is used to receive the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light from the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device, and convert the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light
  • the light is sent to the coupling splitter 502.
  • the coupling splitter 502 couples the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light into a fourth signal light, and transmits the fourth signal light to the port switch 501.
  • the port switch 501 is used to convert the fourth signal light. Four signals are optically transmitted to the second node device 20 .
  • the signal light emitted from the receiving and transmitting light module 1 in each sub-node device is combined into the trunk optical fiber through the coupling splitter 502 and transmitted to the first node device 10;
  • the signal light emitted by the receiving and receiving light module 2 is combined into the trunk optical fiber through the coupling splitter 502 and transmitted to the second node device 20 .
  • FIG. 15A is a schematic diagram of another specific structure of a protection switching device 50 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the protection switching device 50 includes a port switch 501 and a coupling splitter 502.
  • the port switch 501 includes a first port 1, a second port 2, a third port 3, a fourth port 4, a fifth port 5 and a sixth port 6.
  • the coupling splitter 502 includes a ninth port 9, a tenth port 10, an eleventh port 11 and a twelfth port 12, where the fifth port 5 is in phase with the ninth port 9
  • the sixth port 6 is connected to the tenth port 10
  • the seventh port 7 is connected to the eleventh port 11, and the eighth port 8 is connected to the twelfth port 12.
  • the first port 1 is connected to the first node device 10
  • the second port 2 is connected to the backbone optical fiber
  • the backbone optical fiber leads to the second node device 20.
  • the third port 3 is connected to the first light-transmitting module of the child node device 301 , for example, the light-transmitting module 1
  • the fourth port 4 is connected to the second light-transmitting module of the child node device 301 , for example, the light-transmitting module 2 .
  • the connection of ports can be analogous to that of the sub-node device 301, which will not be described in detail in the embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 15B is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first port 1 and the fifth port 5 are connected, and the second port 2 It is connected to the sixth port 6, and the third port 3 is connected to the seventh port 7.
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the first port 1 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502 through the fifth port 5.
  • the coupling splitter 502 is used to split the first signal light into the second signal light. and the third signal light, and sends the second signal light and the third signal light to the sixth port 6 and the seventh port 7 of the port switch 501 respectively.
  • the port switch 501 receives the second signal light through the sixth port 6 and The second signal light is emitted to the second node device 20 through the second port 2, the third signal light is received through the seventh port 7, and the third signal light is emitted to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the third port 3.
  • the process of receiving the transmission of the first signal light through the first port 1 may be called a forward transmission process.
  • Figure 15C is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first port 1 is connected to the fifth port 5, and the second port 2 is connected to the seventh port. 7 is connected, and the fourth port 4 is connected to the eighth port 8.
  • the port switch 501 is configured to receive the fourth signal light through the second port 2 and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502 through the seventh port 7.
  • the coupling optical splitter 502 is used to split the fourth signal light into the fifth signal light. and the sixth signal light, and sends the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light to the eighth port 8 and the fifth port 5 of the port switch 501 respectively.
  • the port switch 501 receives the sixth signal light through the fifth port 5 and The sixth signal light is emitted to the first node device 10 through the first port 1, the fifth signal light is received through the eighth port 8, and the fifth signal light is emitted to the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the fourth port 4.
  • the process of receiving the transmission of the fourth signal light through the second port 2 may be called a reverse transmission process.
  • Figure 15D is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first port 1 is connected to the seventh port 7, and the second port 2 is connected to the fifth port. 5 are connected, and the fourth port 4 is connected to the sixth port 6.
  • the port switch 501 is configured to receive the fourth signal light through the second port 2 and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502 through the fifth port 5.
  • the coupling optical splitter 502 is used to split the fourth signal light into the fifth signal light. and the sixth signal light, and sends the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light to the sixth port 6 and the seventh port 7 of the port switch 501 respectively.
  • the port switch 501 receives the sixth signal light through the seventh port 7 and The sixth signal light is emitted to the first node device 10 through the first port 1, the fifth signal light is received through the sixth port 6, and the fifth signal light is emitted to the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the fourth port 4.
  • Figure 15E is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first port 1 is connected to the eighth port 8, and the second port 2 is connected to the sixth port. 6 phases are connected, and the fourth port 4 is connected to the fifth port 5.
  • the port switch 501 is configured to receive the fourth signal light through the second port 2 and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502 through the sixth port 6.
  • the coupling optical splitter 502 is used to split the fourth signal light into the fifth signal light. and the sixth signal light, and sends the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light to the fifth port 5 and the eighth port 8 of the port switch 501 respectively.
  • the port switch 501 receives the sixth signal light through the eighth port 8 and The sixth signal light is emitted to the first node device 10 through the first port 1, the fifth signal light is received through the fifth port 5, and the fifth signal light is emitted to the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the fourth port 4.
  • Figure 15F is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first port 1 is connected to the sixth port 6, and the second port 2 is connected to the eighth port. 8 is connected, and the fourth port 4 is connected to the seventh port 7.
  • the port switch 501 is configured to receive the fourth signal light through the second port 2 and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502 through the eighth port 8.
  • the coupling optical splitter 502 is used to split the fourth signal light into the fifth signal light. and the sixth signal light, and sends the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light to the seventh port 7 and the sixth port 6 of the port switch 501 respectively.
  • the port switch 501 receives the sixth signal light through the sixth port 6 and The sixth signal light is emitted to the first node device 10 through the first port 1, the fifth signal light is received through the seventh port 7, and the fifth signal light is emitted to the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the fourth port 4.
  • connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 is only explained as an example. Of course, there are also connection relationships between other ports, which are not limited by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the protection switching device can be implemented by a port switch based on a spatial optical path and a passive coupling splitter.
  • the protection switching device has a simple structure and low cost. Using the protection switching device can reduce the protection of optical fiber links. Reduce the cost of the switching mechanism and improve its applicability. Moreover, through the architecture shown in Figure 14A, waste of resources can be avoided.
  • the structure of the port switch 501 will be further described below in conjunction with the foregoing content.
  • the port switch includes a first optical path turning lens group; the first optical path turning lens group is used to establish a connection between the second port 2 and the sixth port 6 to facilitate the transmission of the second signal light, and Establish a connection between the third port 3 and the seventh port 7 to facilitate the transmission of the third signal light; the first optical path turning lens group is also used to establish a connection between the second port 2 and the seventh port 7 to facilitate the transmission of the fourth signal light.
  • the first optical path turning lens group may include a quadrangular prism 701, wherein S 1 and S 2 of the quadrangular prism 701 are transmitted to the second signal light and the third signal light, and S 1 and S of the quadrangular prism 701 2 faces the fourth signal light reflection.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of another optical path connection provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in (a) of FIG. 16 , the first port 1 is connected to the fifth port 5 , the second port 2 is connected to the sixth port 6 , and the third port 3 is connected to the seventh port 7 .
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the first port 1 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502 through the fifth port 5, where the first signal light does not pass through the square prism 701.
  • the port switch 501 The second signal light is received through the sixth port 6.
  • the second signal light is transmitted through the S 1 surface of the square prism 701 and sent to the second port 2 of the port switch 501.
  • the port switch 501 transmits the signal light to the second port through the second port 2.
  • the node device 20 emits the second signal light, and the port switch 501 receives the third signal light through the seventh port 7.
  • the third signal light is transmitted through the S 1 surface of the square prism 701 and is sent to the port switch.
  • the port switch 501 transmits the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the third port 3. As shown in (b) of FIG. 16 , the first port 1 is connected to the fifth port 5 , the second port 2 is connected to the seventh port 7 , and the fourth port 4 is connected to the eighth port 8 .
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the fourth signal light through the second port 2.
  • the fourth signal light is reflected twice through the S 1 and S 2 surfaces of the quadrangular prism 701 to the seventh port 7 of the port switch 501.
  • the port switch 501 emits the fourth signal light to the coupling splitter 502 through the seventh port 7, and the port switch 501 receives the sixth signal light through the fifth port 5.
  • the sixth signal light does not pass through the square prism 701, and the port switch 501 passes through the first Port 1 emits the sixth signal light to the first node device 10 , and the port switch 501 receives the fifth signal light through the eighth port 8 .
  • the fifth signal light does not pass through the square prism 701 , and the port switch 501 transmits the fifth signal light to the first node device 10 through the fourth port 4 .
  • the second light-receiving module in the child node device emits fifth signal light.
  • the first optical path turning lens group may include a filter plate 702, wherein the filter plate 702 is transparent to the second signal light and the third signal light, and the filter plate 702 is reflective to the fourth signal light.
  • Figure 17, is a schematic diagram of another optical path connection provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the second port 2 is connected to the sixth port 6
  • the third port 3 is connected to the seventh port 7 .
  • the port switch 501 is configured to receive the first signal light through the first port 1 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502 through the fifth port 5, wherein the first signal light does not pass through the filter 702.
  • the port switch 501 The second signal light is received through the sixth port 6.
  • the second signal light is transmitted through the filter 702 and sent to the second port 2 of the port switch 501.
  • the port switch 501 transmits to the second node device 20 through the second port 2.
  • the port switch 50150 receives the third signal light through the seventh port 7.
  • the third signal light is transmitted through the filter 702 and sent to the third port 3 of the port switch 501.
  • the port switch 501 passes through the third port 7.
  • Port 3 emits the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device.
  • the second port 2 is connected to the seventh port 7.
  • the port switch 501 is configured to receive the fourth signal light through the second port 2.
  • the fourth signal light is reflected to the seventh port 7 of the port switch 501 through the filter 702, and the port switch 501 passes through the seventh port 7.
  • the fourth signal light is emitted to the coupling splitter 502.
  • the port switch 501 receives the sixth signal light through the fifth port 5.
  • the sixth signal light does not pass through the filter 702.
  • the port switch 501 transmits the signal light to the first node through the first port 1.
  • the device 10 emits the sixth signal light
  • the port switch 501 receives the fifth signal light through the eighth port 8.
  • the fifth signal light does not pass through the filter 702.
  • the port switch 501 transmits the second signal light to the sub-node device through the fourth port 4.
  • the receiving and receiving light module emits the fifth signal light. It should be noted that the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in Figure 17 corresponds to Figure 15B and Figure 15C.
  • the first optical path turning lens group may include a four-port circulator 703, where the light passing direction of the four ports C 1 -C 4 of the four-port circulator 703 is C 1 ⁇ C 2 ⁇ C 3 ⁇ C 4 , the four ports C 1 , C 2 , C 3 , and C 4 are respectively connected to the sixth port, the second port, the seventh port, and the third port of the port switch 501 .
  • Figure 18, is a schematic diagram of another optical path connection provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 18 , the second port 2 is connected to the sixth port 6 , and the third port 3 is connected to the seventh port 7 .
  • the port switch 501 is configured to receive the first signal light through the first port 1 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502 through the fifth port 5 , wherein the first signal light does not pass through the four-port circulator 703 , the port switch 501 receives the second signal light through the sixth port 6, and the second signal light is sent to the second port 2 of the port switch 501 through the four-port circulator 703, and the port switch 501 transmits the signal light to the third port through the second port 2.
  • the two-node device 20 emits the second signal light, and the port switch 50150 receives the third signal light through the seventh port 7.
  • the third signal light is sent to the third port 3 of the port switch 501 through the four-port circulator 703.
  • the port switch The controller 501 transmits the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the third port.
  • the second port 2 is connected to the seventh port 7.
  • the port switch 501 is configured to receive the fourth signal light through the second port 2, and the fourth signal light is sent to the seventh port 7 of the port switch 501 through the four-port circulator 703, and the port switch 501 passes through the seventh port.
  • Port 7 emits the fourth signal light to the coupling splitter 502, and the port switch 501 receives the sixth signal light through the fifth port 5.
  • the sixth signal light does not pass through the four-port circulator 703, and the port switch 501 passes through the first port 1.
  • the sixth signal light is emitted to the first node device 10.
  • the port switch 501 receives the fifth signal light through the eighth port 8.
  • the fifth signal light does not pass through the four-port circulator 703.
  • the port switch 501 transmits the fifth signal light to the first node device 10 through the fourth port 4.
  • the second light-receiving module in the child node device emits fifth signal light. It should be noted that the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in Figure 18 corresponds to Figures 15B and 15C.
  • the port switch 501 can also be implemented using a 4*4 optical switch or other structures. This is not the case in the embodiment of this application. limited.
  • the port switch 501 can realize optical path connection through an optical path turning lens group or an optical switch, that is, the protection switching process can be realized by mechanically moving spatial optical elements.
  • the technology involved is relatively mature, and the spatial optical path insertion loss is small and extinction is low. than high.
  • Figure 19A is a fourth structural schematic diagram of an optical communication system 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the optical communication system 100 includes a first node device 10, a second node device 20, Sub-node equipment 301, sub-node equipment 302, sub-node equipment 303, sub-node equipment 30N and optical fiber 40; wherein, the first node equipment 10, sub-node equipment 301, sub-node equipment 302, sub-node The point device 303, the sub-node device 30N, and the second node device 20 are connected to the ring network through the optical fiber 40.
  • a connection is established between the first node device 10 and the second node device 20, where each sub-node device includes two light-transmitting modules, namely the light-transmitting module 1 and the light-transmitting module 2.
  • the first node device 10 and the second node device 20 may be OLT devices, and the child node devices 301, 302, 303, and 30N may be ONUs.
  • a protection switching device can be deployed in each sub-node device. It should be noted that the protection switching device can be deployed in the sub-node device or independently deployed in the optical communication system. The embodiments of this application are not limited. The use of this protection switching device can ensure the stability of communication services, and the protection switching device includes a port switch and a coupling optical splitter, which can reduce the cost of the protection switching mechanism of optical fiber links and improve its applicability.
  • each sub-node device in the first preset state and the second In the default state, regardless of forward transmission or reverse transmission, each sub-node device can communicate with the first node device 10 and the second node device 20 at the same time, and the two transceiver and light-emitting modules in the sub-node device work at the same time.
  • each sub-node device in the second preset state, each sub-node device can only communicate with the first node device 10 or the second node device 20, and two of the sub-node devices receive and receive light.
  • transceiver module Only one transceiver module in the module works. Among them, the direction in which the first node device 10 sends the first signal light to the child node device 301 is called forward transmission, and the direction in which the second node device 20 sends the fourth signal light to the child node device 30N is called reverse transmission.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a protection switching device 50 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the protection switching device 50 is in each sub-node device.
  • the functions played are the same.
  • the protection switching device 50 is deployed in the sub-node device 301 as an example.
  • the protection switching device 50 includes a port switch 501 and a coupling splitter 502.
  • the port switch 501 is connected to the first
  • the node device 10 is connected to the sub-node device 301, and the port switch 501 is connected to a backbone optical fiber that leads to the second node device 20.
  • the sub-node device includes a first light-receiving module and a second light-receiving module. It can be understood that each sub-node device includes two light-receiving modules, which are respectively light-receiving module 1 and light-receiving module 2 .
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light from the first node device 10 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502.
  • the coupling optical splitter 502 is used to split the first signal light into a third optical signal.
  • the second signal light and the third signal light are sent to the port switch 501.
  • the port switch 501 is used to send the second signal light to the second node device 20 and to the child node device.
  • the first receiving and receiving light module sends the third signal light.
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the fourth signal light from the second node device 20 and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502.
  • the coupling optical splitter 502 is used to split the fourth signal light into a fifth signal light and
  • the sixth signal light is sent to the port switch 501, and the port switch 501 is used to send the sixth signal light to the first node device 10, and to the second transceiver of the child node device.
  • the optical module sends the fifth signal light, wherein the optical power ratio of the second signal light and the third signal light is a first ratio, the optical power ratio of the sixth signal light and the fifth signal light is a second ratio, and the first ratio is equal to The second proportions are reciprocal to each other.
  • Figure 19B is a schematic diagram of yet another signal light transmission proposed by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the signal light transmission please refer to the above-mentioned Figure 14B.
  • Figure 19C is a schematic diagram of another signal optical transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application, for example, between the child node device 301 and the child node device 302.
  • the first node device 10 sends the first signal light with a central wavelength of ⁇ 1 in two directions.
  • the first node device 10 can send the first signal light with a central wavelength of ⁇ 1 to the child node device 301.
  • the transmission direction of the first signal light is from the first node device 10 to the sub-node device 301.
  • a part of the signal power is split through the coupling splitter 502 to the receiving and transmitting module 1 of the sub-node device to complete downlink communication, and
  • the first node device 10 can send the first signal light with a central wavelength of ⁇ 1 to the child node device 302 through the second node device 20.
  • the transmission direction of the first signal light is from the child node device 30N to the child node device 303 to the child node device 302.
  • the node device 302 splits a portion of the signal power at each sub-node device through the coupling splitter 502 to the light-transmitting module 1 of the sub-node device to complete downlink communication.
  • the second node device 20 sends the fourth signal light with a central wavelength of ⁇ 2 in two directions.
  • the second node device 20 sends the fourth signal light with a central wavelength of ⁇ 2.
  • the transmission direction of the fourth signal light is given by From the node device 30N to the child node device 303 to the child node device 302, a part of the signal power is split out through the coupling splitter 502 at each child node device to the transceiver and light module 2 of the child node device to complete downlink communication, and the remaining signal power is Then continue to transmit to the next child node device; at the same time, the second node device 20 can send the fourth signal light with a central wavelength of ⁇ 2 to the child node device 301 via the first node device 10, and the child node device 301 splits the light through coupling.
  • the transmitter 502 distributes a part of the signal power to the transceiver and light module 2 of the sub-node device 301 to complete downlink communication.
  • the transceiver and optical module 1 in each sub-node device is used to receive the first signal light with a central wavelength of ⁇ 1 from the first node device 10 and to send uplink signals to the first node device 10; the transceiver and transceiver modules in each sub-node device are
  • the optical module 2 is used to receive the fourth signal light with a central wavelength of ⁇ 2 from the second node device 20 and to send an uplink signal to the second node device 20 .
  • the optical fiber between the sub-node device 301 and the sub-node device 302 is broken.
  • the sub-node device 301 receives the first signal light from the first node device 10 through the port switch 501 and transmits it to the coupling optical splitter 502.
  • the coupling optical splitter 502 The first signal light is split into a second signal light and a third signal light, and the second signal light and the third signal light are sent to the port switch 501, which is used to send the second signal light to the sub-node device 302.
  • the child node device 301 receives the fourth signal light from the second node device 20 through the port switch 501 and transmits it to the coupling optical splitter 502, which splits the fourth signal light into a fifth signal light and a The sixth signal light is sent to the port switch 501, and the port switch 501 is used to send the fifth signal light to the sub-node device 302, and to the transceiver in the sub-node device 301.
  • the optical module 2 sends the sixth signal light.
  • the ratio of the power of the third signal light and the second signal light is the same as the ratio of the power of the sixth signal light and the fifth signal light, for example, 1:9, which can be understood as: in the second preset
  • the splitting ratio of the first signal light and the fourth signal light is the same, that is, the power ratio of the optical signals of the light-receiving module 1 and the backbone fiber in the sub-node device 301 , is the same as the power ratio of the optical signals of the receiving and receiving optical module 2 and the trunk optical fiber.
  • the sub-node device 30N receives the first signal light from the first node device 10 through the port switch 501 and transmits it to the coupling optical splitter. 502.
  • the coupling splitter 502 is used to split the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch 501 respectively.
  • the port switch 501 is used to The second signal light is emitted to the sub-node device 30(N-1), and the third signal light is emitted to the light-receiving and receiving module 1 in the sub-node device 30N.
  • the sub-node device 30N receives the fourth signal light from the second node device 20 through the port switch 501 and transmits it to the coupling optical splitter 502.
  • the coupling optical splitter 502 is used to split the fourth signal light into a fifth signal light and
  • the sixth signal light is sent to the port switch 501 respectively, and the port switch 501 is used to transmit the fifth signal light to the child node device 30 (N-1), and to the child node device 30 (N-1).
  • the light-receiving module 2 in the device 30N emits the sixth signal light.
  • the ratio of the power of the third signal light and the second signal light is the same as the ratio of the power of the sixth signal light and the fifth signal light, for example, 1:9, which can be understood as: in the second preset
  • the splitting ratio of the first signal light and the fourth signal light is the same, that is, the power ratio of the optical signals of the light-receiving module 1 and the trunk fiber in the sub-node device 30N , is the same as the power ratio of the optical signals of the receiving and receiving optical module 2 and the trunk optical fiber.
  • the power ratio of the optical signals of the light-transmitting module 1 and the backbone fiber in the leaf node 30 (N-1) is the same as the power ratio of the optical signals of the light-transmitting module 2 and the backbone fiber, for example is 2:8;
  • the power ratio of the optical signals of the light-transmitting module 1 and the trunk fiber in the leaf node 30 (N-2) is the same as the power ratio of the optical signals of the light-transmitting module 2 and the trunk fiber, for example, 3:7;
  • the power ratio of the optical signals of the light-transmitting module 1 and the trunk fiber in the leaf node 303 is the same as the power ratio of the optical signals of the light-transmitting module 2 and the trunk fiber, for example, 7:3;
  • the power ratio of the optical signal between 1 and the trunk optical fiber is the same as the power ratio of the optical signal between the receiving and receiving optical module 2 and the trunk optical fiber, for example
  • FIG. 20A is a schematic diagram of another specific structure of a protection switching device 50 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the protection switching device 50 includes a port switch 501 and a coupling splitter 502.
  • the port switch 501 includes a first port 1, a second port 2, a third port 3, a fourth port 4, a fifth port 5 and a sixth port 6.
  • the coupling splitter 502 includes a ninth port 9, a tenth port 10, an eleventh port 11 and a twelfth port 12, where the fifth port 5 is in phase with the ninth port 9
  • the sixth port 6 is connected to the tenth port 10
  • the seventh port 7 is connected to the eleventh port 11, and the eighth port 8 is connected to the twelfth port 12.
  • the first port 1 is connected to the first node device 10
  • the second port 2 is connected to the backbone optical fiber
  • the backbone optical fiber leads to the second node device 20.
  • the third port 3 is connected to the first light-transmitting module of the child node device 301 , for example, the light-transmitting module 1
  • the fourth port 4 is connected to the second light-transmitting module of the child node device 301 , for example, the light-transmitting module 2 .
  • the connection of ports can be analogous to that of the sub-node device 301, which will not be described in detail in the embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 20B is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first port 1 and the fifth port 5 are connected, and the second port 2 It is connected to the sixth port 6, and the third port 3 is connected to the seventh port 7.
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the first port 1 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502 through the fifth port 5.
  • the coupling optical splitter 502 is used to split the first signal light into the second signal light. and the third signal light, and sends the second signal light and the third signal light to the sixth port 6 and the seventh port 7 of the port switch 501 respectively.
  • the port switch 501 receives the second signal light through the sixth port 6 and The second signal light is emitted to the second node device 20 through the second port 2, the third signal light is received through the seventh port 7, and the third signal light is emitted to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the third port 3.
  • the first signal light comes from the first node device 10 .
  • Figure 20C is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first port 1 and the fifth port 5 are connected, and the second port 2 and the seventh port are connected. 7-phase connection, the fourth port 4 and the eighth port 8 are connected.
  • port The switch 501 is used to receive the fourth signal light through the second port 2 and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502 through the seventh port 7.
  • the coupling optical splitter 502 is used to split the fourth signal light into a fifth signal light and a
  • the sixth signal light is sent to the eighth port 8 and the fifth port 5 of the port switch 501 respectively.
  • the port switch 501 receives the sixth signal light through the fifth port 5 and passes through the sixth signal light.
  • the first port 1 emits the sixth signal light to the first node device 10 , receives the fifth signal light through the eighth port 8 , and emits the fifth signal light through the fourth port 4 to the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device.
  • the fourth signal light comes from the second node device 20 .
  • FIG. 20B and FIG. 20C show that in the first preset state, the first node device 10 sends the first signal light, the transmission situation of the first signal light, and the second node device 20 sends the fourth signal light. , the transmission situation of the fourth signal light.
  • Figure 20D and Figure 20E are schematic diagrams of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 20D and Figure 20E show that in the second In the default state, the transmission situation of the first signal light on the left side of the fiber-broken node, and the transmission situation of the fourth signal light on the left side of the fiber-broken node.
  • Figure 20D is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first port 1 and the fifth port 5 are connected, and the second port 2 and the sixth port are connected. 6 phases are connected, and the third port 3 and the seventh port 7 are connected.
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the first port 1 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502 through the fifth port 5.
  • the coupling splitter 502 is used to split the first signal light into the second signal light. and the third signal light, and sends the second signal light and the third signal light to the sixth port 6 and the seventh port 7 of the port switch 501 respectively.
  • the port switch 501 receives the second signal light through the sixth port 6 and The second signal light is emitted to the second node device 20 through the second port 2, the third signal light is received through the seventh port 7, and the third signal light is emitted to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the third port 3.
  • the first signal light comes from the first node device 10 .
  • the first node device 10 sends the first signal light to the child node device 301 .
  • Figure 20E is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first port 1 and the fifth port 5 are connected, and the second port 2 and the sixth port are connected. 6 phases are connected, and the fourth port 4 and the seventh port 7 are connected.
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the fourth signal light through the first port 1 and to transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502 through the fifth port 5.
  • the coupling optical splitter 502 is used to split the fourth signal light into the fifth signal light. and the sixth signal light, and sends the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light to the sixth port 6 and the seventh port 7 of the port switch 501 respectively, and receives the fifth signal light through the sixth port 6 and passes through the second port.
  • the fourth signal light comes from the second node device 20 .
  • the second node device 20 sends the fourth signal light to the child node device 301 through the first node device 10 .
  • FIG. 20D and FIG. 20E show that, in the second preset state, the port connection state of the first signal light on the left side of the fiber-broken node and the port connection state of the fourth signal light on the left side of the fiber-broken node.
  • Figure 20F and Figure 20G are schematic diagrams of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 20F and Figure 20G show that in the second In the preset state, the transmission situation of the first signal light on the right side of the fiber-broken node, and the transmission situation of the fourth signal light on the right side of the fiber-broken node.
  • Figure 20F is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first port 1 and the eighth port 8 are connected, and the second port 2 and the sixth port are connected. 6-phase connection, the third port 3 and the fifth port 5 are connected.
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the second port 2 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502 through the sixth port 6.
  • the coupling splitter 502 is used to split the first signal light into the second signal light. and the third signal light, and sends the second signal light and the third signal light to the eighth port 8 and the fifth port 5 of the port switch 501 respectively.
  • the port switch 501 receives the second signal light through the eighth port 8 and The second signal light is emitted to the first node device 10 through the first port 1, the third signal light is received through the fifth port 5, and the third signal light is emitted to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the third port 3; wherein , the first signal light comes from the first node device 10 .
  • the first node device 10 sends the first signal light to the child node device 30N through the second node device 20 .
  • Figure 20G is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first port 1 and the fifth port 5 are connected, and the second port 2 and the seventh port are connected. 7-phase connection, the fourth port 4 and the eighth port 8 are connected.
  • the port switch 501 is configured to receive the fourth signal light through the second port 2 and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502 through the seventh port 7.
  • the coupling optical splitter 502 is used to split the fourth signal light into the fifth signal light. and the sixth signal light, and sends the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light to the fifth port 5 and the eighth port 8 of the port switch 501 respectively.
  • the port switch 501 receives the fifth signal light through the fifth port 5 and The fifth signal light is emitted to the first node device 10 through the first port 1, the sixth signal light is received through the eighth port 8, and the sixth signal light is emitted to the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the fourth port 4.
  • the fourth signal light comes from the second node device 20 .
  • the second node device 20 sends the fourth signal light to the child node device 30N.
  • the protection switching device can be implemented by a port switch based on a spatial optical path and a passive coupling splitter.
  • the protection switching device has a simple structure and low cost. Using the protection switching device can reduce the protection of optical fiber links. Reduce the cost of the switching mechanism and improve its applicability. Moreover, through the architecture shown in Figure 19A, business traffic can be increased.
  • the structure of the port switch 501 will be further described below in conjunction with the foregoing content.
  • the above-mentioned port switch 501 includes a first optical path turning lens group.
  • the first optical path turning lens group is used to establish a connection between the second port 2 and the sixth port 6 to facilitate the transmission of the second signal light. , and establish a connection between the third port 3 and the seventh port 7 to facilitate the transmission of the third signal light; the first optical path turning lens group is also used to establish a connection between the second port 2 and the seventh port 7 to facilitate the transmission of the fourth signal light. transmission.
  • the first optical path turning lens group includes a filter plate 704 that transmits the second signal light and the third signal light and reflects the fourth signal light.
  • Figure 21 is a schematic diagram of another optical path connection provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first port 1 is connected to the fifth port 5
  • the second port 2 is connected to the sixth port 6
  • the third port 3 is connected to the seventh port 7 .
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the first port 1 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502 through the fifth port 5, wherein the first signal light does not pass through the filter 704, port The switch 501 receives the second signal light through the sixth port 6.
  • the second signal light is transmitted through the filter 704 and sent to the second port 2 of the port switch 501.
  • the port switch 501 transmits the signal light to the second node through the second port 2.
  • the device 20 emits the second signal light
  • the port switch 501 receives the third signal light through the seventh port 7.
  • the third signal light is transmitted through the filter 704 and sent to the third port 3 of the port switch 501.
  • the port switch 501 The third signal light is emitted to the first receiving and receiving light module in the sub-node device through the third port 3.
  • the first port 1 is connected to the fifth port 5
  • the second port 2 is connected to the seventh port 7
  • the fourth port 4 is connected to the eighth port 8 .
  • the port switch 501 is configured to receive the fourth signal light through the second port 2.
  • the fourth signal light is reflected to the seventh port 7 of the port switch 501 through the filter 704, and the port switch 501 passes through the seventh port 7.
  • the fourth signal light is emitted to the coupling splitter 502.
  • the port switch 501 receives the sixth signal light through the fifth port 5.
  • the sixth signal light does not pass through the filter 704.
  • the port switch 501 transmits the signal light to the first node through the first port 1.
  • the device 10 emits the sixth signal light
  • the port switch 501 receives the fifth signal light through the eighth port 8.
  • the fifth signal light does not pass through the filter 704.
  • the port switch 501 transmits the second signal light to the sub-node device through the fourth port 4.
  • the receiving and receiving light module emits the fifth signal light.
  • the above-mentioned port switch 501 includes a second optical path turning lens group.
  • the second optical path turning lens group is used to disconnect and establish the connection between the fourth signal light at the second port 2 and the seventh port 7.
  • the fifth signal light is connected at the second port 2 and the sixth port 6, the connection between the fifth signal light at the fourth port 4 and the eighth port 8 is disconnected, and the sixth signal light is established at the fourth port 4 and the seventh port. 7 connections.
  • the second optical path turning lens group includes a filter plate 705 that transmits the third signal light and reflects the sixth signal light.
  • Figure 21 is a schematic diagram of another optical path connection provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first port 1 is connected to the fifth port 5
  • the second port 2 is connected to the sixth port 6
  • the third port 3 is connected to the seventh port 7 .
  • the port switch 501 is configured to receive the first signal light through the first port 1 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502 through the fifth port 5, wherein the first signal light does not pass through the filter 705.
  • the port switch 501 The second signal light is received through the sixth port 6, and the second signal light does not pass through the filter 705.
  • the port switch 501 sends the second signal light through the sixth port 6 to the second port 2 of the port switch 501.
  • the port switch The switch 501 transmits the second signal light to the second node device 20 through the second port 2, the port switch 501 receives the third signal light through the seventh port 7, and the third signal light is transmitted through the filter 705 and sent to the port switch Through the third port 3 of 501, the port switch 501 transmits the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the third port 3. As shown in (d) of FIG.
  • the port switch 501 is configured to receive the fourth signal light through the first port 1 and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling splitter 502 through the fifth port 5, wherein the fourth signal light does not pass through the filter 705.
  • the port switch 501 The fifth signal light is received through the sixth port 6.
  • the second signal light does not pass through the filter 705.
  • the port switch 501 transmits the fifth signal light to the second node device 20 through the second port 2.
  • the port switch 501 passes through the seventh port.
  • Port 7 receives the sixth signal light, and the sixth signal light is reflected to the fourth port 4 through the filter 705.
  • the port switch 501 transmits the sixth signal light to the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the fourth port 4. Therefore, as known from (b) in Figure 21 , the fourth signal light received by the port switch 501 from the second port 2 is transmitted to the seventh port 7 through the first optical path turning lens group, as known from (d) in Figure 21 , the port switch 501 receives the fifth signal light from the sixth port 6 and transmits it to the second port 2. Therefore, the second optical path turning lens group is used to disconnect the fourth signal light at the second port 2 and the seventh port 7.
  • the above-mentioned port switch 501 includes a third optical path turning lens group, and the third optical path turning lens group is used to disconnect the first signal light at the first port 1 and the fifth port 5, and establish a connection between the second signal light at the first port 1 and the eighth port 8 The connection is used to disconnect the third signal light at the third port 3 and the seventh port 7 and establish the connection between the third signal light at the third port 3 and the fifth port 5 .
  • the third optical path turning lens group includes a filter plate 706, a filter plate 707 and a filter plate 708.
  • the filter plate 706 reflects the second signal light, reflects the third signal light, transmits the fifth signal light, and filters
  • the plate 707 transmits the first signal light and reflects the fourth signal light.
  • the filter plate 708 reflects the second signal light and transmits the sixth signal light.
  • Figure 21 is a schematic diagram of yet another optical path connection provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in (e) of FIG. 21 , the first port 1 is connected to the eighth port 8 , the second port 2 is connected to the sixth port 6 , and the third port 3 is connected to the fifth port 5 .
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the second port 2, and the first signal light is transmitted to the sixth port 6 through the filter 707.
  • the port switch 501 is used to couple the optical splitter 502 through the sixth port 6.
  • the first signal light is emitted, and the port switch 501 is used to receive the second signal light through the eighth port 8.
  • the second signal light is reflected by the filter 708 to the filter 706 and then reflected to the first port 1.
  • the port switch 501 passes The first port 1 emits the second signal light to the first node device 10.
  • the port switch 501 receives the third signal light through the fifth port 5.
  • the third signal light is reflected to the third port 3 through the filter 706.
  • the port switch 501 501 transmits the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the sub-node device through the third port 3; as shown in (f) in Figure 21, the first port 1 and the fifth port 5 are connected, and the second port 2 and the fifth port 5 are connected.
  • the seventh port 7 is connected to each other, and the fourth port 4 and the eighth port 8 are connected to each other.
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the fourth signal light through the second port 2.
  • the fourth signal light is reflected to the seventh port 7 through the filter 707.
  • the port switch 501 is used to transmit to the coupling splitter 502 through the seventh port 7.
  • the fourth signal light, the port switch 501 receives the fifth signal light through the fifth port 5, and the fifth signal light is transmitted to the first port 1 through the filter 706.
  • the port switch 501 is used to transmit the signal light to the first node through the first port 1.
  • the device 10 emits the fifth signal light
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the sixth signal light through the eighth port 8.
  • the sixth signal light is transmitted to the fourth port 4 through the filter 708, and the port switch 501 is used to pass through the fourth port. 4.
  • the port switch 501 uses After receiving the second signal light through the eighth port 8, the second signal light is reflected by the filter 708 to the filter 706 and then reflected to the first port 1.
  • the third optical path turning lens group is used to cut off the first signal light.
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the third signal light through the fifth port 5, and the third signal light passes through the filter. 706 is reflected to the third port 3. Therefore, the third optical path turning lens group is used to disconnect the third signal light at the third port 3 and the seventh port 7, and establish the connection between the third signal light at the third port 3 and the seventh port 7.
  • Five port 5 connections It should be noted that the connection methods of the ports in (e) and (f) of Figure 21 above correspond to Figures 20F and 20G.
  • the port switch 501 can also be implemented using a 4*4 optical switch or other structures. This is not the case in the embodiment of this application. limited.
  • the port switch 501 can realize optical path connection through the optical path turning lens group, that is, the protection switching process can be realized by mechanically moving spatial optical elements.
  • the technology involved is relatively mature, and the spatial optical path insertion loss is small and the extinction ratio is high.
  • Figure 22 is a circuit break protection method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S2201 Determine that the optical communication system is in a first preset state.
  • the first preset state may mean that the communication link is normal; it may be determined by the controller of the optical communication system that the optical communication system is in the first preset state. What needs to be added here is that the controller can be a reuse of an existing controller in the optical communication system, or it can be a new controller in the optical communication system.
  • the control can be implemented specifically as a frame-type componentized system or as a system-on-a-chip (SOC) composed of a single integrated chip, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • Step S2202 Receive the first signal light from the first node device through the port switch, and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter.
  • the first port of the port switch receives the signal from the first node device.
  • the first signal light is emitted to the coupling splitter 502 through the fourth port.
  • Step S2203 Split the first signal light into a second signal light and a third signal light through a coupling splitter, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch.
  • the port switch under the architecture of the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 1, when the port switch is shown in Figure 3A or Figure 6A, After splitting the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light through the coupling splitter, the second signal light and the third signal light are sent to the fifth port and the sixth port of the port switch.
  • the first signal light is split into the second signal light and the second signal light through the coupling splitter. After three signal lights, the second signal light and the third signal light are sent to the sixth port and the seventh port of the port switch.
  • Step S2204 Send the second signal light to the second node device through the port switch, and send the third signal light to the child node device.
  • the second signal light is received through the fifth port of the port switch and passed through The second port emits the second signal light to the second node device, receives the third signal light through the sixth port of the port switch, and emits the third signal light to the sub-node device through the third port.
  • the second signal light is received through the sixth port of the port switch and passed through the second port.
  • the second signal light is emitted to the second node device
  • the third signal light is received through the seventh port of the port switch
  • the third signal light is emitted to the child node device through the third port.
  • Step S2205 Determine that the optical communication system is in the second preset state.
  • the second preset state may refer to a failure of the communication link; it may be determined by the controller of the optical communication system that the optical communication system is in the second preset state.
  • Step S2206 Receive the first signal light from the second node device through the port switch, and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter.
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the second port and pass the first signal light through the second port.
  • the four-port emits the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502.
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the second port and pass The sixth port emits the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502.
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the second port and pass The sixth port emits the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502.
  • Step S2207 Split the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light through the coupling splitter, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch.
  • the first signal light is split into the second signal light and the third signal light through the coupling splitter. After the signal light, the second signal light and the third signal light are sent to the fifth port and the sixth port of the port switch.
  • the first signal light is split into the second signal light and the third signal light through the coupling splitter. After the signal light, the second signal light and the third signal light are sent to the eighth port and the fifth port of the port switch.
  • the port switch when the port switch is shown in Figure 10A, the first signal light is split into the second signal light and the third signal light through the coupling splitter. After the signal light, the second signal light and the third signal light are sent to the eighth port and the fifth port of the port switch.
  • port connection methods please refer to Figure 10D, Figure 10E and Figure 10F related descriptions.
  • Step S2208 Send the third signal light to the first node device through the port switch, and send the second signal light to the child node device.
  • the third signal light is received through the sixth port of the port switch and passed through The first port emits third signal light to the first node device, receives the second signal light through the fifth port, and emits the second signal light to the child node device through the third port.
  • the third signal light is received through the fifth port of the port switch and passed through the first port. Transmitting the third signal light to the first node device, receiving the second signal light through the eighth port and transmitting the second signal light to the sub-node device through the fourth port.
  • port connection methods please refer to Figure 10D , related descriptions in Figure 10E and Figure 10F.
  • the protection switching device can be implemented through a port switch based on a spatial optical path and a passive coupling splitter.
  • the protection switching device has a simple structure and low cost. Using this protection switching device can reduce the cost of optical fiber. Reduce the cost of the link protection switching mechanism and improve its applicability.
  • Figure 23 is a circuit break protection method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S2301 Receive the first signal light from the first node device through the port switch, and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter.
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the first port and pass the first signal light through the first port.
  • the five-port emits the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502.
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the first port and pass The fifth port emits the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502 .
  • Step S2302 Split the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light through the coupling splitter, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch.
  • the first signal light is split into the second signal light and the third signal light through the coupling splitter. After the signal light, the second signal light and the third signal light are sent to the sixth port and the seventh port of the port switch.
  • the first signal light is split into the second signal light and the second signal light through the coupling splitter. After the three signal lights, the second signal light and the third signal light are sent to the sixth port and the seventh port of the port switch.
  • Step S2303 Send the second signal light to the second node device through the port switch, and send the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device.
  • the second signal light is received through the sixth port of the port switch and transmitted to the second port through the second port.
  • the second node device emits the second signal light, receives the third signal light through the seventh port, and emits the third signal light through the third port to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device.
  • the second signal light is received through the sixth port of the port switch and passed through the second port.
  • the second signal light is emitted to the second node device
  • the third signal light is received through the seventh port
  • the third signal light is emitted to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the third port.
  • Step S2304 Receive the fourth signal light from the second node device through the port switch, and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter.
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the fourth signal light through the second port and pass it through the third port.
  • the seven-port emits the fourth signal light to the coupling splitter 502.
  • the port switch 501 is used to receive the fourth signal light through the second port and pass the fourth signal light through the second port.
  • the seven-port emits the fourth signal light to the coupling splitter 502.
  • Step S2305 Split the fourth signal light into the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light through the coupling splitter, and send the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light to the port switch.
  • the fourth signal light is split into the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light through the coupling splitter. signal light, and sends the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light to the eighth port and the fifth port of the port switch.
  • the fourth signal light is split into the fifth signal light and the fifth signal light through the coupling splitter. six signal lights, and sends the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light to the eighth port and the fifth port of the port switch.
  • Step S2306 Send the sixth signal light to the first node device through the port switch, and send the fifth signal light to the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device.
  • the optical power ratio between the second signal light and the third signal light is a first ratio
  • the optical power ratio between the sixth signal light and the fifth signal light is a second ratio
  • the first ratio and the second ratio are reciprocals of each other.
  • the port switch when the port switch is shown in Figure 15A, the port switch receives the sixth signal light through the fifth port and transmits it to the first port through the fifth port.
  • the first node device emits the sixth signal light, receives the fifth signal light through the eighth port, and transmits the fifth signal light to the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the fourth port.
  • the port switch when the port switch is shown in Figure 20A, the port switch receives the sixth signal light through the fifth port and transmits the sixth signal light to the first node device through the first port, receives the fifth signal light through the eighth port, and transmits and receives the second signal light to the child node device through the fourth port.
  • the optical module emits fifth signal light.
  • the protection switching device can be implemented through a port switch based on a spatial optical path and a passive coupling splitter.
  • the protection switching device has a simple structure and low cost. Using this protection switching device can reduce the cost of optical fiber. Reduce the cost of the link protection switching mechanism and improve its applicability.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application can be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), or other general-purpose processor, digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), or application specific integrated circuit. (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof.
  • a general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.
  • the method steps in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented by hardware or by a processor executing software instructions.
  • Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and the software modules can be stored in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, erasable programmable read-only memory, electrically erasable programmable read-only memory In memory, register, hard disk, mobile hard disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage medium well known in the art.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium.
  • the storage medium can also be an integral part of the processor.
  • the processor and storage media may be located in an ASIC. Additionally, the ASIC can be located in the base station or terminal. Of course, the processor and the storage medium may also exist as discrete components in the base station or terminal.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer programs or instructions.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, a network device, a user equipment, or other programmable device.
  • the computer program or instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another.
  • the computer program or instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, A server or data center transmits via wired or wireless means to another website site, computer, server, or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center that integrates one or more available media.
  • the available media may be magnetic media, such as floppy disks, hard disks, and tapes; optical media, such as digital video optical disks; or semiconductor media, such as solid-state hard drives.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be volatile or nonvolatile storage media, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile types of storage media.
  • transmission may include the following three situations: sending of data, receiving of data, or sending of data and receiving of data.
  • data may include service data and/or signaling data.
  • the number of nouns means “singular noun or plural noun", that is, “one or more”, unless otherwise specified. "At least one” means one or more. "Including at least one of the following: A, B, C.” means it can include A, or B, or C, or A and B, or A and C, or B and C, or A, B and C. Among them, A, B, and C can be single or multiple.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Optical Communication System (AREA)

Abstract

Embodiments of the present application provide a protection switching apparatus and an open-circuit protection method. The apparatus comprises a port switch and a coupling light splitter. In a first preset state, the port switch is used for receiving first signal light from a first node device and transmitting the first signal light to the coupling light splitter, the coupling light splitter splits the first signal light into second signal light and third signal light, and the port switch is used for sending the second signal light to a second node device and sending the third signal light to child node devices. In a second preset state, the port switch is used for receiving first signal light from the second node device and transmitting the first signal light to the coupling light splitter, the coupling light splitter splits the first signal light into second signal light and third signal light, and the port switch is used for sending the third signal light to the first node device and sending the second signal light to the child node devices. By using the protection switching apparatus provided in the embodiments of the present application, the cost of the protection switching mechanism for optical fiber links can be reduced, and the applicability thereof can be improved.

Description

一种保护倒换装置以及断路保护方法A protection switching device and circuit breaking protection method

本申请要求于2022年7月12日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202210815776.3、申请名称为“一种保护倒换装置以及断路保护方法”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office of China on July 12, 2022, with application number 202210815776.3 and application title "A protection switching device and circuit breaking protection method", the entire content of which is incorporated by reference. in this application.

技术领域Technical field

本申请涉及光通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种保护倒换装置以及断路保护方法。The present application relates to the field of optical communication technology, and in particular to a protection switching device and a circuit break protection method.

背景技术Background technique

传统的城域波分仍然沿用长途波分的点对点通信架构,通过汇聚节点向叶子节点发送包含多个波长的复用信号,各叶子节点通过分叉复用设备下载或上传所需的波长信号,这种组网方式需要高成本的节点设备。基于无源光网络原理的点对多点的城域环形网络架构,其系统可靠性高、组网及维护成本低,有望解决城域网系统容量和组网成本的矛盾。城域网的光纤链路距离跨度较大,所处外部环境复杂多变,由于路面施工、自然灾害等原因导致的链路断纤的情况时有发生,因此为了保障业务的稳定性,需要一种高效、可靠的保护倒换机制,在光纤链路出现故障时,可以进行快速的保护倒换,在尽可能短的时间内恢复业务,不影响用户的使用体验。Traditional metropolitan wavelength division still uses the point-to-point communication architecture of long-distance wavelength division. Multiplexed signals containing multiple wavelengths are sent to leaf nodes through aggregation nodes. Each leaf node downloads or uploads the required wavelength signals through bifurcation multiplexing equipment. This networking method requires high-cost node equipment. The point-to-multipoint metropolitan ring network architecture based on the principle of passive optical network has high system reliability, low networking and maintenance costs, and is expected to solve the contradiction between metropolitan area network system capacity and networking cost. The optical fiber links of the metropolitan area network span a large distance, and the external environment is complex and changeable. Link breaks often occur due to road construction, natural disasters, etc. Therefore, in order to ensure the stability of the business, a An efficient and reliable protection switching mechanism, when a fiber link fails, rapid protection switching can be performed to restore services in the shortest possible time without affecting the user experience.

现有的点对多点的环形网络针对光纤链路的保护倒换机制主要是通过固定分光比的光分支器进行1:1备份来实现的,不利于整个网络的功率预算且设备冗余,导致系统成本较高。The existing point-to-multipoint ring network protection switching mechanism for optical fiber links is mainly implemented through 1:1 backup through optical splitters with a fixed split ratio, which is not conducive to the power budget of the entire network and equipment redundancy, resulting in The system cost is higher.

发明内容Contents of the invention

本申请实施例公开了一种保护倒换装置以及断路保护方法,该保护倒换装置结构简单且成本低,采用该保护倒换装置,可降低光纤链路的保护倒换机制的成本,提升其适用性。The embodiment of the present application discloses a protection switching device and a circuit break protection method. The protection switching device has a simple structure and low cost. The use of the protection switching device can reduce the cost of the protection switching mechanism of optical fiber links and improve its applicability.

本申请实施例第一方面公开了一种保护倒换装置,包括端口交换器和耦合分光器,端口交换器和耦合分光器相连,端口交换器分别与第一节点设备、第二节点设备和子节点设备相连;在第一预设状态下,端口交换器用于接收来自第一节点设备的第一信号光,并将第一信号光传输给耦合分光器,耦合分光器用于将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光发送给端口交换器,端口交换器用于向第二节点设备发送第二信号光,并向子节点设备发送第三信号光;在第二预设状态下,端口交换器用于接收来自第二节点设备的第一信号光,并将第一信号光传输给耦合分光器,耦合分光器用于将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光发送给端口交换器,端口交换器用于向第一节点设备发送第三信号光,并向子节点设备发送第二信号光。The first aspect of the embodiment of the present application discloses a protection switching device, which includes a port switch and a coupling optical splitter. The port switch is connected to the coupling optical splitter. The port switch is respectively connected to a first node device, a second node device and a sub-node device. connected; in the first preset state, the port switch is used to receive the first signal light from the first node device and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter, and the coupling optical splitter is used to split the first signal light into a third the second signal light and the third signal light, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch. The port switch is used to send the second signal light to the second node device and send the third signal to the child node device. Light; in the second preset state, the port switch is used to receive the first signal light from the second node device and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter, and the coupling optical splitter is used to split the first signal light into the third the second signal light and the third signal light, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch. The port switch is used to send the third signal light to the first node device and send the second signal to the child node device. Light.

应理解,在上述保护倒换装置中,该保护倒换装置可以通过基于空间光路的端口交换器和无源的耦合分光器实现,该保护倒换装置结构简单且成本低,采用该保护倒换装置,可降低光纤链路的保护倒换机制的成本,提升其适用性。而且在第一预设状态下,端口交换器用于接收来自第一节点设备的第一信号光,通过耦合分光器用于将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,且端口交换器用于向第二节点设备发送第二信号光,并向子节点设备发送第三信号光;在第二预设状态下,端口交换器用于接收来自第二节点设备的第一信号光,通过耦合分光器将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,且端口交换器用于向子节点设备发送第二信号光,并向第一节点设备发送第三信号光;通过上述方式,能够实现在第二预设状态下,即通信链路发生故障的情况下,通过第二节点设备与断纤节点右侧的子节点设备进行通信,能够保障业务的稳定性,而且,在第一预设状态下,发送给子节点设备的第三信号光与发送给第二节点设备的第二信号光的比值与在第二预设状态下发送给子节点设备的第二信号光与发送给第一节点设备的第三信号光的比值互为倒数;也即可以理解为在第一预设状态下,子节点设备中的收发光模块与主干光纤的光功率比值与在第二预设状态下,子节点设备中的收发光模块与主干光纤的光功率的比值互为倒数,能够使得光通信系统中可连接的子节点设备的数量更多。It should be understood that in the above protection switching device, the protection switching device can be implemented by a port switch based on a spatial optical path and a passive coupling splitter. The protection switching device has a simple structure and low cost. Using the protection switching device can reduce Reduce the cost of the protection switching mechanism of optical fiber links and improve its applicability. Moreover, in the first preset state, the port switch is used to receive the first signal light from the first node device, and the coupling optical splitter is used to split the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and the port switch The port switch is used to send the second signal light to the second node device and send the third signal light to the child node device; in the second preset state, the port switch is used to receive the first signal light from the second node device, by coupling The optical splitter splits the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and the port switch is used to send the second signal light to the sub-node device and the third signal light to the first node device; through the above method, It can be realized that in the second preset state, that is, when the communication link fails, the second node device communicates with the sub-node device on the right side of the broken fiber node, which can ensure the stability of the business, and, in the first In the preset state, the ratio of the third signal light sent to the child node device to the second signal light sent to the second node device is equal to the ratio of the second signal light sent to the child node device in the second preset state to the ratio of the second signal light sent to the child node device in the second preset state. The ratio of the third signal light of the first node device is the reciprocal of each other; that is, it can be understood that in the first preset state, the optical power ratio of the transceiver and light module in the child node device and the backbone fiber is the same as that in the second preset state. Under this condition, the ratio of the optical power of the receiving and receiving optical modules in the sub-node equipment to that of the backbone optical fiber is the reciprocal of each other, which can make the number of connectable sub-node equipment in the optical communication system larger.

在一种可能的实现方式下,端口交换器包括第一端口、第二端口、第三端口、第四端口、第五端口以及第六端口,耦合分光器包括第七端口、第八端口以及第九端口,第四端口与第七端口相连接,第五端口与第八端口相连接,第六端口与第九端口相连接;在第一预设状态下,端口交换器用于通过第一端口接收 第一信号光并通过第四端口向耦合分光器发射第一信号光,通过第五端口接收第二信号光并通过第二端口向第二节点设备发射第二信号光,通过第六端口接收第三信号光并通过第三端口向子节点设备发射第三信号光;在第二预设状态下,端口交换器用于通过第二端口接收第一信号光并通过第四端口向耦合分光器发射第一信号光,通过第六端口接收第三信号光并通过第一端口向第一节点设备发射第三信号光,通过第五端口接收第二信号光并通过第三端口向子节点设备发射第二信号光。In a possible implementation, the port switch includes a first port, a second port, a third port, a fourth port, a fifth port and a sixth port, and the coupling optical splitter includes a seventh port, an eighth port and a sixth port. Nine ports, the fourth port is connected to the seventh port, the fifth port is connected to the eighth port, and the sixth port is connected to the ninth port; in the first default state, the port switch is used to receive data through the first port The first signal light is emitted to the coupling optical splitter through the fourth port, the second signal light is received through the fifth port and the second signal light is emitted to the second node device through the second port, and the second signal light is received through the sixth port. three signal lights and transmit the third signal light to the sub-node device through the third port; in the second preset state, the port switch is used to receive the first signal light through the second port and transmit the third signal light to the coupling splitter through the fourth port. A signal light, receiving the third signal light through the sixth port and transmitting the third signal light to the first node device through the first port, receiving the second signal light through the fifth port and transmitting the second signal light to the child node device through the third port. signal light.

应理解,通过上述保护倒换装置可以实现单纤单向点对多点环网架构中耦合器通光方向以及分光比的灵活配置,也即可以实现通信方向改变后分光比也相应地反转,有利于环网链路功率预算的优化,以支持连接更多的子节点设备。It should be understood that the above protection switching device can realize flexible configuration of the coupler light direction and light splitting ratio in the single-fiber unidirectional point-to-multipoint ring network architecture, that is, the light splitting ratio can be reversed accordingly after the communication direction is changed. It is conducive to the optimization of the ring network link power budget to support the connection of more sub-node devices.

在又一种可能的实现方式下,端口交换器包括光路转折镜片组;在第二预设状态下,光路转折镜片组用于断开第一端口与第四端口的连接并建立第一端口与第六端口的连接,断开第二端口与第五端口的连接并建立第二端口与第四端口的连接,断开第三端口与第六端口的连接并建立第三端口与第五端口的连接。In another possible implementation, the port switch includes an optical path turning lens group; in the second preset state, the optical path turning lens group is used to disconnect the first port and the fourth port and establish the connection between the first port and the fourth port. Connect the sixth port, disconnect the second port from the fifth port and establish the connection between the second port and the fourth port, disconnect the third port from the sixth port and establish the connection between the third port and the fifth port connect.

在又一种可能的实现方式下,端口交换器包括光路转折镜片组;在第一预设状态下,光路转折镜片组用于建立第一端口与第四端口的连接,建立第二端口与第五端口的连接,建立第三端口与第六端口的连接。In another possible implementation, the port switch includes an optical path turning lens group; in the first preset state, the optical path turning lens group is used to establish a connection between the first port and the fourth port, and to establish a connection between the second port and the third port. A five-port connection establishes a connection between the third port and the sixth port.

在又一种可能的实现方式下,端口交换器包括第一端口、第二端口、第三端口、第四端口、第五端口、第六端口以及第七端口,耦合分光器包括第八端口、第九端口、第十端口以及第十一端口,第四端口与第八端口相连接,第五端口与第九端口相连接,第六端口与第十端口相连接,第七端口与第十一端口相连接;在第一预设状态下,端口交换器用于通过第一端口接收第一信号光并通过第四端口向耦合分光器发射第一信号光,通过第五端口接收第二信号光并通过第二端口向第二节点设备发射第二信号光,通过第六端口接收第三信号光并通过第三端口向子节点设备发射第三信号光;在第二预设状态下,端口交换器用于通过第二端口接收第一信号光并通过第六端口向耦合分光器发射第一信号光,通过第四端口接收第三信号光并通过第一端口向第一节点设备发射第三信号光,通过第七端口接收第二信号光并通过第三端口向子节点设备发射第二信号光。In another possible implementation, the port switch includes a first port, a second port, a third port, a fourth port, a fifth port, a sixth port and a seventh port, and the coupling optical splitter includes an eighth port, The ninth port, the tenth port and the eleventh port, the fourth port is connected to the eighth port, the fifth port is connected to the ninth port, the sixth port is connected to the tenth port, the seventh port is connected to the eleventh port The ports are connected; in the first preset state, the port switch is used to receive the first signal light through the first port and transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter through the fourth port, and to receive the second signal light through the fifth port and The second signal light is emitted to the second node device through the second port, the third signal light is received through the sixth port, and the third signal light is emitted to the sub-node device through the third port; in the second preset state, the port switch uses receiving the first signal light through the second port and transmitting the first signal light to the coupling splitter through the sixth port, receiving the third signal light through the fourth port and transmitting the third signal light to the first node device through the first port, Receive the second signal light through the seventh port and transmit the second signal light to the sub-node device through the third port.

应理解,通过上述保护倒换装置可以实现单纤单向点对多点环网架构中耦合器通光方向以及分光比的灵活配置,也即可以实现通信方向改变后分光比也相应地反转,有利于环网链路功率预算的优化,以支持连接更多的子节点设备。It should be understood that the above protection switching device can realize flexible configuration of the coupler light direction and light splitting ratio in the single-fiber unidirectional point-to-multipoint ring network architecture, that is, the light splitting ratio can be reversed accordingly after the communication direction is changed. It is conducive to the optimization of the ring network link power budget to support the connection of more sub-node devices.

在又一种可能的实现方式下,端口交换器包括光路转折镜片组;在第二预设状态下,光路转折镜片组用于断开第二端口与第五端口的连接并建立第二端口与第六端口的连接,断开第三端口与第六端口的连接并建立第三端口与第七端口的连接。In another possible implementation, the port switch includes an optical path turning lens group; in the second preset state, the light path turning lens group is used to disconnect the second port from the fifth port and establish the connection between the second port and the fifth port. Connect the sixth port, disconnect the third port from the sixth port and establish the connection between the third port and the seventh port.

在又一种可能的实现方式下,端口交换器包括光路转折镜片组;在第一预设状态下,光路转折镜片组用于建立第一端口与第四端口的连接,建立第二端口与第五端口的连接,建立第三端口与第六端口的连接。In another possible implementation, the port switch includes an optical path turning lens group; in the first preset state, the optical path turning lens group is used to establish a connection between the first port and the fourth port, and to establish a connection between the second port and the third port. A five-port connection establishes a connection between the third port and the sixth port.

在又一种可能的实现方式下,端口交换器包括第一端口、第二端口、第三端口、第四端口、第五端口、第六端口、第七端口以及第八端口,耦合分光器包括第九端口、第十端口、第十一端口以及第十二端口,第五端口与第九端口相连接,第六端口与第十端口相连接,第七端口与第十一端口相连接,第八端口与第十二端口相连接;在第一预设状态下,端口交换器用于通过第一端口接收第一信号光并通过第五端口向耦合分光器发射第一信号光,通过第六端口接收第二信号光并通过第二端口向第二节点设备发射第二信号光,通过第七端口接收第三信号光并通过第三端口向子节点设备发射第三信号光;在第二预设状态下,端口交换器用于通过第二端口接收第一信号光并通过第七端口向耦合分光器发射第一信号光,通过第五端口接收第三信号光并通过第一端口向第一节点设备发射第三信号光,通过第八端口接收第二信号光并通过第四端口向子节点设备发射第二信号光。In yet another possible implementation, the port switch includes a first port, a second port, a third port, a fourth port, a fifth port, a sixth port, a seventh port and an eighth port, and the coupling optical splitter includes The ninth port, the tenth port, the eleventh port and the twelfth port, the fifth port is connected to the ninth port, the sixth port is connected to the tenth port, the seventh port is connected to the eleventh port, and the seventh port is connected to the eleventh port. The eight ports are connected to the twelfth port; in the first preset state, the port switch is used to receive the first signal light through the first port and transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter through the fifth port, and through the sixth port Receive the second signal light and transmit the second signal light to the second node device through the second port, receive the third signal light through the seventh port and transmit the third signal light to the child node device through the third port; in the second preset In this state, the port switch is configured to receive the first signal light through the second port and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the seventh port, and to receive the third signal light through the fifth port and to the first node device through the first port. The third signal light is emitted, the second signal light is received through the eighth port, and the second signal light is transmitted to the sub-node device through the fourth port.

应理解,通过上述保护倒换装置可以实现单纤单向点对多点环网架构中耦合器通光方向以及分光比的灵活配置,也即可以实现通信方向改变后分光比也相应地反转,有利于环网链路功率预算的优化,以支持连接更多的子节点设备。It should be understood that the above protection switching device can realize flexible configuration of the coupler light direction and light splitting ratio in the single-fiber unidirectional point-to-multipoint ring network architecture, that is, the light splitting ratio can be reversed accordingly after the communication direction is changed. It is conducive to the optimization of the ring network link power budget to support the connection of more sub-node devices.

在又一种可能的实现方式下,端口交换器包括光路转折镜片组或光开关;在第二预设状态下,光路转折镜片组或光开关用于断开第二端口与第六端口的连接以及断开第三端口与第七端口的连接并建立第二端口与第七端口的连接。In yet another possible implementation, the port switch includes an optical path turning lens set or an optical switch; in the second preset state, the light path turning lens set or optical switch is used to disconnect the second port from the sixth port. and disconnecting the third port from the seventh port and establishing a connection from the second port to the seventh port.

在又一种可能的实现方式下,端口交换器包括光路转折镜片组或光开关;在第一预设状态下,光路转折镜片组或光开关用于建立第一端口与第五端口的连接,建立第二端口与第六端口的连接,建立第三端口与第七端口的连接。In another possible implementation, the port switch includes an optical path turning lens set or an optical switch; in the first preset state, the light path turning lens set or optical switch is used to establish a connection between the first port and the fifth port, The connection between the second port and the sixth port is established, and the connection between the third port and the seventh port is established.

在又一种可能的实现方式下,在第一预设状态下,子节点设备与第一节点设备之间存在光连接;在第 二预设状态下,子节点设备与第一节点设备之间不存在光连接。In yet another possible implementation, in the first preset state, there is an optical connection between the sub-node device and the first node device; 2. In the default state, there is no optical connection between the child node device and the first node device.

在又一种可能的实现方式下,子节点设备包括第一收发光模块和第二收发光模块;在第一预设状态下,第一收发光模块与第一节点设备之间存在光连接且与第二节点设备之间不存在光连接;第二收发光模块与第一节点设备之间不存在光连接;在第二预设状态下,第一收发光模块与第一节点设备之间不存在光连接且与第二节点设备之间不存在光连接;第二收发光模块与第一节点设备之间不存在光连接且与第二节点设备之间存在光连接。In yet another possible implementation, the sub-node device includes a first light-receiving module and a second light-receiving module; in the first preset state, there is an optical connection between the first light-receiving module and the first node device, and There is no optical connection with the second node device; there is no optical connection between the second light-receiving module and the first node device; in the second preset state, there is no optical connection between the first light-receiving module and the first node device. There is an optical connection and there is no optical connection with the second node device; there is no optical connection between the second receiving and receiving light module and the first node device but there is an optical connection with the second node device.

本申请实施例第二方面公开了一种保护倒换装置,包括端口交换器和耦合分光器,端口交换器和耦合分光器相连,端口交换器分别与第一节点设备、第二节点设备以及子节点设备相连,子节点设备包括第一收发光模块和第二收发光模块;端口交换器用于接收来自第一节点设备的第一信号光,并将第一信号光传输给耦合分光器,耦合分光器用于将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光发送给端口交换器,端口交换器用于向第二节点设备发送第二信号光,并向子节点设备中第一收发光模块发送第三信号光;端口交换器用于接收来自第二节点设备的第四信号光,并将第四信号光传输给耦合分光器,耦合分光器用于将第四信号光分光成第五信号光和第六信号光,并将第五信号光和第六信号光发送给端口交换器,端口交换器用于向第一节点设备发送第六信号光,并向子节点设备中第二收发光模块发送第五信号光,其中,第二信号光与第三信号光的光功率比为第一比例,第六信号光与第五信号光的光功率比为第二比例,第一比例与第二比例互为倒数。The second aspect of the embodiment of the present application discloses a protection switching device, which includes a port switch and a coupling optical splitter. The port switch is connected to the coupling optical splitter. The port switch is respectively connected to the first node device, the second node device and the sub-node. The devices are connected, and the sub-node device includes a first light-receiving module and a second light-receiving module; the port switch is used to receive the first signal light from the first node device and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter. The coupling optical splitter is used to splitting the first signal light into a second signal light and a third signal light, and sending the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch, and the port switch is used to send the second signal light to the second node device, and sends the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device; the port switch is used to receive the fourth signal light from the second node device, and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter, and the coupling optical splitter is used to The fourth signal light is split into a fifth signal light and a sixth signal light, and the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light are sent to the port switch. The port switch is used to send the sixth signal light to the first node device and to The second light-receiving module in the child node device sends the fifth signal light, wherein the optical power ratio of the second signal light and the third signal light is a first ratio, and the optical power ratio of the sixth signal light and the fifth signal light is a third ratio. Two ratios, the first ratio and the second ratio are reciprocals of each other.

应理解,在上述保护倒换装置中,该保护倒换装置可以通过基于空间光路的端口交换器和无源的耦合分光器实现,该保护倒换装置结构简单且成本低,采用该保护倒换装置,可降低光纤链路的保护倒换机制的成本,提升其适用性。而且,端口交换器用于接收来自第一节点设备的第一信号光,通过耦合分光器用于将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,且端口交换器用于向第二节点设备发送第二信号光,并向子节点设备中第一收发光模块发送第三信号光;端口交换器用于接收来自第二节点设备的第四信号光,通过耦合分光器用于将第四信号光分光成第五信号光和第六信号光,且端口交换器用于向子节点设备中第二收发光模块发送第五信号光,并向第一节点设备发送第六信号光;通过上述方式,能够实现在通信链路发生故障的情况下,通过第二节点设备与断纤节点右侧的子节点设备进行通信,能够保障业务的稳定性,而且,发送给子节点设备中第一收发光模块的第三信号光与发送给第二节点设备的第二信号光的比值与发送给子节点设备中第二收发光模块的第五信号光与发送给第一节点设备的第六信号光的比值互为倒数;也即可以理解为子节点设备中的第一收发光模块与主干光纤的光功率与子节点设备中的第二收发光模块与主干光纤的光功率的比值互为倒数,能够使得光通信系统中可连接的子节点设备的数量更多。It should be understood that in the above protection switching device, the protection switching device can be implemented by a port switch based on a spatial optical path and a passive coupling splitter. The protection switching device has a simple structure and low cost. Using the protection switching device can reduce Reduce the cost of the protection switching mechanism of optical fiber links and improve its applicability. Furthermore, the port switch is used to receive the first signal light from the first node device, the coupling optical splitter is used to split the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and the port switch is used to provide the second signal light to the second node device. Send the second signal light, and send the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device; the port switch is used to receive the fourth signal light from the second node device, and the coupling splitter is used to split the fourth signal light into the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light, and the port switch is used to send the fifth signal light to the second receiving and transmitting light module in the child node device, and to send the sixth signal light to the first node device; through the above method, it can be realized In the event of a communication link failure, the second node device communicates with the sub-node device on the right side of the fiber-broken node to ensure the stability of the business. Moreover, the second node device is sent to the first transceiver module in the sub-node device. The ratio of the third signal light to the second signal light sent to the second node device is equal to the ratio of the fifth signal light sent to the second transceiver light module in the child node device to the sixth signal light sent to the first node device. Reciprocal; that is, it can be understood as the reciprocal of the ratio of the optical power of the first receiving and transmitting module in the sub-node device to the backbone fiber and the optical power of the second receiving and transmitting module in the sub-node device to the backbone fiber, which enables optical communication. The number of sub-node devices that can be connected in the system is greater.

在一种可能的实现方式中,端口交换器包括第一端口、第二端口、第三端口、第四端口、第五端口、第六端口、第七端口以及第八端口,耦合分光器包括第九端口、第十端口、第十一端口以及第十二端口,第五端口与第九端口相连接,第六端口与第十端口相连接,第七端口与第十一端口相连接,第八端口与第十二端口相连接;端口交换器用于通过第一端口接收第一信号光并通过第五端口向耦合分光器发射第一信号光,通过第六端口接收第二信号光并通过第二端口向第二节点设备发射第二信号光,通过第七端口接收第三信号光并通过第三端口向子节点设备中第一收发光模块发射第三信号光;端口交换器用于通过第二端口接收第四信号光并通过第七端口向耦合分光器发射第四信号光,通过第五端口接收第六信号光并通过第一端口向第一节点设备发射第六信号光,通过第八端口接收第五信号光并通过第四端口向子节点设备中第二收发光模块发射第五信号光。In a possible implementation, the port switch includes a first port, a second port, a third port, a fourth port, a fifth port, a sixth port, a seventh port and an eighth port, and the coupling optical splitter includes a third port. The ninth port, the tenth port, the eleventh port and the twelfth port, the fifth port is connected to the ninth port, the sixth port is connected to the tenth port, the seventh port is connected to the eleventh port, the eighth port The port is connected to the twelfth port; the port switch is used to receive the first signal light through the first port and transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter through the fifth port, and to receive the second signal light through the sixth port and pass the second signal light through the second port. The port transmits the second signal light to the second node device, receives the third signal light through the seventh port, and transmits the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the sub-node device through the third port; the port switch is used to pass the second port Receive the fourth signal light and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling splitter through the seventh port, receive the sixth signal light through the fifth port and transmit the sixth signal light to the first node device through the first port, and receive through the eighth port The fifth signal light is emitted to the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the fourth port.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,端口交换器包括第一光路转折镜片组;第一光路转折镜片组用于建立第二端口与第六端口的连接以便于第二信号光的传输,以及建立第三端口与第七端口的连接以便于第三信号光的传输;第一光路转折镜片组还用于建立第二端口与第七端口的连接以便于第四信号光的传输。In yet another possible implementation, the port switch includes a first optical path turning lens group; the first optical path turning lens group is used to establish a connection between the second port and the sixth port to facilitate the transmission of the second signal light, and to establish The connection between the third port and the seventh port is to facilitate the transmission of the third signal light; the first optical path turning lens group is also used to establish the connection between the second port and the seventh port to facilitate the transmission of the fourth signal light.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,端口交换器用于通过第一端口接收第一信号光并通过第五端口向耦合分光器发射第一信号光,通过第六端口接收第二信号光并通过第二端口向第二节点设备发射第二信号光,通过第七端口接收第三信号光并通过第三端口向子节点设备中第一收发光模块发射第三信号光;端口交换器用于通过第一端口接收第四信号光并通过第五端口向耦合分光器发射第四信号光,通过第六端口接收第五信号光并通过第二端口向第二节点设备发射第五信号光,通过第七端口接收第六信号光并通过第四端口向子节点设备中第二收发光模块发射第六信号光。In yet another possible implementation, the port switch is configured to receive the first signal light through the first port and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the fifth port, receive the second signal light through the sixth port and transmit the second signal light through the fifth port. The two ports transmit the second signal light to the second node device, receive the third signal light through the seventh port, and transmit the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the sub-node device through the third port; the port switch is used to pass the first The port receives the fourth signal light and transmits the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the fifth port, receives the fifth signal light through the sixth port and transmits the fifth signal light to the second node device through the second port, and passes the seventh port Receive the sixth signal light and transmit the sixth signal light to the second receiving and receiving light module in the sub-node device through the fourth port.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,端口交换器包括第二光路转折镜片组;第二光路转折镜片组用于断开第四信号光在第二端口与第七端口的连接并建立第五信号光在第二端口与第六端口的连接,断开第五信号光 在第四端口与第八端口的连接并建立第六信号光在第四端口与第七端口的连接。In yet another possible implementation, the port switch includes a second optical path turning lens group; the second optical path turning lens group is used to disconnect the fourth signal light at the second port and the seventh port and establish the fifth signal The light is connected to the second port and the sixth port, and the fifth signal light is disconnected The connection between the fourth port and the eighth port is established and the connection of the sixth signal light between the fourth port and the seventh port is established.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,端口交换器用于通过第二端口接收第一信号光并通过第六端口向耦合分光器发射第一信号光,通过第八端口接收第二信号光并通过第一端口向第一节点设备发射第二信号光,通过第五端口接收第三信号光并通过第三端口向子节点设备中第一收发光模块发射第三信号光;端口交换器用于通过第二端口接收第四信号光并通过第七端口向耦合分光器发射第四信号光,通过第五端口接收第五信号光并通过第一端口向第一节点设备发射第五信号光,通过第八端口接收第六信号光并通过第四端口向子节点设备中第二收发光模块发射第六信号光。In yet another possible implementation, the port switch is configured to receive the first signal light through the second port and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the sixth port, receive the second signal light through the eighth port and transmit the first signal light through the eighth port. One port transmits the second signal light to the first node device, receives the third signal light through the fifth port, and transmits the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the sub-node device through the third port; the port switch is used to pass the second signal light through the second port. The port receives the fourth signal light and transmits the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the seventh port, receives the fifth signal light through the fifth port and transmits the fifth signal light to the first node device through the first port, and passes the eighth port Receive the sixth signal light and transmit the sixth signal light to the second receiving and receiving light module in the sub-node device through the fourth port.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,端口交换器包括第三光路转折镜片组;第三光路转折镜片组用于断开第一信号光在第一端口和第五端口的连接,并建立第二信号光在第一端口与第八端口的连接,用于断开第三信号光在第三端口与第七端口的连接,并建立第三信号光在第三端口与第五端口的连接。In yet another possible implementation, the port switch includes a third optical path turning lens group; the third optical path turning lens group is used to disconnect the first signal light at the first port and the fifth port, and establish the second The connection of the signal light at the first port and the eighth port is used to disconnect the third signal light at the third port and the seventh port, and to establish the connection between the third signal light at the third port and the fifth port.

本申请实施例第三方面公开了一种断路保护方法,断路保护方法适用于光通信系统,光通信系统包括端口交换器、耦合分光器、第一节点设备、第二节点设备和子节点设备,方法包括:确定光通信系统处于第一预设状态;通过端口交换器接收来自第一节点设备的第一信号光,并将第一信号光传输给耦合分光器;通过耦合分光器将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光发送给端口交换器;通过端口交换器向第二节点设备发送第二信号光,并向子节点设备发送第三信号光;确定光通信系统处于第二预设状态;通过端口交换器接收来自第二节点设备的第一信号光,并将第一信号光传输给耦合分光器;通过耦合分光器将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光发送给端口交换器;通过端口交换器向第一节点设备发送第三信号光,并向子节点设备发送第二信号光。The third aspect of the embodiment of the present application discloses a circuit break protection method. The circuit break protection method is suitable for an optical communication system. The optical communication system includes a port switch, a coupling splitter, a first node device, a second node device and a sub-node device. The method The method includes: determining that the optical communication system is in a first preset state; receiving the first signal light from the first node device through the port switch, and transmitting the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter; and transmitting the first signal light through the coupling optical splitter. Split the light into a second signal light and a third signal light, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch; send the second signal light to the second node device through the port switch, and send it to the sub-node device. The third signal light; determines that the optical communication system is in the second preset state; receives the first signal light from the second node device through the port switch, and transmits the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter; transmits the third signal light through the coupling optical splitter A signal light is split into a second signal light and a third signal light, and the second signal light and the third signal light are sent to the port switch; the third signal light is sent to the first node device through the port switch, and to the sub-switch. The node device sends the second signal light.

在一种可能的实现方式中,端口交换器包括第一端口、第二端口、第三端口、第四端口、第五端口以及第六端口,耦合分光器包括第七端口、第八端口以及第九端口;第四端口与第七端口相连接,第五端口与第八端口相连接,第六端口与第九端口相连接。In a possible implementation, the port switch includes a first port, a second port, a third port, a fourth port, a fifth port and a sixth port, and the coupling optical splitter includes a seventh port, an eighth port and a sixth port. Nine ports; the fourth port is connected to the seventh port, the fifth port is connected to the eighth port, and the sixth port is connected to the ninth port.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法包括:在确定光通信系统处于第一预设状态时,通过端口交换器中的第一端口接收第一信号光并通过第四端口向耦合分光器发射第一信号光,通过第五端口接收第二信号光并通过第二端口向第二节点设备发射第二信号光,通过第六端口接收第三信号光并通过第三端口向子节点设备发射第三信号光;在确定光通信系统处于第二预设状态时,通过端口交换器中的第二端口接收第一信号光并通过第四端口向耦合分光器发射第一信号光,通过第六端口接收第三信号光并通过第一端口向第一节点设备发射第三信号光,通过第五端口接收第二信号光并通过第三端口向子节点设备发射第二信号光。In yet another possible implementation, the method includes: when determining that the optical communication system is in the first preset state, receiving the first signal light through the first port in the port switch and coupling the light through the fourth port. The device emits the first signal light, receives the second signal light through the fifth port and transmits the second signal light to the second node device through the second port, receives the third signal light through the sixth port and transmits the third signal light to the child node device through the third port. Emitting the third signal light; when it is determined that the optical communication system is in the second preset state, receiving the first signal light through the second port in the port switch and transmitting the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the fourth port. The six ports receive the third signal light and transmit the third signal light to the first node device through the first port, and receive the second signal light through the fifth port and transmit the second signal light to the child node device through the third port.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,端口交换器包括光路转折镜片组;在确定光通信系统处于第二预设状态时,通过光路转折镜片组断开第一端口与第四端口的连接并建立第一端口与第六端口的连接,断开第二端口与第五端口的连接并建立第二端口与第四端口的连接,断开第三端口与第六端口的连接并建立第三端口与第五端口的连接。In yet another possible implementation, the port switch includes an optical path turning lens group; when it is determined that the optical communication system is in the second preset state, the connection between the first port and the fourth port is disconnected and established through the optical path turning lens group. The connection between the first port and the sixth port, the connection between the second port and the fifth port is disconnected and the connection between the second port and the fourth port is established, the connection between the third port and the sixth port is disconnected and the connection between the third port and the fourth port is established. Fifth port connection.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,端口交换器包括光路转折镜片组;在确定光通信系统处于第一预设状态时,通过光路转折镜片组建立第一端口与第四端口的连接,建立第二端口与第五端口的连接,建立第三端口与第六端口的连接。In another possible implementation, the port switch includes an optical path turning lens group; when it is determined that the optical communication system is in the first preset state, a connection between the first port and the fourth port is established through the optical path turning lens group, and a third port is established. The connection between the second port and the fifth port establishes the connection between the third port and the sixth port.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,端口交换器包括第一端口、第二端口、第三端口、第四端口、第五端口、第六端口以及第七端口,耦合分光器包括第八端口、第九端口、第十端口以及第十一端口;第四端口与第八端口相连接,第五端口与第九端口相连接,第六端口与第十端口相连接,第七端口与第十一端口相连接。In yet another possible implementation, the port switch includes a first port, a second port, a third port, a fourth port, a fifth port, a sixth port and a seventh port, and the coupling optical splitter includes an eighth port, The ninth port, the tenth port and the eleventh port; the fourth port is connected to the eighth port, the fifth port is connected to the ninth port, the sixth port is connected to the tenth port, the seventh port is connected to the eleventh port port is connected.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:在确定光通信系统处于第一预设状态时,通过端口交换器中的第一端口接收第一信号光并通过第四端口向耦合分光器发射第一信号光,通过第五端口接收第二信号光并通过第二端口向第二节点设备发射第二信号光,通过第六端口接收第三信号光并通过第三端口向子节点设备发射第三信号光;在确定光通信系统处于第二预设状态时,通过端口交换器中的第二端口接收第一信号光并通过第六端口向耦合分光器发射第一信号光,通过第四端口接收第三信号光并通过第一端口向第一节点设备发射第三信号光,通过第七端口接收第二信号光并通过第三端口向子节点设备发射第二信号光。In yet another possible implementation, the method further includes: when determining that the optical communication system is in the first preset state, receiving the first signal light through the first port in the port switch and coupling it to the port through the fourth port. The optical splitter emits the first signal light, receives the second signal light through the fifth port and transmits the second signal light to the second node device through the second port, receives the third signal light through the sixth port and transmits the third signal light to the sub-node through the third port. The device emits the third signal light; when it is determined that the optical communication system is in the second preset state, the first signal light is received through the second port in the port switch and the first signal light is emitted to the coupling splitter through the sixth port. The fourth port receives the third signal light and transmits the third signal light to the first node device through the first port, and the seventh port receives the second signal light and transmits the second signal light to the child node device through the third port.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,端口交换器包括光路转折镜片组;在确定光通信系统处于第二预设状态时,通过光路转折镜片组断开第二端口与第五端口的连接并建立第二端口与第六端口的连接,断开第三端口与第六端口的连接并建立第三端口与第七端口的连接。 In yet another possible implementation, the port switch includes an optical path turning lens group; when it is determined that the optical communication system is in the second preset state, the connection between the second port and the fifth port is disconnected and established through the optical path turning lens group. The connection between the second port and the sixth port is disconnected, and the connection between the third port and the sixth port is disconnected and the connection between the third port and the seventh port is established.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,端口交换器包括光路转折镜片组;在确定光通信系统处于第一预设状态时,通过光路转折镜片组建立第一端口与第四端口的连接,建立第二端口与第五端口的连接,建立第三端口与第六端口的连接。In another possible implementation, the port switch includes an optical path turning lens group; when it is determined that the optical communication system is in the first preset state, a connection between the first port and the fourth port is established through the optical path turning lens group, and a third port is established. The connection between the second port and the fifth port establishes the connection between the third port and the sixth port.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,端口交换器包括第一端口、第二端口、第三端口、第四端口、第五端口、第六端口、第七端口以及第八端口,耦合分光器包括第九端口、第十端口、第十一端口以及第十二端口;第五端口与第九端口相连接,第六端口与第十端口相连接,第七端口与第十一端口相连接,第八端口与第十二端口相连接。In yet another possible implementation, the port switch includes a first port, a second port, a third port, a fourth port, a fifth port, a sixth port, a seventh port and an eighth port, and the coupling optical splitter includes The ninth port, the tenth port, the eleventh port and the twelfth port; the fifth port is connected to the ninth port, the sixth port is connected to the tenth port, the seventh port is connected to the eleventh port, and the seventh port is connected to the eleventh port. Port eight is connected to port twelve.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法包括:在确定光通信系统处于第一预设状态时,通过端口交换器中的第一端口接收第一信号光并通过第五端口向耦合分光器发射第一信号光,通过第六端口接收第二信号光并通过第二端口向第二节点设备发射第二信号光,通过第七端口接收第三信号光并通过第三端口向子节点设备发射第三信号光;在确定光通信系统处于第二预设状态时,通过端口交换器中的第二端口接收第一信号光并通过第七端口向耦合分光器发射第一信号光,通过第五端口接收第三信号光并通过第一端口向第一节点设备发射第三信号光,通过第八端口接收第二信号光并通过第四端口向子节点设备发射第二信号光。In yet another possible implementation, the method includes: when determining that the optical communication system is in the first preset state, receiving the first signal light through the first port in the port switch and coupling and splitting the light through the fifth port. The device emits the first signal light, receives the second signal light through the sixth port and transmits the second signal light to the second node device through the second port, receives the third signal light through the seventh port and transmits the third signal light to the sub-node device through the third port. Emitting the third signal light; when it is determined that the optical communication system is in the second preset state, receiving the first signal light through the second port in the port switch and transmitting the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the seventh port. The five-port receives the third signal light and transmits the third signal light to the first node device through the first port, and receives the second signal light through the eighth port and transmits the second signal light to the sub-node device through the fourth port.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,端口交换器包括光路转折镜片组或光开关;在确定光通信系统处于第二预设状态时,通过光路转折镜片组或光开关断开第二端口与第六端口的连接以及断开第三端口与第七端口的连接并建立第二端口与第七端口的连接。In yet another possible implementation, the port switch includes an optical path turning lens group or an optical switch; when it is determined that the optical communication system is in the second preset state, the second port is disconnected from the second port through the optical path turning lens group or the optical switch. Connect the six ports and disconnect the third port and the seventh port and establish the connection between the second port and the seventh port.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,端口交换器包括光路转折镜片组或光开关;在确定光通信系统处于第一预设状态时,通过光路转折镜片组或光开关建立第一端口与第五端口的连接,建立第二端口与第六端口的连接,建立第三端口与第七端口的连接。In another possible implementation, the port switch includes an optical path turning lens group or an optical switch; when it is determined that the optical communication system is in the first preset state, the first port and the fifth port are established through the optical path turning lens group or the optical switch. The port connection establishes the connection between the second port and the sixth port, and establishes the connection between the third port and the seventh port.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,在确定光通信系统处于第一预设状态时,子节点设备与第一节点设备之间存在光连接;在确定光通信系统处于第二预设状态时,子节点设备与第一节点设备之间不存在光连接。In yet another possible implementation, when it is determined that the optical communication system is in the first preset state, there is an optical connection between the sub-node device and the first node device; when it is determined that the optical communication system is in the second preset state, There is no optical connection between the child node device and the first node device.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,子节点设备包括第一收发光模块和第二收发光模块;在确定光通信系统处于第一预设状态时,第一收发光模块与第一节点设备之间存在光连接且与第二节点设备之间不存在光连接;第二收发光模块与第一节点设备之间不存在光连接;在确定光通信系统处于第二预设状态时,第一收发光模块与第一节点设备之间不存在光连接且与第二节点设备之间不存在光连接;第二收发光模块与第一节点设备之间不存在光连接且与第二节点设备之间存在光连接。In yet another possible implementation, the child node device includes a first light-receiving module and a second light-receiving module; when it is determined that the optical communication system is in the first preset state, the first light-receiving module and the first node device There is an optical connection between the second node device and the second node device; there is no optical connection between the second transceiver module and the first node device; when it is determined that the optical communication system is in the second preset state, the first transceiver module There is no optical connection between the optical module and the first node device and no optical connection with the second node device; there is no optical connection between the second receiving and receiving optical module and the first node device and there is no optical connection with the second node device. An optical connection exists.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,确定光通信系统处于第一预设状态,包括:光通信系统中的控制器检测通信链路未发生故障;确定光通信系统处于第二预设状态,包括:光通信系统中的控制器检测通信链路发生故障。In yet another possible implementation, determining that the optical communication system is in the first preset state includes: the controller in the optical communication system detects that the communication link has not failed; determining that the optical communication system is in the second preset state includes: : A controller in an optical communication system detects a communication link failure.

本申请实施例第四方面公开了一种断路保护方法,断路保护方法适用于光通信系统,光通信系统包括端口交换器、耦合分光器、第一节点设备、第二节点设备和子节点设备,子节点设备包括第一收发光模块和第二收发光模块,方法包括:通过端口交换器接收来自第一节点设备的第一信号光,并将第一信号光传输给耦合分光器;通过耦合分光器将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光发送给端口交换器;通过端口交换器向第二节点设备发送第二信号光,并向子节点设备中第一收发光模块发送第三信号光;通过端口交换器接收来自第二节点设备的第四信号光,并将第四信号光传输给耦合分光器;通过耦合分光器将第四信号光分光成第五信号光和第六信号光,并将第五信号光和第六信号光发送给端口交换器;通过端口交换器用于向第一节点设备发送第六信号光,并向子节点设备中第二收发光模块发送第五信号光,其中,第二信号光与第三信号光的光功率比为第一比例,第六信号光与第五信号光的光功率比为第二比例,第一比例与第二比例互为倒数。The fourth aspect of the embodiment of the present application discloses a circuit break protection method. The circuit break protection method is suitable for an optical communication system. The optical communication system includes a port switch, a coupling splitter, a first node device, a second node device and a sub-node device. The sub-node device The node device includes a first light-receiving module and a second light-receiving module. The method includes: receiving the first signal light from the first node device through the port switch, and transmitting the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter; Split the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch; send the second signal light to the second node device through the port switch, and Send the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device; receive the fourth signal light from the second node device through the port switch, and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter; use the coupling optical splitter to transmit the third signal light The four-signal light is split into a fifth signal light and a sixth signal light, and the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light are sent to the port switch; the port switch is used to send the sixth signal light to the first node device, and to The second light-receiving module in the child node device sends the fifth signal light, wherein the optical power ratio of the second signal light and the third signal light is a first ratio, and the optical power ratio of the sixth signal light and the fifth signal light is a third ratio. Two ratios, the first ratio and the second ratio are reciprocals of each other.

在一种可能的实现方式中,端口交换器包括第一端口、第二端口、第三端口、第四端口、第五端口、第六端口、第七端口以及第八端口,耦合分光器包括第九端口、第十端口、第十一端口以及第十二端口;第五端口与第九端口相连接,第六端口与第十端口相连接,第七端口与第十一端口相连接,第八端口与第十二端口相连接。In a possible implementation, the port switch includes a first port, a second port, a third port, a fourth port, a fifth port, a sixth port, a seventh port and an eighth port, and the coupling optical splitter includes a third port. Nine ports, tenth ports, eleventh ports and twelfth ports; the fifth port is connected to the ninth port, the sixth port is connected to the tenth port, the seventh port is connected to the eleventh port, the eighth port The port is connected to port 12.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法包括:通过端口交换器中的第一端口接收第一信号光并通过第五端口向耦合分光器发射第一信号光,通过第六端口接收第二信号光并通过第二端口向第二节点设备发射第二信号光,通过第七端口接收第三信号光并通过第三端口向子节点设备中第一收发光模块发射第三信号光;通过端口交换器中的第二端口接收第四信号光并通过第七端口向耦合分光器发射第四信号光,通过第 五端口接收第六信号光并通过第一端口向第一节点设备发射第六信号光,通过第八端口接收第五信号光并通过第四端口向子节点设备中第二收发光模块发射第五信号光。In yet another possible implementation, the method includes: receiving the first signal light through the first port in the port switch, transmitting the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the fifth port, and receiving the first signal light through the sixth port. two signal lights and transmitting the second signal light to the second node device through the second port, receiving the third signal light through the seventh port and transmitting the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the third port; by The second port in the port switch receives the fourth signal light and transmits the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the seventh port. The five ports receive the sixth signal light and transmit the sixth signal light to the first node device through the first port, receive the fifth signal light through the eighth port and transmit the fifth signal light to the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the fourth port. signal light.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,端口交换器包括第一光路转折镜片组;通过第一光路转折镜片组建立第二端口与第六端口的连接以便于第二信号光的传输,以及建立第三端口与第七端口的连接以便于第三信号光的传输;通过第一光路转折镜片组建立第二端口与第七端口的连接以便于第四信号光的传输。In yet another possible implementation, the port switch includes a first optical path turning lens group; establishing a connection between the second port and the sixth port through the first optical path turning lens group to facilitate transmission of the second signal light, and establishing a third optical path turning lens group. The connection between the third port and the seventh port is to facilitate the transmission of the third signal light; the connection between the second port and the seventh port is established through the first optical path turning lens group to facilitate the transmission of the fourth signal light.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法包括:通过端口交换器中的第一端口接收第一信号光并通过第五端口向耦合分光器发射第一信号光,通过第六端口接收第二信号光并通过第二端口向第二节点设备发射第二信号光,通过第七端口接收第三信号光并通过第三端口向子节点设备中第一收发光模块发射第三信号光;通过端口交换器中的第一端口接收第四信号光并通过第五端口向耦合分光器发射第四信号光,通过第六端口接收第五信号光并通过第二端口向第二节点设备发射第五信号光,通过第七端口接收第六信号光并通过第四端口向子节点设备中第二收发光模块发射第六信号光。In yet another possible implementation, the method includes: receiving the first signal light through the first port in the port switch, transmitting the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the fifth port, and receiving the first signal light through the sixth port. two signal lights and transmitting the second signal light to the second node device through the second port, receiving the third signal light through the seventh port and transmitting the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the third port; by The first port in the port switch receives the fourth signal light and transmits the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the fifth port, receives the fifth signal light through the sixth port and transmits the fifth signal light to the second node device through the second port. The signal light receives the sixth signal light through the seventh port and transmits the sixth signal light to the second receiving and receiving light module in the sub-node device through the fourth port.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,端口交换器包括第二光路转折镜片组;通过第二光路转折镜片组断开第四信号光在第二端口与第七端口的连接并建立第五信号光在第二端口与第六端口的连接,断开第五信号光在第四端口与第八端口的连接并建立第六信号光在第四端口与第七端口的连接。In yet another possible implementation, the port switch includes a second optical path turning lens group; the connection between the fourth signal light at the second port and the seventh port is disconnected through the second optical path turning lens group and the fifth signal light is established. At the connection between the second port and the sixth port, the connection between the fifth signal light at the fourth port and the eighth port is disconnected and the connection between the sixth signal light at the fourth port and the seventh port is established.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法包括:通过端口交换器中的第二端口接收第一信号光并通过第六端口向耦合分光器发射第一信号光,通过第八端口接收第二信号光并通过第一端口向第一节点设备发射第二信号光,通过第五端口接收第三信号光并通过第三端口向子节点设备中第一收发光模块发射第三信号光;通过端口交换器中的第二端口接收第四信号光并通过第七端口向耦合分光器发射第四信号光,通过第五端口接收第五信号光并通过第一端口向第一节点设备发射第五信号光,通过第八端口接收第六信号光并通过第四端口向子节点设备中第二收发光模块发射第六信号光。In yet another possible implementation, the method includes: receiving the first signal light through the second port in the port switch, transmitting the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the sixth port, and receiving the first signal light through the eighth port. two signal lights and transmitting the second signal light to the first node device through the first port, receiving the third signal light through the fifth port and transmitting the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the third port; by The second port in the port switch receives the fourth signal light and transmits the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the seventh port, receives the fifth signal light through the fifth port and transmits the fifth signal light to the first node device through the first port. The signal light receives the sixth signal light through the eighth port and transmits the sixth signal light to the second receiving and receiving light module in the sub-node device through the fourth port.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,端口交换器包括第三光路转折镜片组;通过第三光路转折镜片组断开第一信号光在第一端口和第五端口的连接,并建立第二信号光在第一端口与第八端口的连接,断开第三信号光在第三端口与第七端口的连接,并建立第三信号光在第三端口与第五端口的连接。In yet another possible implementation, the port switch includes a third optical path turning lens group; the third optical path turning lens group disconnects the first signal light at the first port and the fifth port, and establishes the second signal The light is connected between the first port and the eighth port, the connection between the third signal light at the third port and the seventh port is disconnected, and the connection between the third signal light at the third port and the fifth port is established.

在本申请实施例提供的断路保护方法中,保护倒换装置可以通过基于空间光路的端口交换器和无源的耦合分光器实现,保护倒换过程可以通过机械移动空间光学元件的方式实现,涉及的技术比较成熟,而且空间光路插损小、消光比高,可以实现快速低成本的保护倒换。In the circuit break protection method provided by the embodiments of the present application, the protection switching device can be implemented by a port switch based on a spatial optical path and a passive coupling splitter. The protection switching process can be achieved by mechanically moving spatial optical elements. Related technologies It is relatively mature, has small spatial optical path insertion loss and high extinction ratio, and can achieve fast and low-cost protection switching.

综上,本申请提供的光通信系统和断路保护方法可能够保障业务的稳定性,且实现简单、成本低。In summary, the optical communication system and circuit break protection method provided by this application may be able to ensure the stability of the business, and are simple to implement and low in cost.

附图说明Description of drawings

以下对本申请实施例用到的附图进行介绍。The drawings used in the embodiments of this application are introduced below.

图1是本申请实施例提供的一种光通信系统的第一结构示意图;Figure 1 is a first structural schematic diagram of an optical communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图2是本申请实施例提供的一种保护倒换装置的示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a protection switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图3A是本申请实施例提供的一种保护倒换装置的一具体结构的示意图;Figure 3A is a schematic diagram of a specific structure of a protection switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图3B和图3C是本申请实施例提供的一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图;Figure 3B and Figure 3C are schematic diagrams of the connection relationship between ports in a port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图4和图5是本申请实施例提供的一种光路连接的示意图;Figures 4 and 5 are schematic diagrams of optical path connections provided by embodiments of the present application;

图6A是本申请实施例提供的一种保护倒换装置的又一具体结构的示意图;Figure 6A is a schematic diagram of another specific structure of a protection switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图6B-图6E是本申请实施例提供的又一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图;Figures 6B to 6E are schematic diagrams of connection relationships between ports in yet another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图7和图8是本申请实施例提供的又一种光路连接的示意图;Figures 7 and 8 are schematic diagrams of yet another optical path connection provided by embodiments of the present application;

图9A是本申请实施例提供的一种光通信系统的第二结构示意图;Figure 9A is a second structural schematic diagram of an optical communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图9B和图9C是本申请实施例提供的又一种信号光传输的示意图;Figure 9B and Figure 9C are schematic diagrams of yet another signal optical transmission provided by embodiments of the present application;

图10A是本申请实施例提供的一种保护倒换装置的又一具体结构的示意图;Figure 10A is a schematic diagram of another specific structure of a protection switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图10B-图10F是本申请实施例提供的又一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图;Figures 10B to 10F are schematic diagrams of the connection relationship between ports in yet another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图11-图13是本申请实施例提供的又一种光路连接的示意图;Figures 11-13 are schematic diagrams of yet another optical path connection provided by embodiments of the present application;

图14A是本申请实施例提供的一种光通信系统的第三结构示意图;Figure 14A is a third structural schematic diagram of an optical communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图14B和图14C是本申请实施例提供的又一种信号光传输的示意图;Figure 14B and Figure 14C are schematic diagrams of another signal optical transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application;

图15A是本申请实施例提供的一种保护倒换装置的又一具体结构的示意图;Figure 15A is a schematic diagram of another specific structure of a protection switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图15B-图15F是本申请实施例提供的又一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图;Figures 15B to 15F are schematic diagrams of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图16-图18是本申请实施例提供的又一种光路连接的示意图;Figures 16-18 are schematic diagrams of yet another optical path connection provided by embodiments of the present application;

图19A是本申请实施例提供的一种光通信系统的第四结构示意图; Figure 19A is a fourth structural schematic diagram of an optical communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图19B和图19C是本申请实施例提供的又一种信号光传输的示意图;Figure 19B and Figure 19C are schematic diagrams of another signal optical transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application;

图20A是本申请实施例提供的一种保护倒换装置的又一具体结构的示意图;Figure 20A is a schematic diagram of another specific structure of a protection switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图20B-图20G是本申请实施例提供的又一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图;Figures 20B to 20G are schematic diagrams of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图21是本申请实施例提供的又一种光路连接的示意图;Figure 21 is a schematic diagram of another optical path connection provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图22是本申请实施例提供的一种断路保护方法的流程图;Figure 22 is a flow chart of a circuit break protection method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图23是本申请实施例提供的又一种断路保护方法的流程图。Figure 23 is a flow chart of yet another circuit break protection method provided by an embodiment of the present application.

具体实施方式Detailed ways

下面结合本申请实施例中的附图对本申请实施例进行描述。The embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present application.

城域网的光纤链路距离跨度较大,所处外部环境复杂多变,由于路面施工、自然灾害等原因导致的链路断纤的情况时有发生,因此为了保障业务的稳定性,需要一种高效、可靠的保护倒换机制,在光纤链路出现故障时,可以进行快速的保护倒换,在尽可能短的时间内恢复业务,不影响用户的使用体验,目前可以通过固定分光比的光分支器进行1:1备份来实现保护倒换,但是不利于整个网络的功率预算且设备冗余,导致系统成本较高。The optical fiber links of the metropolitan area network span a large distance and the external environment is complex and changeable. Link fiber breaks often occur due to road construction, natural disasters and other reasons. Therefore, in order to ensure the stability of the business, a An efficient and reliable protection switching mechanism. When a fiber link fails, rapid protection switching can be performed to restore services in the shortest possible time without affecting the user experience. Currently, optical branches with a fixed split ratio can be used to restore services. The router performs 1:1 backup to implement protection switching, but this is not conducive to the power budget of the entire network and equipment redundancy, resulting in high system costs.

因此,本申请要解决的技术问题是:提出一种结构简单且成本低的保护倒换装置,采用该保护倒换装置,可降低光纤链路的保护倒换机制的成本,提升其适用性。Therefore, the technical problem to be solved by this application is to propose a protection switching device with a simple structure and low cost. Using this protection switching device can reduce the cost of the protection switching mechanism of the optical fiber link and improve its applicability.

实施例1:Example 1:

请参见图1,图1是本申请实施例提供的一种光通信系统100的第一结构示意图,如图1所示,该光通信系统100包括第一节点设备10、第二节点设备20、子节点设备301、子节点设备302、子节点设备303、子节点设备30N以及光纤40;其中,第一节点设备10、子节点设备301、子节点设备302、子节点设备303、子节点设备30N、第二节点设备20之间通过光纤40连接环网。其中,每一个子节点设备中都包括一个收发光模块。第一节点设备10、第二节点设备20可以为光线路终端(optical line terminal,OLT)设备,子节点设备301、子节点设备302、子节点设备303以及子节点设备30N可以为光网络单元(optical network unit,ONU)。需要说明的是,在图1所示的结构下,在第一预设状态下,每个子节点设备与第一节点设备10之间都存在光连接;在第二预设状态下,至少一个子节点设备与第一节点设备10之间不存在光连接。例如,在第一预设状态下,子节点设备301、子节点设备302、子节点设备303以及子节点设备30N与第一节点设备10之间存在光连接。例如,在第二预设状态下,子节点设备301与子节点设备302之间的光纤发生断纤,那么子节点设备302、子节点设备303以及子节点设备30N与第一节点设备10之间不存在光连接。应理解,所谓的第一预设状态即通信链路正常的状态,第二预设状态即通信链路发生故障的状态。其中,在每一个子节点设备中可以部署一个保护倒换装置,需要说明的是,保护倒换装置可以部署在子节点设备中,也可以独立部署在光通信系统中,本申请实施例不做限定,采用该保护倒换装置能够在第二预设状态下保证通信业务的稳定性,而且该保护倒换装置包括端口交换器和耦合分光器,可降低光纤链路的保护倒换机制的成本,提升其适用性。Please refer to Figure 1. Figure 1 is a first structural schematic diagram of an optical communication system 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 1, the optical communication system 100 includes a first node device 10, a second node device 20, Child node device 301, child node device 302, child node device 303, child node device 30N and optical fiber 40; wherein, the first node device 10, child node device 301, child node device 302, child node device 303, child node device 30N , the second node devices 20 are connected to the ring network through optical fibers 40. Among them, each sub-node device includes a transceiver and light module. The first node device 10 and the second node device 20 may be optical line terminal (OLT) devices, and the sub-node devices 301, 302, 303 and 30N may be optical network units ( optical network unit (ONU). It should be noted that, under the structure shown in Figure 1, in the first preset state, there is an optical connection between each sub-node device and the first node device 10; in the second preset state, at least one sub-node device There is no optical connection between the node device and the first node device 10 . For example, in the first preset state, there are optical connections between the child node device 301, the child node device 302, the child node device 303, and the child node device 30N and the first node device 10. For example, in the second preset state, if the optical fiber between the sub-node device 301 and the sub-node device 302 is broken, then the connections between the sub-node device 302, the sub-node device 303, the sub-node device 30N and the first node device 10 There is no optical connection. It should be understood that the so-called first preset state is a state in which the communication link is normal, and the second preset state is a state in which the communication link fails. Among them, a protection switching device can be deployed in each sub-node device. It should be noted that the protection switching device can be deployed in the sub-node device or independently deployed in the optical communication system. The embodiments of this application are not limited. The use of this protection switching device can ensure the stability of communication services in the second preset state, and the protection switching device includes a port switch and a coupling splitter, which can reduce the cost of the protection switching mechanism of the optical fiber link and improve its applicability .

上述描述了光通信系统100的架构,接下来将对保护倒换装置的具体结构进行说明。The above describes the architecture of the optical communication system 100. Next, the specific structure of the protection switching device will be described.

在图1所示的一种光通信系统100结构下,如图2所示,图2是本申请实施例提供的一种保护倒换装置50的示意图,该保护倒换装置50在每个子节点设备中所起的作用是相同的,以该保护倒换装置50部署在子节点设备301中为例进行描述,该保护倒换装置50包括端口交换器501和耦合分光器502,端口交换器501分别与第一节点设备10和子节点设备301相连,且端口交换器501与主干光纤相连接,该主干光纤通向第二节点设备20。Under the structure of an optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 1, as shown in Figure 2, Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a protection switching device 50 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The protection switching device 50 is in each sub-node device. The functions played are the same. For description, the protection switching device 50 is deployed in the sub-node device 301 as an example. The protection switching device 50 includes a port switch 501 and a coupling splitter 502. The port switch 501 is connected to the first The node device 10 is connected to the sub-node device 301, and the port switch 501 is connected to a backbone optical fiber that leads to the second node device 20.

具体实现中,在第一预设状态下,端口交换器501用于接收来自第一节点设备10的第一信号光,并将第一信号光传输给耦合分光器502。耦合分光器502用于将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光发送给端口交换器501。端口交换器501用于向第二节点设备20发送第二信号光,并向子节点设备发送第三信号光。需要说明的是,端口交换器501向子节点设备发送第三信号光可以是指端口交换器501向子节点设备中的收发光模块发送第三信号光。In specific implementation, in the first preset state, the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light from the first node device 10 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502 . The coupling splitter 502 is used to split the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch 501 . The port switch 501 is configured to send the second signal light to the second node device 20 and send the third signal light to the child node device. It should be noted that the port switch 501 sending the third signal light to the child node device may mean that the port switch 501 sends the third signal light to the transceiver light module in the child node device.

在第二预设状态下,端口交换器501用于接收来自第二节点设备20的第一信号光,并将第一信号光传输给耦合分光器502。耦合分光器502用于将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光发送给端口交换器501。端口交换器501用于向第一节点设备10发送第三信号光,并向 子节点设备发送第二信号光。需要说明的是,端口交换器501向子节点设备发送第二信号光可以是指端口交换器501向子节点设备中的收发光模块发送第二信号光。In the second preset state, the port switch 501 is configured to receive the first signal light from the second node device 20 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502 . The coupling splitter 502 is used to split the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch 501 . The port switch 501 is used to send the third signal light to the first node device 10, and to The child node device sends the second signal light. It should be noted that the port switch 501 sending the second signal light to the child node device may mean that the port switch 501 sends the second signal light to the transceiver light module in the child node device.

需要说明的是,第一节点设备10、第二节点设备20可以互为主备。也就是说,第一节点设备10与子节点设备构建了光信号传输的主路,而第二节点设备20与子节点设备构建了光信号传输的备路。在实际使用时,光通信系统100会优先使用主路来进行信号光的传输。It should be noted that the first node device 10 and the second node device 20 can serve as master and backup for each other. That is to say, the first node device 10 and the sub-node devices construct a main path for optical signal transmission, while the second node device 20 and the sub-node devices construct a backup path for optical signal transmission. In actual use, the optical communication system 100 will preferentially use the main path for signal light transmission.

需要说明的是,在第一预设状态下,端口交换器501发送的第二信号光与第三信号光的分光比为第一比例,例如,9:1。在第二预设状态下,端口交换器501发送的第三信号光与第二信号光的分光比为第二比例,例如,1:9,其中,第一比例与第二比例互为倒数。It should be noted that in the first preset state, the splitting ratio of the second signal light and the third signal light sent by the port switch 501 is the first ratio, for example, 9:1. In the second preset state, the splitting ratio of the third signal light and the second signal light sent by the port switch 501 is a second ratio, for example, 1:9, where the first ratio and the second ratio are reciprocals of each other.

示例性的,每个子节点设备中都部署有保护倒换装置50。在下行通信时,在第一预设状态下,第一节点设备10向子节点设备301发送中心波长为λ1的第一信号光,子节点设备301通过端口交换器501接收第一信号光,并传输给耦合分光器502,该耦合分光器502将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光发送给端口交换器501,该端口交换器501用于向子节点设备302发送第二信号光,并向子节点设备301中的收发光模块发送第三信号光。子节点设备302通过端口交换器501接收第二信号光,并传输给耦合分光器502,该耦合分光器502将第二信号光分光成第四信号光和第五信号光,并将第四信号光和第五信号光发送给端口交换器501,该端口交换器501用于向子节点设备303发送第四信号光,并向子节点设备302中的收发光模块发送第五信号光。以此类推,该第四信号光在子节点设备303直至子节点设备30N,在每个子节点设备处通过耦合分光器分出一部分信号功率到该子节点设备的收发光模块完成下行通信,而剩下的信号功率则继续向下一个子节点设备传输。其中,第五信号光和第四信号光的功率的比值、与第三信号光和第二信号光的功率的比值相比依次升高,需要说明的是,从子节点设备301到子节点设备302直至子节点设备30N方向,子节点设备中收发光模块中的光信号的功率与主干光纤的光信号的功率的比值逐渐升高,例如,子节点设备301中收发光模块中的光信号的功率与主干光纤的光信号的功率的比值为1:9;子节点设备302中收发光模块中的光信号的功率与主干光纤的光信号的功率的比值为2:8;子节点设备303中收发光模块中的光信号的功率与主干光纤的光信号的功率的比值为3:7,以此类推,子节点设备30N中收发光模块中的光信号的功率与主干光纤的光信号的功率的比值为9:1。By way of example, a protection switching device 50 is deployed in each sub-node device. During downlink communication, in the first preset state, the first node device 10 sends the first signal light with the central wavelength λ1 to the child node device 301, and the child node device 301 receives the first signal light through the port switch 501, and transmitted to the coupling splitter 502, which splits the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and sends the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch 501, which switches The transmitter 501 is used to send the second signal light to the child node device 302, and to send the third signal light to the transceiver and light module in the child node device 301. The child node device 302 receives the second signal light through the port switch 501 and transmits it to the coupling optical splitter 502. The coupling optical splitter 502 splits the second signal light into a fourth signal light and a fifth signal light, and converts the fourth signal light into a fourth signal light and a fifth signal light. The light and the fifth signal light are sent to the port switch 501, which is used to send the fourth signal light to the child node device 303, and to send the fifth signal light to the transceiver light module in the child node device 302. By analogy, the fourth signal light is transmitted from the sub-node device 303 to the sub-node device 30N. At each sub-node device, a part of the signal power is split through a coupling splitter to the receiving and transmitting light module of the sub-node device to complete the downlink communication, and the remaining The lower signal power continues to be transmitted to the next child node device. Among them, the ratio of the power of the fifth signal light and the fourth signal light increases sequentially compared with the ratio of the power of the third signal light and the second signal light. It should be noted that from the child node device 301 to the child node device 302 until the direction of the sub-node device 30N, the ratio of the power of the optical signal in the light-transmitting module in the sub-node device to the power of the optical signal in the trunk fiber gradually increases. For example, the power of the optical signal in the light-receiving module in the sub-node device 301 The ratio of the power to the power of the optical signal of the backbone fiber is 1:9; the ratio of the power of the optical signal in the light-receiving module in the sub-node device 302 to the power of the optical signal of the backbone fiber is 2:8; in the sub-node device 303 The ratio of the power of the optical signal in the light-receiving module to the power of the optical signal in the backbone fiber is 3:7. By analogy, the power of the optical signal in the light-receiving module in the sub-node device 30N is equal to the power of the optical signal in the backbone fiber. The ratio is 9:1.

在第二预设状态下,例如,子节点设备301与子节点设备302之间的光纤发生断纤,则第一节点设备10到子节点设备302之间的通信业务中断,此时,第二节点设备20开始工作,第二节点设备20向子节点设备30N发送中心波长为λ1的第一信号光,子节点设备30N通过端口交换器501接收第一信号光,并传输给耦合分光器502,该耦合分光器502将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光发送给子节点设备30N中的端口交换器501,该端口交换器501用于向子节点设备30(N-1)发送第二信号光,并向子节点设备30N中的收发光模块发送第三信号光。子节点设备30(N-1)通过端口交换器501接收第二信号光,并传输给耦合分光器502,该耦合分光器502将第二信号光分光成第四信号光和第五信号光,并将第四信号光和第五信号光发送给子节点设备30(N-1)中的端口交换器501,该端口交换器501用于向子节点设备30(N-2)发送第四信号光,并向子节点设备30(N-1)中的收发光模块发送第五信号光。以此类推,该第四信号光在子节点设备30(N-2)直至子节点设备302,在每个子节点设备处通过耦合分光器分出一部分信号功率到该子节点设备的收发光模块完成下行通信,而剩下的信号功率则继续向下一个子节点设备传输。其中,第五信号光和第四信号光的功率的比值、与第三信号光和第二信号光的功率的比值相比依次升高,需要说明的是,从子节点设备30N到子节点设备30(N-1)直到子节点设备303至子节点设备302,子节点设备中收发光模块中的光信号的功率与主干光纤的光信号的功率的比值逐渐升高,例如,子节点设备30N中收发光模块中的光信号的功率与主干光纤的光信号的功率的比值为1:9;子节点设备30(N-1)中收发光模块中的光信号的功率与主干光纤的光信号的功率的比值为2:8;以此类推,子节点设备303中收发光模块中的光信号的功率与主干光纤的光信号的功率的比值为7:3,子节点设备302中收发光模块中的光信号的功率与主干光纤的光信号的功率的比值为8:2。需要说明的是,在第二预设状态下,第一节点设备10仍然可以向子节点设备301发送中心波长为λ1的第一信号光,子节点设备301通过端口交换器501接收该第一信号光,并传输给耦合分光器502,该耦合分光器502分出一部分信号功率到该子节点设备的收发光模块完成下行通信。In the second preset state, for example, if the optical fiber between the sub-node device 301 and the sub-node device 302 is broken, the communication service between the first node device 10 and the sub-node device 302 is interrupted. At this time, the second The node device 20 starts to work. The second node device 20 sends the first signal light with the center wavelength λ1 to the child node device 30N. The child node device 30N receives the first signal light through the port switch 501 and transmits it to the coupling splitter 502. The coupling splitter 502 splits the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and sends the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch 501 in the sub-node device 30N. The port switch 501 is used to send the second signal light to the child node device 30 (N-1), and send the third signal light to the transceiver and light module in the child node device 30N. The sub-node device 30 (N-1) receives the second signal light through the port switch 501 and transmits it to the coupling splitter 502, which splits the second signal light into the fourth signal light and the fifth signal light, and sends the fourth signal light and the fifth signal light to the port switch 501 in the child node device 30 (N-1), which is used to send the fourth signal to the child node device 30 (N-2). light, and sends the fifth signal light to the transceiver light module in the child node device 30(N-1). By analogy, the fourth signal light is transmitted from the sub-node device 30 (N-2) to the sub-node device 302. At each sub-node device, a part of the signal power is split through a coupling splitter to the receiving and transmitting light module of the sub-node device. Downlink communication, while the remaining signal power continues to be transmitted to the next child node device. Among them, the ratio of the power of the fifth signal light and the fourth signal light increases sequentially compared with the ratio of the power of the third signal light and the second signal light. It should be noted that from the sub-node device 30N to the sub-node device 30(N-1) until the child node device 303 to the child node device 302, the ratio of the power of the optical signal in the receiving and receiving light module in the child node device to the power of the optical signal of the backbone fiber gradually increases, for example, the child node device 30N The ratio of the power of the optical signal in the middle receiving and receiving light module to the power of the optical signal in the backbone optical fiber is 1:9; the power of the optical signal in the receiving and receiving light module in the sub-node device 30 (N-1) and the optical signal in the backbone optical fiber The power ratio of The ratio of the power of the optical signal in the optical fiber to the power of the optical signal in the backbone fiber is 8:2. It should be noted that in the second preset state, the first node device 10 can still send the first signal light with a central wavelength of λ 1 to the child node device 301, and the child node device 301 receives the first signal light through the port switch 501. The signal light is transmitted to the coupling splitter 502, which splits a part of the signal power to the receiving and transmitting light module of the sub-node device to complete downlink communication.

前文描述了下行通信的情况,上行通信情况具体如下:在第一预设状态下,端口交换器501用于接收第二信号光和来自子节点设备的第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光发送给耦合分光器502,耦合分光器502将第二信号光和第三信号光耦合成第一信号光,并将第一信号光传输给端口交换器501,端口交换器501用于将第一信号光传输给第一节点设备10;在第二预设状态下,端口交换器501用于接收第三 信号光和来自子节点设备的第二信号光,并将第三信号光和第二信号光发送给耦合分光器502,耦合分光器502将第三信号光和第二信号光耦合成第一信号光,并将第一信号光传输给端口交换器501,端口交换器501用于将第一信号光传输给第二节点设备20。示例性的,在第一预设状态下,例如,从子节点设备30N到子节点设备303到子节点设备302直至子节点设备301,从各子节点设备中的收发光模块发出的信号光通过耦合分光器合入主干光纤,并传输到第一节点设备10。在第二预设状态下,从各子节点设备中的收发光模块,例如从子节点设备302、子节点设备303到子节点设备30N中的收发光模块发出的信号光通过耦合分光器合入主干光纤,并传输到第二节点设备20。The situation of downlink communication has been described above. The situation of uplink communication is as follows: in the first preset state, the port switch 501 is used to receive the second signal light and the third signal light from the sub-node device, and convert the second signal light into and the third signal light are sent to the coupling splitter 502. The coupling splitter 502 couples the second signal light and the third signal light into the first signal light, and transmits the first signal light to the port switch 501. The port switch 501 used to optically transmit the first signal to the first node device 10; in the second preset state, the port switch 501 is used to receive the third signal light and the second signal light from the sub-node device, and sends the third signal light and the second signal light to the coupling splitter 502, the coupling splitter 502 couples the third signal light and the second signal light into the first signal light, and transmits the first signal light to the port switch 501 , and the port switch 501 is used to transmit the first signal light to the second node device 20 . Exemplarily, in the first preset state, for example, from the sub-node device 30N to the sub-node device 303 to the sub-node device 302 to the sub-node device 301, the signal light emitted from the transceiver and light-emitting modules in each sub-node device passes through The coupling splitter combines the optical fiber into the trunk fiber and transmits it to the first node device 10 . In the second preset state, the signal light emitted from the transceiver and luminous modules in each child node device, for example, from the child node device 302, the child node device 303 to the child node device 30N is combined through the coupling splitter. The backbone optical fiber is transmitted to the second node device 20.

需要说明的是,确定光通信系统为第一预设状态或第二预设状态可以是通过光通信系统中的控制器实现的,这里需要补充说明的是,控制器可以是光通信系统中已有的控制器的重利用,也可以光通信系统中新增的控制器。控制具体能够以框式组件化系统实现,也能够以单一集成芯片构成的片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)实现,本申请不作具体限制。It should be noted that determining that the optical communication system is in the first preset state or the second preset state can be achieved by a controller in the optical communication system. It should be added that the controller can be a controller already in the optical communication system. The reuse of some controllers can also be used to add new controllers in the optical communication system. The control can be implemented specifically as a frame-type componentized system or as a system-on-a-chip (SOC) composed of a single integrated chip, which is not specifically limited in this application.

进一步的,请参见图3A,图3A是本申请实施例提供的一种保护倒换装置一结构示意图。该保护倒换装置50包括端口交换器501和耦合分光器502,端口交换器501包括第一端口1、第二端口2、第三端口3、第四端口4、第五端口5以及第六端口6,耦合分光器502包括第七端口7、第八端口8以及第九端口9。第四端口4与第七端口7相连接,第五端口5与第八端口8相连接,第六端口6与第九端口9相连接。其中,该保护倒换装置50在每个子节点设备中所起的作用是相同的,以子节点设备301中部署有保护倒换装置为例,第一端口与第一节点设备10相连接,第二端口与主干光纤相连接,该主干光纤通向第二节点设备20,第三端口与子节点设备301相连接,具体的,第三端口可以与子节点设备301中的收发光模块相连接。当其他子节点设备中部署有保护倒换装置时,端口的连接可以类比子节点设备301,本申请实施例不再赘述。Further, please refer to FIG. 3A. FIG. 3A is a schematic structural diagram of a protection switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The protection switching device 50 includes a port switch 501 and a coupling splitter 502. The port switch 501 includes a first port 1, a second port 2, a third port 3, a fourth port 4, a fifth port 5 and a sixth port 6. , the coupling splitter 502 includes a seventh port 7 , an eighth port 8 and a ninth port 9 . The fourth port 4 is connected to the seventh port 7 , the fifth port 5 is connected to the eighth port 8 , and the sixth port 6 is connected to the ninth port 9 . Among them, the protection switching device 50 plays the same role in each sub-node device. Taking the protection switching device deployed in the sub-node device 301 as an example, the first port is connected to the first node device 10, and the second port is connected to the first node device 10. It is connected to the backbone optical fiber, which leads to the second node device 20, and the third port is connected to the sub-node device 301. Specifically, the third port can be connected to the receiving and transmitting light module in the sub-node device 301. When protection switching devices are deployed in other sub-node devices, the connection of ports can be analogous to that of the sub-node device 301, which will not be described in detail in the embodiment of this application.

具体实现中,请参见图3B,图3B是本申请实施例提供的一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图。如图3B所示,在第一预设状态下,第一端口1和第四端口4相连接,第二端口2与第五端口5相连接,第三端口3与第六端口6相连接。端口交换器501用于通过第一端口1接收第一信号光并通过第四端口4向耦合分光器502发射第一信号光,耦合分光器502用于将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光分别发送给端口交换器501的第五端口5和第六端口6,端口交换器501通过第五端口5接收第二信号光并通过第二端口2向第二节点设备20发射第二信号光,通过第六端口6接收第三信号光并通过第三端口3向子节点设备发射第三信号光。其中,第一信号光来自于第一节点设备10。For specific implementation, please refer to Figure 3B. Figure 3B is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in a port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 3B , in the first preset state, the first port 1 is connected to the fourth port 4 , the second port 2 is connected to the fifth port 5 , and the third port 3 is connected to the sixth port 6 . The port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the first port 1 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502 through the fourth port 4. The coupling splitter 502 is used to split the first signal light into the second signal light. and the third signal light, and sends the second signal light and the third signal light to the fifth port 5 and the sixth port 6 of the port switch 501 respectively. The port switch 501 receives the second signal light through the fifth port 5 and The second signal light is emitted to the second node device 20 through the second port 2 , the third signal light is received through the sixth port 6 , and the third signal light is emitted to the child node device through the third port 3 . Wherein, the first signal light comes from the first node device 10 .

请参见图3C,图3C是本申请实施例提供的又一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图,在第二预设状态下,第一端口1和第六端口6相连接,第二端口2与第四端口4相连接,第三端口3与第五端口5相连接。在第二预设状态下,端口交换器501用于通过第二端口2接收第一信号光并通过第四端口4向耦合分光器502发射第一信号光,耦合分光器502用于将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光分别发送给端口交换器501的第五端口5和第六端口6,端口交换器501通过第六端口6接收第三信号光并通过第一端口1向第一节点设备10发射第三信号光,通过第五端口5接收第二信号光并通过第三端口3向子节点设备发射第二信号光。其中,第一信号光来自于第二节点设备20。Please refer to Figure 3C. Figure 3C is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application. In the second preset state, the first port 1 and the sixth port 6 are connected. The second port 2 is connected to the fourth port 4, and the third port 3 is connected to the fifth port 5. In the second preset state, the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the second port 2 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502 through the fourth port 4. The coupling optical splitter 502 is used to convert the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502. The signal light is split into a second signal light and a third signal light, and the second signal light and the third signal light are respectively sent to the fifth port 5 and the sixth port 6 of the port switch 501, and the port switch 501 passes through the sixth port. Port 6 receives the third signal light and transmits the third signal light to the first node device 10 through the first port 1. The fifth port 5 receives the second signal light and transmits the second signal light to the child node device through the third port 3. . Wherein, the first signal light comes from the second node device 20 .

前文描述了在第一预设状态下和第二预设状态下的下行通信的情况,上行通信情况具体如下:在第一预设状态下,端口交换器501用于通过第三端口3接收来自子节点设备的第三信号光并传输至第六端口6、以及通过第二端口2接收第二信号光并传输至第五端口5,耦合分光器502通过第八端口8和第九端口9分别接收第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光耦合成第一信号光,并传输给端口交换器501,端口交换器501通过第四端口4接收第一信号光并传输至第一端口1,端口交换器501通过第一端口1向第一节点设备10发送第一信号光。在第二预设状态下,端口交换器501用于通过第三端口3接收来自子节点设备的第二信号光并传输至第五端口5、以及通过第一端口1接收第三信号光并传输至第六端口6,耦合分光器502通过第八端口8和第九端口9分别接收第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光耦合成第一信号光,并传输给端口交换器501,端口交换器501通过第四端口4接收第一信号光并传输至第二端口2,端口交换器501通过第二端口2向第二节点设备20发送第一信号光。The above describes the downlink communication situation in the first preset state and the second preset state. The uplink communication situation is specifically as follows: In the first preset state, the port switch 501 is used to receive from the third port 3 through the third port 3. The third signal light of the child node device is transmitted to the sixth port 6, and the second signal light is received through the second port 2 and transmitted to the fifth port 5. The coupling splitter 502 passes the eighth port 8 and the ninth port 9 respectively. Receive the second signal light and the third signal light, couple the second signal light and the third signal light into the first signal light, and transmit them to the port switch 501. The port switch 501 receives the first signal through the fourth port 4. The light is transmitted to the first port 1, and the port switch 501 sends the first signal light to the first node device 10 through the first port 1. In the second preset state, the port switch 501 is configured to receive the second signal light from the sub-node device through the third port 3 and transmit it to the fifth port 5, and to receive the third signal light through the first port 1 and transmit it. To the sixth port 6, the coupling splitter 502 receives the second signal light and the third signal light through the eighth port 8 and the ninth port 9 respectively, and couples the second signal light and the third signal light into the first signal light, and transmitted to the port switch 501. The port switch 501 receives the first signal light through the fourth port 4 and transmits it to the second port 2. The port switch 501 sends the first signal light to the second node device 20 through the second port 2. .

在上述实现中,该保护倒换装置可以通过基于空间光路的端口交换器和无源的耦合分光器实现,该保护倒换装置结构简单且成本低,采用该保护倒换装置,可降低光纤链路的保护倒换机制的成本,提升其适用性。 In the above implementation, the protection switching device can be implemented by a port switch based on a spatial optical path and a passive coupling splitter. The protection switching device has a simple structure and low cost. Using the protection switching device can reduce the protection of optical fiber links. Reduce the cost of the switching mechanism and improve its applicability.

下面将结合前文所述内容,对端口交换器501的结构作进一步的说明。The structure of the port switch 501 will be further described below in conjunction with the foregoing content.

在一种可能的实现方式中,端口交换器501包括光路转折镜片组,在第二预设状态下,光路转折镜片组用于断开第一端口1与第四端口4的连接并建立第一端口1与第六端口6的连接,断开第二端口2与第五端口5的连接并建立第二端口2与第四端口4的连接,断开第三端口3与第六端口6的连接并建立第三端口3与第五端口5的连接。In a possible implementation, the port switch 501 includes an optical path turning lens group. In the second preset state, the optical path turning lens group is used to disconnect the first port 1 and the fourth port 4 and establish the first port. The connection between port 1 and the sixth port 6, the connection between the second port 2 and the fifth port 5 is disconnected and the connection between the second port 2 and the fourth port 4 is established, and the connection between the third port 3 and the sixth port 6 is disconnected. And establish a connection between the third port 3 and the fifth port 5.

示例性的,该光路转折镜片组可以包括2个可运动的光学组件,例如该2个可运动的光学组件为四棱柱5011和四棱柱5012。请参见图4,图4是本申请实施例提供的一种光路连接的示意图。如图4中(a)所示,在第一预设状态下,该四棱柱5011和四棱柱5012从第一端口1、第二端口2、第三端口3以及第四端口4、第五端口5和第六端口6之间移开,不影响空间光路的走向,第一端口1、第二端口2、第三端口3分别与第四端口4、第五端口5和第六端口6建立光路连接;如图4中(b)所示,在第二预设状态下,该四棱柱5011和四棱柱5012在第一端口1、第二端口2、第三端口3以及第四端口4、第五端口5和第六端口6之间,空间光路的走向相对于第一预设状态下的空间光路的走向发生改变,此时,第一端口1与第六端口6建立光路连接,第二端口2与第四端口4建立光路连接,第三端口3与第五端口5建立光路连接。其中,在第二预设状态下,端口交换器501用于通过第二端口2接收第一信号光,该第一信号光经过四棱柱5011偏移后通过第四端口4向耦合分光器502发送;端口交换器501通过第六端口6接收第三信号光,该第三信号光经过四棱柱5012两次反射后再经过四棱柱5011进行偏移向端口交换器501的第一端口1发送,端口交换器501通过第一端口1向第一节点设备10发射第三信号光;端口交换器501通过第五端口5接收第二信号光,该第二信号光经过四棱柱5011偏移后向端口交换器501的第三端口3发送,端口交换器501通过第三端口3向子节点设备发射第二信号光。需要说明的是,上述图4中(a)的端口交换器501中各端口之间的连接关系与图3B对应;图4中(b)的端口交换器501中各端口之间的连接关系与图3C对应。For example, the light path turning lens set may include two movable optical components, for example, the two movable optical components are a four-prism 5011 and a four-prism 5012. Please refer to Figure 4. Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of an optical path connection provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in (a) of Figure 4, in the first preset state, the four-sided prism 5011 and the four-sided prism 5012 are connected from the first port 1, the second port 2, the third port 3, the fourth port 4, and the fifth port. 5 and the sixth port 6 are moved away without affecting the direction of the spatial optical path. The first port 1, the second port 2, and the third port 3 establish optical paths with the fourth port 4, the fifth port 5, and the sixth port 6 respectively. Connection; As shown in (b) of Figure 4, in the second preset state, the four-sided prism 5011 and the four-sided prism 5012 are connected at the first port 1, the second port 2, the third port 3, the fourth port 4, and the fourth port 4. Between the fifth port 5 and the sixth port 6, the direction of the spatial optical path changes relative to the direction of the spatial optical path in the first preset state. At this time, the first port 1 and the sixth port 6 establish an optical path connection, and the second port 2 establishes an optical path connection with the fourth port 4, and the third port 3 establishes an optical path connection with the fifth port 5. Among them, in the second preset state, the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the second port 2. The first signal light is deflected by the square prism 5011 and then sent to the coupling splitter 502 through the fourth port 4. ; The port switch 501 receives the third signal light through the sixth port 6. The third signal light is reflected twice by the square prism 5012 and then deflected by the square prism 5011 and sent to the first port 1 of the port switch 501. Port The switch 501 transmits the third signal light to the first node device 10 through the first port 1; the port switch 501 receives the second signal light through the fifth port 5. The second signal light is deflected by the quadrangular prism 5011 and then switched to the port. The port switch 501 transmits the second signal light to the sub-node device through the third port 3. It should be noted that the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in Figure 4(a) corresponds to Figure 3B; the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in Figure 4(b) corresponds to Corresponds to Figure 3C.

示例性的,该光路转折镜片组可以包括1个固定光学组件和1个可运动的光学组件,例如1个固定光学组件为反射镜5014,该1个可运动的光学组件为四棱柱5013。具体实现中,请参见图5,图5是本申请实施例提供的又一种光路连接的示意图。如图5中(a)所示,在第一预设状态下,该反射镜5014在第一端口1、第二端口2、第三端口3以及第四端口4、第五端口5和第六端口6之间,该四棱柱5013从第一端口1、第二端口2、第三端口3以及第四端口4、第五端口5和第六端口6之间移开,不影响空间光路的走向,第一端口1、第二端口2、第三端口3分别与第四端口4、第五端口5和第六端口6建立光路连接;如图5中(b)所示,在第二预设状态下,该反射镜5014和四棱柱5013在第一端口1、第二端口2、第三端口3以及第四端口4、第五端口5和第六端口6之间,空间光路的走向相对于第一预设状态下的空间光路的走向发生改变,此时,第一端口1与第六端口6建立光路连接,第二端口2与第四端口4建立光路连接,第三端口3与第五端口5建立光路连接。其中,在第二预设状态下,端口交换器501用于通过第二端口2接收第一信号光,该第一信号光经过四棱柱5013偏移后通过第四端口4向耦合分光器502发送;端口交换器501通过第六端口6接收第三信号光,该第三信号光经过四棱柱5013反射到反射镜5014上,再通过反射镜5014反射到四棱柱5013,再通过四棱柱5013偏移到端口交换器501的第一端口1,端口交换器501通过第一端口1向第一节点设备10发射第三信号光;端口交换器501通过第五端口5接收第二信号光,该第二信号光经过四棱柱5013偏移后向端口交换器501的第三端口3发送,端口交换器501通过第三端口3向子节点设备发射第二信号光。需要说明的是,上述图5中(a)的端口交换器501中各端口之间的连接关系与图3B对应;图5中(b)的端口交换器501中各端口之间的连接关系与图3C对应。For example, the optical path turning lens group may include a fixed optical component and a movable optical component. For example, the fixed optical component is a reflector 5014 and the movable optical component is a prism 5013. For specific implementation, please refer to Figure 5 , which is a schematic diagram of another optical path connection provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in (a) of Figure 5, in the first preset state, the reflector 5014 is at the first port 1, the second port 2, the third port 3, the fourth port 4, the fifth port 5 and the sixth port. Between ports 6, the quadrangular prism 5013 moves away from the first port 1, the second port 2, the third port 3 and the fourth port 4, the fifth port 5 and the sixth port 6 without affecting the direction of the spatial optical path. , the first port 1, the second port 2, and the third port 3 establish optical path connections with the fourth port 4, the fifth port 5, and the sixth port 6 respectively; as shown in (b) in Figure 5, in the second default In this state, the reflector 5014 and the square prism 5013 are between the first port 1, the second port 2, the third port 3, the fourth port 4, the fifth port 5 and the sixth port 6, and the direction of the spatial optical path is relative to The direction of the spatial optical path in the first preset state changes. At this time, the first port 1 establishes an optical path connection with the sixth port 6, the second port 2 establishes an optical path connection with the fourth port 4, and the third port 3 establishes an optical path connection with the fifth port. Port 5 establishes an optical path connection. Among them, in the second preset state, the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the second port 2. The first signal light is deflected by the square prism 5013 and then sent to the coupling splitter 502 through the fourth port 4. ; The port switch 501 receives the third signal light through the sixth port 6. The third signal light is reflected to the reflector 5014 through the square prism 5013, then reflected to the square prism 5013 through the reflector 5014, and then deflected through the square prism 5013. To the first port 1 of the port switch 501, the port switch 501 transmits the third signal light to the first node device 10 through the first port 1; the port switch 501 receives the second signal light through the fifth port 5. The signal light is deflected by the square prism 5013 and then sent to the third port 3 of the port switch 501. The port switch 501 transmits the second signal light to the child node device through the third port 3. It should be noted that the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in Figure 5(a) corresponds to Figure 3B; the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in Figure 5(b) corresponds to Corresponds to Figure 3C.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,端口交换器501包括光路转折镜片组,在第一预设状态下,光路转折镜片组用于建立第一端口1与第四端口4的连接,建立第二端口2与第五端口5的连接,建立第三端口与第六端口的连接。In yet another possible implementation, the port switch 501 includes an optical path turning lens group. In the first preset state, the optical path turning lens group is used to establish a connection between the first port 1 and the fourth port 4, and to establish a second The connection between port 2 and the fifth port 5 establishes the connection between the third port and the sixth port.

需要说明的是,前文针对端口交换器501的结构的描述仅是示例性的,在实际实现中,端口交换器501还可以采用3*3的光开关等结构来实现,本申请实施例不做限定。It should be noted that the foregoing description of the structure of the port switch 501 is only exemplary. In actual implementation, the port switch 501 can also be implemented using a 3*3 optical switch or other structures. This is not the case in the embodiment of this application. limited.

应理解,端口交换器501可以通过光路转折镜片组或光开关实现光路连接,也即保护倒换过程可以通过机械移动空间光学元件的方式实现,涉及的技术比较成熟,而且空间光路插损小、消光比高。It should be understood that the port switch 501 can realize optical path connection through an optical path turning lens group or an optical switch, that is, the protection switching process can be realized by mechanically moving spatial optical elements. The technology involved is relatively mature, and the spatial optical path insertion loss is small and extinction is low. than high.

实施例2:Example 2:

进一步的,请参考见图6A,图6A是本申请实施例提供的一种保护倒换装置50的又一具体结构的示意图。该保护倒换装置50包括端口交换器501和耦合分光器502,端口交换器501包括第一端口1、第二端 口2、第三端口3、第四端口4、第五端口5、第六端口6以及第七端口7,耦合分光器502包括第八端口8、第九端口9、第十端口10以及第十一端口11,第四端口4与第八端口8相连接,第五端口5与第九端口9相连接,第六端口6与第十端口10相连接、第七端口7与第十一端口11相连接。该保护倒换装置50在每个子节点设备中所起的作用是相同的,其中,以子节点设备301中部署有保护倒换装置为例,第一端口1与第一节点设备10相连接,第二端口2与主干光纤相连接,该主干光纤通向第二节点设备20,第三端口3与子节点设备301相连接,具体的,第三端口3可以与子节点设备301中的收发光模块相连接。当其他子节点设备中部署有保护倒换装置时,端口的连接可以类比子节点设备301,本申请实施例不再赘述。Further, please refer to FIG. 6A , which is a schematic diagram of another specific structure of a protection switching device 50 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The protection switching device 50 includes a port switch 501 and a coupling splitter 502. The port switch 501 includes a first port 1, a second port Port 2, third port 3, fourth port 4, fifth port 5, sixth port 6 and seventh port 7. The coupling splitter 502 includes an eighth port 8, a ninth port 9, a tenth port 10 and a tenth port. One port 11, the fourth port 4 is connected to the eighth port 8, the fifth port 5 is connected to the ninth port 9, the sixth port 6 is connected to the tenth port 10, the seventh port 7 is connected to the eleventh port 11 connected. The protection switching device 50 plays the same role in each sub-node device. Taking the protection switching device deployed in the sub-node device 301 as an example, the first port 1 is connected to the first node device 10, and the second port 1 is connected to the first node device 10. Port 2 is connected to the backbone optical fiber, which leads to the second node device 20. The third port 3 is connected to the sub-node device 301. Specifically, the third port 3 can be connected to the receiving and receiving module in the sub-node device 301. connect. When protection switching devices are deployed in other sub-node devices, the connection of ports can be analogous to that of the sub-node device 301, which will not be described in detail in the embodiment of this application.

具体实现中,请参见图6B,图6B是本申请实施例提供的又一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图,在第一预设状态下,第一端口1和第四端口4相连接,第二端口2与第五端口5相连接,第三端口3与第六端口6相连接。在第一预设状态下,端口交换器501用于通过第一端口1接收第一信号光并通过第四端口4向耦合分光器502发射第一信号光,耦合分光器502用于将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光分别发送给端口交换器501的第五端口5和第六端口6,端口交换器501通过第五端口5接收第二信号光并通过第二端口2向第二节点设备20发射第二信号光,通过第六端口6接收第三信号光并通过第三端口3向子节点设备发射第三信号光。其中,第一信号光来自于第一节点设备10。In the specific implementation, please refer to Figure 6B. Figure 6B is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application. In the first preset state, the first port 1 and the fourth port 4 phases are connected, the second port 2 is connected to the fifth port 5, and the third port 3 is connected to the sixth port 6. In the first preset state, the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the first port 1 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502 through the fourth port 4. The coupling optical splitter 502 is used to convert the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502. The signal light is split into a second signal light and a third signal light, and the second signal light and the third signal light are respectively sent to the fifth port 5 and the sixth port 6 of the port switch 501, and the port switch 501 passes through the fifth port. Port 5 receives the second signal light and transmits the second signal light to the second node device 20 through the second port 2, and receives the third signal light through the sixth port 6 and transmits the third signal light to the child node device through the third port 3. . Wherein, the first signal light comes from the first node device 10 .

请参见图6C,图6C是本申请实施例提供的又一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图,在第二预设状态下,第一端口1和第四端口4相连接,第二端口2与第六端口6相连接,第三端口3与第七端口7相连接。在第二预设状态下,端口交换器501用于通过第二端口2接收第一信号光并通过第六端口6向耦合分光器502发射第一信号光,耦合分光器502用于将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光分别发送给端口交换器501的第七端口7和第四端口4,端口交换器501通过第四端口4接收第三信号光并通过第一端口1向第一节点设备10发射第三信号光,通过第七端口7接收第二信号光并通过第三端口3向子节点设备发射第二信号光。其中,第一信号光来自于第二节点设备20。Please refer to Figure 6C. Figure 6C is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application. In the second preset state, the first port 1 and the fourth port 4 are connected. The second port 2 is connected to the sixth port 6, and the third port 3 is connected to the seventh port 7. In the second preset state, the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the second port 2 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502 through the sixth port 6. The coupling optical splitter 502 is used to convert the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502. The signal light is split into a second signal light and a third signal light, and the second signal light and the third signal light are respectively sent to the seventh port 7 and the fourth port 4 of the port switch 501. The port switch 501 passes through the fourth port. Port 4 receives the third signal light and transmits the third signal light to the first node device 10 through the first port 1. The seventh port 7 receives the second signal light and transmits the second signal light to the child node device through the third port 3. . Wherein, the first signal light comes from the second node device 20 .

在第二预设状态下,端口交换器501中的各端口之间的连接关系除了如图6C所示之外,还可以如图6D和图6E所示,具体如下:In the second preset state, in addition to the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 as shown in Figure 6C, it can also be as shown in Figure 6D and Figure 6E, specifically as follows:

请参见图6D,图6D是本申请实施例提供的又一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图,在第二预设状态下,第一端口1和第四端口4相连接,第二端口2与第七端口7相连接,第三端口3与第六端口6相连接。在第二预设状态下,端口交换器501用于通过第二端口2接收第一信号光并通过第七端口7向耦合分光器502发射第一信号光,耦合分光器502用于将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光分别发送给端口交换器501的第六端口6和第四端口4,端口交换器501通过第四端口4接收第三信号光并通过第一端口1向第一节点设备10发射第三信号光,通过第六端口6接收第二信号光并通过第三端口3向子节点设备发射第二信号光。其中,第一信号光来自于第二节点设备20。Please refer to Figure 6D. Figure 6D is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application. In the second preset state, the first port 1 and the fourth port 4 are connected. The second port 2 is connected to the seventh port 7 , and the third port 3 is connected to the sixth port 6 . In the second preset state, the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the second port 2 and transmit the first signal light through the seventh port 7 to the coupling optical splitter 502. The coupling optical splitter 502 is used to convert the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502. The signal light is split into a second signal light and a third signal light, and the second signal light and the third signal light are respectively sent to the sixth port 6 and the fourth port 4 of the port switch 501. The port switch 501 passes through the fourth port. Port 4 receives the third signal light and transmits the third signal light to the first node device 10 through the first port 1, and receives the second signal light through the sixth port 6 and transmits the second signal light to the child node device through the third port 3. . Wherein, the first signal light comes from the second node device 20 .

请参见图6E,图6E是本申请实施例提供的又一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图,在第二预设状态下,第一端口1和第七端口7相连接,第二端口2与第五端口5相连接,第三端口3与第四端口4相连接。在第二预设状态下,端口交换器501用于通过第二端口2接收第一信号光并通过第五端口5向耦合分光器502发射第一信号光,耦合分光器502用于将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光分别发送给端口交换器501的第四端口4和第七端口7,端口交换器501通过第七端口7接收第三信号光并通过第一端口1向第一节点设备10发射第三信号光,通过第四端口4接收第二信号光并通过第三端口3向子节点设备发射第二信号光。其中,第一信号光来自于第二节点设备20。Please refer to Figure 6E. Figure 6E is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application. In the second preset state, the first port 1 and the seventh port 7 are connected. The second port 2 is connected to the fifth port 5, and the third port 3 is connected to the fourth port 4. In the second preset state, the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the second port 2 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502 through the fifth port 5. The coupling optical splitter 502 is used to convert the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502. The signal light is split into a second signal light and a third signal light, and the second signal light and the third signal light are respectively sent to the fourth port 4 and the seventh port 7 of the port switch 501, and the port switch 501 passes through the seventh port. Port 7 receives the third signal light and transmits the third signal light to the first node device 10 through the first port 1. The fourth port 4 receives the second signal light and transmits the second signal light to the child node device through the third port 3. . Wherein, the first signal light comes from the second node device 20 .

应理解,在第二预设状态下,端口交换器501中的各端口之间的连接关系仅仅作为示例进行说明,当然还有其他的端口之间的连接关系,本申请实施例不做限定。It should be understood that in the second preset state, the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 is only explained as an example. Of course, there are other connection relationships between the ports, which are not limited by the embodiment of the present application.

下面将结合前文所述内容,对端口交换器501的结构作进一步的说明。The structure of the port switch 501 will be further described below in conjunction with the foregoing content.

在一种可能的实现方式中,端口交换器501包括光路转折镜片组,在第二预设状态下,光路转折镜片组用于断开第二端口2与第五端口5的连接并建立第二端口2与第六端口6的连接,断开第三端口3与第六端口6的连接并建立第三端口3与第七端口7的连接。In a possible implementation, the port switch 501 includes an optical path turning lens group. In the second preset state, the optical path turning lens group is used to disconnect the second port 2 and the fifth port 5 and establish a second The connection between port 2 and the sixth port 6 is disconnected, the connection between the third port 3 and the sixth port 6 is disconnected, and the connection between the third port 3 and the seventh port 7 is established.

示例性的,该光路转折镜片组可以包括1个可运动的光学组件,例如该1个可运动的光学组件为四棱柱5015。具体实现中,请参见图7,图7是本申请实施例提供的又一种光路连接的示意图。如图7中(a)所示,在第一预设状态下,该四棱柱5015从第一端口1、第二端口2、第三端口3以及第四端口4、第五端口5、第六端口6和第七端口7之间移开,不影响空间光路的走向,第一端口1、第二端口2、第三端口3分别与第四端口4、第五端口5和第六端口6建立光路连接;如图7中(b)所示,在第二预设状态下, 该四棱柱5015在第一端口1、第二端口2、第三端口3以及第四端口4、第五端口5、第六端口6以及第七端口7之间,空间光路的走向相对于第一预设状态下的空间光路的走向发生改变,此时,第一端口1与第四端口4建立光路连接,第二端口2与第六端口6建立光路连接,第三端口3与第七端口7建立光路连接。其中,在第二预设状态下,端口交换器501用于通过第二端口2接收第一信号光,该第一信号光经过四棱柱5015偏移后通过第六端口6向耦合分光器502发送;端口交换器501通过第四端口4接收第三信号光,该第三信号光不经过四棱柱5015,端口交换器501通过第一端口1向第一节点设备10发射第三信号光;端口交换器501通过第七端口7接收第二信号光,该第二信号光经过四棱柱5015偏移后向端口交换器501的第三端口3发送,端口交换器501通过第三端口3向子节点设备发射第二信号光。需要说明的是,上述图7中(a)的端口交换器501中各端口之间的连接关系与图6B对应;图7中(b)的端口交换器501中各端口之间的连接关系与图6C对应。For example, the light path turning lens group may include a movable optical component, for example, the movable optical component is a square prism 5015. For specific implementation, please refer to Figure 7 , which is a schematic diagram of another optical path connection provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in (a) of Figure 7, in the first preset state, the quadrangular prism 5015 is connected from the first port 1, the second port 2, the third port 3, the fourth port 4, the fifth port 5, and the sixth port 5015. Port 6 and seventh port 7 are moved away from each other without affecting the direction of the spatial optical path. The first port 1, the second port 2, and the third port 3 are respectively established with the fourth port 4, the fifth port 5, and the sixth port 6. Optical path connection; as shown in (b) in Figure 7, in the second preset state, The square prism 5015 is between the first port 1, the second port 2, the third port 3, the fourth port 4, the fifth port 5, the sixth port 6 and the seventh port 7. The direction of the spatial optical path is relative to the first port. The direction of the spatial optical path in the default state changes. At this time, the first port 1 and the fourth port 4 establish an optical path connection, the second port 2 and the sixth port 6 establish an optical path connection, and the third port 3 and the seventh port 7 establish an optical path connection. Establish optical path connection. Among them, in the second preset state, the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the second port 2. The first signal light is deflected by the square prism 5015 and then sent to the coupling splitter 502 through the sixth port 6. ; The port switch 501 receives the third signal light through the fourth port 4, and the third signal light does not pass through the square prism 5015, and the port switch 501 transmits the third signal light to the first node device 10 through the first port 1; Port switch The switch 501 receives the second signal light through the seventh port 7. The second signal light is deflected by the quadrangular prism 5015 and then sent to the third port 3 of the port switch 501. The port switch 501 transmits the signal light to the sub-node device through the third port 3. Emit the second signal light. It should be noted that the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in Figure 7(a) corresponds to Figure 6B; the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in Figure 7(b) corresponds to Corresponds to Figure 6C.

示例性的,该光路转折镜片组可以包括1个可运动的光学组件,例如该1个可运动的光学组件5016由四棱柱50161和四棱柱50162组成。具体实现中,请参见图8,图8是本申请实施例提供的又一种光路连接的示意图。如图8中(a)所示,在第一预设状态下,该光学组件5016从第一端口1、第二端口2、第三端口3以及第四端口4、第五端口5、第六端口6和第七端口7之间移开,不影响空间光路的走向,第一端口1、第二端口2、第三端口3分别与第四端口4、第五端口5和第六端口6建立光路连接;如图8中(b)所示,在第二预设状态下,该光学组件5016在第一端口1、第二端口2、第三端口3以及第四端口4、第五端口5、第六端口6和第七端口7之间,空间光路的走向相对于第一预设状态下的空间光路的走向发生改变,此时,第一端口1与第四端口4建立光路连接,第二端口2与第六端口6建立光路连接,第三端口3与第七端口7建立光路连接。其中,在第二预设状态下,端口交换器501用于通过第二端口2接收第一信号光,该第一信号光经过四棱柱50161两次反射后通过第六端口6向耦合分光器502发送;端口交换器501通过第四端口4接收第三信号光,该第三信号光不经过四棱柱5015,端口交换器501通过第一端口1向第一节点设备10发射第三信号光;端口交换器501通过第七端口7接收第二信号光,该第二信号光经过四棱柱50162两次反射向端口交换器501的第三端口3发送,端口交换器501通过第三端口3向子节点设备发射第二信号光。需要说明的是,上述图8中(a)的端口交换器501中各端口之间的连接关系与图6B对应;图8中(b)的端口交换器501中各端口之间的连接关系与图6C对应。For example, the optical path turning lens group may include a movable optical component. For example, the movable optical component 5016 is composed of a four-sided prism 50161 and a four-sided prism 50162. For specific implementation, please refer to Figure 8 , which is a schematic diagram of another optical path connection provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in (a) of FIG. 8 , in the first preset state, the optical component 5016 switches from the first port 1 , the second port 2 , the third port 3 , the fourth port 4 , the fifth port 5 , and the sixth port 5016 . Port 6 and seventh port 7 are moved away from each other without affecting the direction of the spatial optical path. The first port 1, the second port 2, and the third port 3 are respectively established with the fourth port 4, the fifth port 5, and the sixth port 6. Optical path connection; As shown in (b) of Figure 8, in the second preset state, the optical component 5016 is connected to the first port 1, the second port 2, the third port 3, the fourth port 4, and the fifth port 5. , between the sixth port 6 and the seventh port 7, the direction of the spatial optical path changes relative to the direction of the spatial optical path in the first preset state. At this time, the first port 1 and the fourth port 4 establish an optical path connection. The second port 2 establishes an optical path connection with the sixth port 6, and the third port 3 establishes an optical path connection with the seventh port 7. Among them, in the second preset state, the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the second port 2. The first signal light is reflected twice by the square prism 50161 and then passes through the sixth port 6 to the coupling beam splitter 502. Send; the port switch 501 receives the third signal light through the fourth port 4, and the third signal light does not pass through the square prism 5015, and the port switch 501 transmits the third signal light to the first node device 10 through the first port 1; port The switch 501 receives the second signal light through the seventh port 7. The second signal light is reflected twice by the square prism 50162 and sent to the third port 3 of the port switch 501. The port switch 501 transmits to the child node through the third port 3. The device emits a second signal light. It should be noted that the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in Figure 8(a) corresponds to Figure 6B; the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in Figure 8(b) corresponds to Corresponds to Figure 6C.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,端口交换器501包括光路转折镜片组;在第一预设状态下,光路转折镜片组用于建立第一端口1与第四端口4的连接,建立第二端口2与第五端口5的连接,建立第三端口3与第六端口6的连接。In yet another possible implementation, the port switch 501 includes an optical path turning lens group; in the first preset state, the optical path turning lens group is used to establish a connection between the first port 1 and the fourth port 4, and to establish a second The connection between port 2 and the fifth port 5 establishes the connection between the third port 3 and the sixth port 6.

需要说明的是,前文针对端口交换器501的结构的描述仅是示例性的,在实际实现中,端口交换器501还可以采用3×4的光开关等结构来实现,本申请实施例不做限定。It should be noted that the foregoing description of the structure of the port switch 501 is only exemplary. In actual implementation, the port switch 501 can also be implemented using a 3×4 optical switch or other structures. This is not the case in the embodiment of this application. limited.

应理解,端口交换器501可以通过光路转折镜片组或光开关实现光路连接,也即保护倒换过程可以通过机械移动空间光学元件的方式实现,涉及的技术比较成熟,而且空间光路插损小、消光比高。It should be understood that the port switch 501 can realize optical path connection through an optical path turning lens group or an optical switch, that is, the protection switching process can be realized by mechanically moving spatial optical elements. The technology involved is relatively mature, and the spatial optical path insertion loss is small and extinction is low. than high.

实施例3:Example 3:

请参见图9A,图9A是本申请实施例提供的一种光通信系统100的第二结构示意图,如图9A所示,该光通信系统100包括第一节点设备10、第二节点设备20、子节点设备301、子节点设备302、子节点设备303、子节点设备30N以及光纤40;其中,第一节点设备10、子节点设备301、子节点设备302、子节点设备303、子节点设备30N、第二节点设备20之间通过光纤40连接环网。其中,每一个子节点设备中都包括两个收发光模块,分别为主收发光模块和备收发光模块。第一节点设备10、第二节点设备20可以为OLT设备,子节点设备301、子节点设备302、子节点设备303、子节点设备30N可以为ONU。其中,在每一个子节点设备中可以部署一个保护倒换装置,需要说明的是,保护倒换装置可以部署在子节点设备中,也可以独立部署在光通信系统中,本申请实施例不做限定,采用该保护倒换装置能够在第二预设状态下保证通信业务的稳定性,而且该保护倒换装置包括端口交换器和耦合分光器,可降低光纤链路的保护倒换机制的成本,提升其适用性。Please refer to Figure 9A. Figure 9A is a second structural schematic diagram of an optical communication system 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9A, the optical communication system 100 includes a first node device 10, a second node device 20, Child node device 301, child node device 302, child node device 303, child node device 30N and optical fiber 40; wherein, the first node device 10, child node device 301, child node device 302, child node device 303, child node device 30N , the second node devices 20 are connected to the ring network through optical fibers 40. Each sub-node device includes two light-receiving and transmitting modules, namely a main light-receiving module and a backup light-emitting module. The first node device 10 and the second node device 20 may be OLT devices, and the child node devices 301, 302, 303, and 30N may be ONUs. Among them, a protection switching device can be deployed in each sub-node device. It should be noted that the protection switching device can be deployed in the sub-node device or independently deployed in the optical communication system. The embodiments of this application are not limited. The use of this protection switching device can ensure the stability of communication services in the second preset state, and the protection switching device includes a port switch and a coupling splitter, which can reduce the cost of the protection switching mechanism of the optical fiber link and improve its applicability .

需要说明的是,在图9A所示的结构下,每个子节点设备包括主收发光模块和备收发光模块。其中,主收发光模块可以理解为第一收发光模块,备收发光模块可以理解为第二收发光模块。请参见图9B,图9B是本申请实施例提供的又一种信号光传输的示意图,在第一预设状态下,第一收发光模块与第一节点设备10之间存在光连接且与第二节点设备20之间不存在光连接;第二收发光模块与第一节点设备10之间不存在光连接;可以理解为,在第一预设状态下,主收发光模块与第一节点设备10之间存在光连接,且 该主收发光模块与第二节点设备20之间不存在光连接;备收发光模块与第一节点设备10之间不存在光连接,且该备收发光模块与第二节点设备20之间可以存在光连接也可以不存在光连接,当存在光连接时,二者之间不传输光信号。请参见图9C,图9C是本申请实施例提供的又一种信号光传输的示意图,在第二预设状态下,至少一个子节点设备中的第一收发光模块与第一节点设备10之间不存在光连接且与第二节点设备20之间不存在光连接;该至少一个子节点设备中的第二收发光模块与第一节点设备10之间不存在光连接且与第二节点设备20之间存在光连接;可以理解为,在第二预设状态下,至少一个子节点设备中的主收发光模块与第一节点设备10之间不存在光连接,且该主收发光模块与第二节点设备20之间不存在光连接;该至少一个子节点设备中的备收发光模块与第一节点设备10之间不存在光连接,且该备收发光模块与第二节点设备20之间存在光连接,例如,在第二预设状态下,子节点设备303中主收发光模块与第一节点设备10之间不存在光连接,且该主收发光模块与第二节点设备20之间不存在光连接;子节点设备303中备收发光模块与第一节点设备10之间不存在光连接,且该备收发光模块与第二节点设备20之间存在光连接。综上所述,子节点设备中的主收发光模块用于在第一预设状态下与第一节点设备10之间进行光通信,子节点设备中的备收发光模块用于在第二预设状态下与第二节点设备20之间进行光通信。It should be noted that, under the structure shown in Figure 9A, each sub-node device includes a main receiving and lighting module and a backup receiving and lighting module. Among them, the main light-receiving module can be understood as the first light-receiving module, and the backup light-receiving module can be understood as the second light-receiving module. Please refer to Figure 9B. Figure 9B is a schematic diagram of another signal optical transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application. In the first preset state, there is an optical connection between the first receiving and receiving light module and the first node device 10 and with the first node device 10. There is no optical connection between the two node devices 20; there is no optical connection between the second light-transmitting module and the first node device 10; it can be understood that in the first preset state, the main light-transmitting module and the first node device There is an optical connection between 10, and There is no optical connection between the main transceiver and light-emitting module and the second node device 20; there is no optical connection between the backup transceiver and light-emitting module and the first node device 10, and there is no optical connection between the backup transceiver and light-emitting module and the second node device 20. There may or may not be an optical connection. When there is an optical connection, no optical signal is transmitted between the two. Please refer to FIG. 9C. FIG. 9C is a schematic diagram of another signal optical transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application. In the second preset state, between the first receiving and receiving light module in at least one child node device and the first node device 10 There is no optical connection between the second node device 10 and the second node device 20; there is no optical connection between the second receiving and receiving module in the at least one child node device and the first node device 10 and no optical connection with the second node device 10. There is an optical connection between 20; it can be understood that in the second preset state, there is no optical connection between the main transceiver and light-emitting module in at least one child node device and the first node device 10, and the main transceiver and light-emitting module and the first node device 10 There is no optical connection between the second node devices 20; there is no optical connection between the backup light-emitting module in the at least one child node device and the first node device 10, and there is no optical connection between the backup light-emitting module and the second node device 20. There is an optical connection between them. For example, in the second default state, there is no optical connection between the main transceiver and light-emitting module in the child node device 303 and the first node device 10, and there is no optical connection between the main transceiver and light-emitting module and the second node device 20. There is no optical connection between them; there is no optical connection between the backup light-emitting module in the child node device 303 and the first node device 10, and there is an optical connection between the backup light-emitting module and the second node device 20. To sum up, the main transceiver and light-emitting module in the child node device is used for optical communication with the first node device 10 in the first preset state, and the backup transceiver and light-emitting module in the child node device is used to perform optical communication with the first node device 10 in the second preset state. Optical communication is performed with the second node device 20 in the set state.

需要说明的是,图9A所示的光通信系统100与图1所示的光通信系统100的结构的主要区别在于,图9A所示的光通信系统100中每个子节点设备中配置了两个收发光模块,分别为主收发光模块和备收发光模块,其中,主收发光模块用于在第一预设状态下与第一节点设备10之间进行光通信,备收发光模块用于在第二预设状态下与第二节点设备20之间进行光通信;图1所示的光通信系统100中每个子节点设备中只有1个收发光模块,且该1个收发光模块用于在第一预设状态下与第一节点设备10之间进行光通信,或者,在第二预设状态下与第二节点设备20之间进行光通信。It should be noted that the main difference in structure between the optical communication system 100 shown in FIG. 9A and the optical communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1 is that in the optical communication system 100 shown in FIG. 9A, two sub-node devices are configured. The receiving and transmitting light modules are respectively the main receiving and transmitting light module and the backup receiving and transmitting light module. The main receiving and transmitting light module is used for optical communication with the first node device 10 in the first preset state, and the backup receiving and transmitting light module is used for performing optical communication with the first node device 10 in the first preset state. Optical communication is performed with the second node device 20 in the second preset state; in the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 1, each sub-node device has only one receiving and receiving module, and the one receiving and receiving module is used for Optical communication is performed with the first node device 10 in the first preset state, or optical communication is performed with the second node device 20 in the second preset state.

上述描述了光通信系统100的架构,接下来将对保护倒换装置的具体结构进行说明。The above describes the architecture of the optical communication system 100. Next, the specific structure of the protection switching device will be described.

在图9A所示的一种光通信系统100结构下,如图2所示,图2是本申请实施例提供的一种保护倒换装置50的示意图,该保护倒换装置50在每个子节点设备中所起的作用是相同的,以该保护倒换装置50部署在子节点设备301中为例进行描述,该保护倒换装置50包括端口交换器501和耦合分光器502,端口交换器501分别与第一节点设备10和子节点设备301相连,且端口交换器501与主干光纤相连接,该主干光纤通向第二节点设备20。具体实现可以参考上述所述,需要说明的是,在第一预设状态下,端口交换器501用于向第二节点设备20发送第二信号光,并向子节点设备中的主收发光模块发送第三信号光;在第二预设状态下,端口交换器501用于向第一节点设备10发送第三信号光,并向子节点设备中的备收发光模块发送第二信号光。具体上行通信情况也可以参考上述所述,需要说明的是,在第一预设状态下,端口交换器501用于接收第二信号光和来自子节点设备的主收发光模块的第三信号光;在第二预设状态下,端口交换器501用于接收第三信号光和来自子节点设备的备收发光模块的第二信号光。Under the structure of an optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 9A, as shown in Figure 2, Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a protection switching device 50 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The protection switching device 50 is in each sub-node device. The functions played are the same. For description, the protection switching device 50 is deployed in the sub-node device 301 as an example. The protection switching device 50 includes a port switch 501 and a coupling splitter 502. The port switch 501 is connected to the first The node device 10 is connected to the sub-node device 301, and the port switch 501 is connected to a backbone optical fiber that leads to the second node device 20. The specific implementation may refer to the above description. It should be noted that in the first preset state, the port switch 501 is used to send the second signal light to the second node device 20 and to the main receiving and receiving light module in the child node device. Send the third signal light; in the second preset state, the port switch 501 is used to send the third signal light to the first node device 10 and send the second signal light to the backup light-emitting module in the child node device. The specific uplink communication situation can also refer to the above description. It should be noted that in the first preset state, the port switch 501 is used to receive the second signal light and the third signal light from the main receiving and receiving light module of the child node device. ; In the second preset state, the port switch 501 is used to receive the third signal light and the second signal light from the backup light-emitting module of the sub-node device.

进一步的,请参见图10A,图10A是本申请实施例提供的一种保护倒换装置50的又一具体结构的示意图。该保护倒换装置50包括端口交换器501和耦合分光器502,端口交换器501包括第一端口1、第二端口2、第三端口3、第四端口4、第五端口5、第六端口6、第七端口7以及第八端口8,耦合分光器502包括第九端口9、第十端口10、第十一端口11以及第十二端口12,第五端口5与第九端口9相连接,第六端口6与第十端口10相连接,第七端口7与第十一端口11相连接,第八端口8与第十二端口12相连接。其中,以子节点设备301中部署有保护倒换装置为例,第一端口1与第一节点设备10相连接,第二端口2与主干光纤相连接,该主干光纤通向第二节点设备20,第三端口3与子节点设备301的主收发光模块相连接,第四端口4与子节点设备301的备收发光模块相连接。当其他子节点设备中部署有保护倒换装置时,端口的连接可以类比子节点设备301,本申请实施例不再赘述。Further, please refer to FIG. 10A , which is a schematic diagram of another specific structure of a protection switching device 50 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The protection switching device 50 includes a port switch 501 and a coupling splitter 502. The port switch 501 includes a first port 1, a second port 2, a third port 3, a fourth port 4, a fifth port 5 and a sixth port 6. , seventh port 7 and eighth port 8, the coupling splitter 502 includes a ninth port 9, a tenth port 10, an eleventh port 11 and a twelfth port 12, the fifth port 5 is connected to the ninth port 9, The sixth port 6 is connected to the tenth port 10 , the seventh port 7 is connected to the eleventh port 11 , and the eighth port 8 is connected to the twelfth port 12 . Among them, taking the protection switching device deployed in the sub-node device 301 as an example, the first port 1 is connected to the first node device 10, the second port 2 is connected to the backbone optical fiber, and the backbone optical fiber leads to the second node device 20. The third port 3 is connected to the main transceiver and light-emitting module of the sub-node device 301, and the fourth port 4 is connected to the backup transceiver and light-emitting module of the sub-node device 301. When protection switching devices are deployed in other sub-node devices, the connection of ports can be analogous to that of the sub-node device 301, which will not be described in detail in the embodiment of this application.

具体实现中,请参见图10B,图10B是本申请实施例提供的又一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图,在第一预设状态下,第一端口1和第五端口5相连接,第二端口2与第六端口6相连接,第三端口3与第七端口7相连接。在第一预设状态下,端口交换器501通过第一端口1接收第一信号光并通过第五端口5向耦合分光器502发射第一信号光,耦合分光器502用于将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光分别发送给端口交换器501的第六端口6和第七端口7,端口交换器501通过第六端口6接收第二信号光并通过第二端口2向第二节点设备20发射第二信号光,通过第七端口7接收第三信号光并通过第三端口3向子节点设备发射第三信号光。其中,第一信号光来自于第一节点设备10。需要说明的是,端口交换器501通过第三端口3向子节点设备发射第三信号光,具体是指,端口交换器501通过第三端口3向子节点设备的主收发光模块发射第三信号光。In the specific implementation, please refer to Figure 10B. Figure 10B is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application. In the first preset state, the first port 1 and the fifth port 5 are connected, the second port 2 is connected to the sixth port 6, and the third port 3 is connected to the seventh port 7. In the first preset state, the port switch 501 receives the first signal light through the first port 1 and transmits the first signal light through the fifth port 5 to the coupling optical splitter 502. The coupling optical splitter 502 is used to convert the first signal light Split the light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the sixth port 6 and the seventh port 7 of the port switch 501 respectively, and the port switch 501 passes the sixth port 6 The second signal light is received and transmitted to the second node device 20 through the second port 2 , the third signal light is received through the seventh port 7 and the third signal light is transmitted to the child node device through the third port 3 . Wherein, the first signal light comes from the first node device 10 . It should be noted that the port switch 501 transmits the third signal light to the sub-node device through the third port 3. Specifically, it means that the port switch 501 transmits the third signal to the main receiving and receiving light module of the sub-node device through the third port 3. Light.

请参见图10C所示,图10C是本申请实施例提供的又一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图, 在第二预设状态下,第一端口1和第五端口5相连接,第二端口2与第七端口7相连接,第四端口4与第八端口8相连接。在第二预设状态下,端口交换器501通过第二端口2接收第一信号光并通过第七端口7向耦合分光器502发射第一信号光,耦合分光器502用于将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光分别发送给端口交换器501的第八端口8和第五端口5,端口交换器501通过第五端口5接收第三信号光并通过第一端口1向第一节点设备10发射第三信号光,通过第八端口8接收第二信号光并通过第四端口4向子节点设备发射第二信号光。其中,第一信号光来自于第二节点设备20。需要说明的是,端口交换器501通过第四端口4向子节点设备发射第二信号光,具体是指,端口交换器501通过第四端口4向子节点设备的备收发光模块发射第二信号光。Please refer to Figure 10C. Figure 10C is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application. In the second preset state, the first port 1 is connected to the fifth port 5 , the second port 2 is connected to the seventh port 7 , and the fourth port 4 is connected to the eighth port 8 . In the second preset state, the port switch 501 receives the first signal light through the second port 2 and transmits the first signal light through the seventh port 7 to the coupling optical splitter 502. The coupling optical splitter 502 is used to convert the first signal light The light is split into a second signal light and a third signal light, and the second signal light and the third signal light are sent to the eighth port 8 and the fifth port 5 of the port switch 501 respectively. The port switch 501 passes through the fifth port 5 The third signal light is received and transmitted to the first node device 10 through the first port 1 , the second signal light is received through the eighth port 8 and the second signal light is transmitted to the child node device through the fourth port 4 . Wherein, the first signal light comes from the second node device 20 . It should be noted that the port switch 501 transmits the second signal light to the sub-node device through the fourth port 4. Specifically, it means that the port switch 501 transmits the second signal to the backup light-emitting module of the sub-node device through the fourth port 4. Light.

在第二预设状态下,端口交换器501中各端口之间的连接关系除了如图10C所示之外,还可以如图10D、图10E和图10F所示,具体如下:In the second preset state, in addition to the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 as shown in Figure 10C, it can also be as shown in Figure 10D, Figure 10E and Figure 10F, as follows:

请参见图10D所示,图10D是本申请实施例提供的又一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图,在第二预设状态下,第一端口1和第七端口7相连接,第二端口2与第五端口5相连接,第四端口4与第六端口6相连接。在第二预设状态下,端口交换器501通过第二端口2接收第一信号光并通过第五端口5向耦合分光器502发射第一信号光,耦合分光器502用于将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光分别发送给端口交换器501的第六端口6和第七端口7,端口交换器501通过第七端口7接收第三信号光并通过第一端口1向第一节点设备10发射第三信号光,通过第六端口6接收第二信号光并通过第四端口4向子节点设备发射第二信号光。其中,第一信号光来自于第二节点设备20。需要说明的是,端口交换器501通过第四端口4向子节点设备发射第二信号光,具体可以是指,端口交换器501通过第四端口4向子节点设备的备收发光模块发射第二信号光。Please refer to Figure 10D. Figure 10D is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application. In the second preset state, the first port 1 and the seventh port 7 are in phase. The second port 2 is connected to the fifth port 5, and the fourth port 4 is connected to the sixth port 6. In the second preset state, the port switch 501 receives the first signal light through the second port 2 and transmits the first signal light through the fifth port 5 to the coupling optical splitter 502. The coupling optical splitter 502 is used to convert the first signal light Split the light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the sixth port 6 and the seventh port 7 of the port switch 501 respectively, and the port switch 501 passes the seventh port 7 The third signal light is received and transmitted to the first node device 10 through the first port 1 , the second signal light is received through the sixth port 6 and the second signal light is transmitted to the child node device through the fourth port 4 . Wherein, the first signal light comes from the second node device 20 . It should be noted that the port switch 501 transmits the second signal light to the sub-node device through the fourth port 4. Specifically, it may mean that the port switch 501 transmits the second signal light to the backup light-emitting module of the sub-node device through the fourth port 4. signal light.

请参见图10E所示,图10E是本申请实施例提供的又一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图,在第二预设状态下,第一端口1和第六端口6相连接,第二端口2与第八端口8相连接,第四端口4与第七端口7相连接。在第二预设状态下,端口交换器501通过第二端口2接收第一信号光并通过第八端口8向耦合分光器502发射第一信号光,耦合分光器502用于将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光分别发送给端口交换器501的第七端口7和第六端口6,端口交换器501通过第六端口6接收第三信号光并通过第一端口1向第一节点设备10发射第三信号光,通过第七端口7接收第二信号光并通过第四端口4向子节点设备发射第二信号光。其中,第一信号光来自于第二节点设备20。需要说明的是,端口交换器501通过第四端口4向子节点设备发射第二信号光,具体可以是指,端口交换器501通过第四端口4向子节点设备的备收发光模块发射第二信号光。Please refer to Figure 10E. Figure 10E is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application. In the second preset state, the first port 1 and the sixth port 6 are in phase. The second port 2 is connected to the eighth port 8, and the fourth port 4 is connected to the seventh port 7. In the second preset state, the port switch 501 receives the first signal light through the second port 2 and transmits the first signal light through the eighth port 8 to the coupling optical splitter 502. The coupling optical splitter 502 is used to convert the first signal light Split the light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the seventh port 7 and the sixth port 6 of the port switch 501 respectively, and the port switch 501 passes the sixth port 6 The third signal light is received and transmitted to the first node device 10 through the first port 1 , the second signal light is received through the seventh port 7 and the second signal light is transmitted to the child node device through the fourth port 4 . Wherein, the first signal light comes from the second node device 20 . It should be noted that the port switch 501 transmits the second signal light to the sub-node device through the fourth port 4. Specifically, it may mean that the port switch 501 transmits the second signal light to the backup light-emitting module of the sub-node device through the fourth port 4. signal light.

请参见图10F所示,图10F是本申请实施例提供的又一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图,在第二预设状态下,第一端口1和第八端口8相连接,第二端口2与第六端口6相连接,第四端口4与第五端口5相连接。在第二预设状态下,端口交换器501通过第二端口2接收第一信号光并通过第六端口6向耦合分光器502发射第一信号光,耦合分光器502用于将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光分别发送给端口交换器501的第五端口5和第八端口8,端口交换器501通过第八端口8接收第三信号光并通过第一端口1向第一节点设备10发射第三信号光,通过第五端口5接收第二信号光并通过第四端口4向子节点设备发射第二信号光。其中,第一信号光来自于第二节点设备20。需要说明的是,端口交换器501通过第四端口4向子节点设备发射第二信号光,具体是指,端口交换器501通过第四端口4向子节点设备的备收发光模块发射第二信号光。Please refer to Figure 10F. Figure 10F is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application. In the second preset state, the first port 1 and the eighth port 8 are in phase. The second port 2 is connected to the sixth port 6, and the fourth port 4 is connected to the fifth port 5. In the second preset state, the port switch 501 receives the first signal light through the second port 2 and transmits the first signal light through the sixth port 6 to the coupling optical splitter 502. The coupling optical splitter 502 is used to convert the first signal light Split the light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the fifth port 5 and the eighth port 8 of the port switch 501 respectively, and the port switch 501 passes the eighth port 8 The third signal light is received and transmitted to the first node device 10 through the first port 1 , the second signal light is received through the fifth port 5 and the second signal light is transmitted to the child node device through the fourth port 4 . Wherein, the first signal light comes from the second node device 20 . It should be noted that the port switch 501 transmits the second signal light to the sub-node device through the fourth port 4. Specifically, it means that the port switch 501 transmits the second signal to the backup light-emitting module of the sub-node device through the fourth port 4. Light.

应理解,在第二预设状态下,端口交换器501中的各端口之间的连接关系仅仅作为示例进行说明,当然还有其他的端口之间的连接关系,本申请实施例不做限定。It should be understood that in the second preset state, the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 is only explained as an example. Of course, there are other connection relationships between the ports, which are not limited by the embodiment of the present application.

在上述实现中,该保护倒换装置可以通过基于空间光路的端口交换器和无源的耦合分光器实现,该保护倒换装置结构简单且成本低,采用该保护倒换装置,可降低光纤链路的保护倒换机制的成本,提升其适用性。In the above implementation, the protection switching device can be implemented by a port switch based on a spatial optical path and a passive coupling splitter. The protection switching device has a simple structure and low cost. Using the protection switching device can reduce the protection of optical fiber links. Reduce the cost of the switching mechanism and improve its applicability.

下面将结合前文所述内容,对端口交换器501的结构作进一步的说明。The structure of the port switch 501 will be further described below in conjunction with the foregoing content.

在一种可能的实现方式中,端口交换器501包括光路转折镜片组或光开关;在第二预设状态下,光路转折镜片组或光开关用于断开第二端口2与第六端口6的连接以及断开第三端口3与第七端口7的连接并建立第二端口2与第七端口7的连接。In a possible implementation, the port switch 501 includes an optical path turning lens set or an optical switch; in the second preset state, the light path turning lens set or optical switch is used to disconnect the second port 2 and the sixth port 6 connection and disconnection of the third port 3 and the seventh port 7 and establishment of a connection between the second port 2 and the seventh port 7 .

示例性的,端口交换器501包括光开关5017,该光开关5017可以为2×2。具体实现中,请参见图11,图11是本申请实施例提供的又一种光路连接的示意图;如图11中的(a)所示,在第一预设状态下,光开关5017用于建立第二端口2与第六端口6之间的光连接;用于建立第三端口3与第七端口7之间的光 连接;如图11中的(b)所示,在第二预设状态下,光开关5017用于建立第二端口2与第七端口7之间的光连接;可选的,该光开关5017还可以用于建立第三端口3与第六端口6之间的光连接。需要说明的是,上述图11中(a)的端口交换器501中各端口之间的连接关系与图10B对应;图11中(b)的端口交换器501中各端口之间的连接关系与图10C对应。By way of example, the port switch 501 includes an optical switch 5017, which may be 2×2. For specific implementation, please refer to Figure 11, which is a schematic diagram of another optical path connection provided by an embodiment of the present application; as shown in (a) in Figure 11, in the first preset state, the optical switch 5017 is used to Establishing an optical connection between the second port 2 and the sixth port 6; used to establish an optical connection between the third port 3 and the seventh port 7 Connection; As shown in (b) of Figure 11, in the second preset state, the optical switch 5017 is used to establish an optical connection between the second port 2 and the seventh port 7; optionally, the optical switch 5017 It can also be used to establish an optical connection between the third port 3 and the sixth port 6. It should be noted that the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in (a) of Figure 11 corresponds to that of Figure 10B; the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in (b) of Figure 11 corresponds to Corresponds to Figure 10C.

示例性的,该光路转折镜片组可以包括1个可运动的光学组件,例如该1个可运动的光学组件为四棱柱5018。具体实现中,请参见图12,图12是本申请实施例提供的又一种光路连接的示意图;如图12中(a)所示,在第一预设状态下,该四棱柱5018从第一端口1、第二端口2、第三端口3、第四端口4以及第五端口5、第六端口6、第七端口7和第八端口8之间移开,不影响空间光路的走向,第一端口1、第二端口2、第三端口3、第四端口4分别与第五端口5、第六端口6、第七端口7和第八端口8建立光路连接;如图12中(b)所示,在第二预设状态下,该四棱柱5018在第一端口1、第二端口2、第三端口3、第四端口4以及第五端口5、第六端口6、第七端口7和第八端口8之间,空间光路的走向相对于第一预设状态下的空间光路的走向发生改变,此时,第一端口1与第五端口5建立光路连接,第二端口2与第七端口7建立光路连接,第四端口4与第八端口8建立光路连接。其中,在第二预设状态下,端口交换器501用于通过第二端口2接收第一信号光,该第一信号光经过四棱柱5018偏移后通过第七端口7向耦合分光器502发送;端口交换器501通过第五端口5接收第三信号光,该第三信号光不经过四棱柱5018,端口交换器501通过第一端口1向第一节点设备10发射第三信号光;端口交换器501通过第八端口8接收第二信号光,该第二信号光不经过四棱柱5018,端口交换器501通过第四端口4向子节点设备发射第二信号光。其中,从第三端口3输入的光经过四棱柱5018实现光路偏移后偏离所有输出端口即不从任何端口输出。需要说明的是,上述图12中(a)的端口交换器501中各端口之间的连接关系与图10B对应;图12中(b)的端口交换器501中各端口之间的连接关系与图10C对应。For example, the optical path turning lens group may include a movable optical component, for example, the movable optical component is a square prism 5018. For specific implementation, please refer to Figure 12, which is a schematic diagram of another optical path connection provided by an embodiment of the present application; as shown in (a) of Figure 12, in the first preset state, the four-sided prism 5018 moves from The first port 1, the second port 2, the third port 3, the fourth port 4, the fifth port 5, the sixth port 6, the seventh port 7 and the eighth port 8 are moved away from each other without affecting the direction of the spatial optical path. The first port 1, the second port 2, the third port 3, and the fourth port 4 establish optical path connections with the fifth port 5, the sixth port 6, the seventh port 7, and the eighth port 8 respectively; as shown in Figure 12(b) ), in the second default state, the square prism 5018 is at the first port 1, the second port 2, the third port 3, the fourth port 4, the fifth port 5, the sixth port 6, and the seventh port. Between 7 and the eighth port 8, the direction of the spatial optical path changes relative to the direction of the spatial optical path in the first preset state. At this time, the first port 1 and the fifth port 5 establish an optical path connection, and the second port 2 and the fifth port 5 establish an optical path connection. The seventh port 7 establishes an optical path connection, and the fourth port 4 and the eighth port 8 establish an optical path connection. Among them, in the second preset state, the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the second port 2. The first signal light is deflected by the square prism 5018 and then sent to the coupling splitter 502 through the seventh port 7. ; The port switch 501 receives the third signal light through the fifth port 5, and the third signal light does not pass through the square prism 5018, and the port switch 501 transmits the third signal light to the first node device 10 through the first port 1; Port switching The switch 501 receives the second signal light through the eighth port 8, and the second signal light does not pass through the square prism 5018. The port switch 501 transmits the second signal light to the child node device through the fourth port 4. Among them, the light input from the third port 3 passes through the square prism 5018 to achieve optical path deviation and then deviates from all output ports, that is, it is not output from any port. It should be noted that the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in (a) of Figure 12 corresponds to that of Figure 10B; the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in (b) of Figure 12 corresponds to Corresponds to Figure 10C.

示例性的,该光路转折镜片组可以包括1个可运动的光学组件,例如该1个可运动的光学组件为四棱柱5019。具体实现中,请参见图13,图13是本申请实施例提供的又一种光路连接的示意图;如图13中(a)所示,在第一预设状态下,该四棱柱5019从第一端口1、第二端口2、第三端口3、第四端口4以及第五端口5、第六端口6、第七端口7和第八端口8之间移开,不影响空间光路的走向,第一端口1、第二端口2、第三端口3、第四端口4分别与第五端口5、第六端口6、第七端口7和第八端口8建立光路连接;如图13中(b)所示,在第二预设状态下,该四棱柱5019在第一端口1、第二端口2、第三端口3、第四端口4以及第五端口5、第六端口6、第七端口7和第八端口8之间,空间光路的走向相对于第一预设状态下的空间光路发生改变,此时,第一端口1与第五端口5建立光路连接,第二端口2与第七端口7建立光路连接,第四端口4与第八端口8建立光路连接。其中,在第二预设状态下,端口交换器501用于通过第二端口2接收第一信号光,该第一信号光经过四棱柱5019两次反射通过第七端口7向耦合分光器502发送;端口交换器501通过第五端口5接收第三信号光,该第三信号光不经过四棱柱5019,端口交换器501通过第一端口1向第一节点设备10发射第三信号光;端口交换器501通过第八端口8接收第二信号光,该第二信号光不经过四棱柱5019,端口交换器501通过第四端口4向子节点设备发射第二信号光。其中,从第三端口3输入的光经过四棱柱5019实现光路偏移后偏离所有输出端口即不从任何端口输出。需要说明的是,上述图13中(a)的端口交换器501中各端口之间的连接关系与图10B对应;图13中(b)的端口交换器501中各端口之间的连接关系与图10C对应。For example, the optical path turning lens group may include a movable optical component, for example, the movable optical component is a square prism 5019. In the specific implementation, please refer to Figure 13, which is a schematic diagram of another optical path connection provided by an embodiment of the present application; as shown in (a) of Figure 13, in the first preset state, the four-sided prism 5019 starts from the first The first port 1, the second port 2, the third port 3, the fourth port 4, the fifth port 5, the sixth port 6, the seventh port 7 and the eighth port 8 are moved away from each other without affecting the direction of the spatial optical path. The first port 1, the second port 2, the third port 3, and the fourth port 4 establish optical path connections with the fifth port 5, the sixth port 6, the seventh port 7, and the eighth port 8 respectively; as shown in Figure 13(b) ), in the second default state, the square prism 5019 is at the first port 1, the second port 2, the third port 3, the fourth port 4, the fifth port 5, the sixth port 6, and the seventh port. Between 7 and the eighth port 8, the direction of the spatial optical path changes relative to the spatial optical path in the first preset state. At this time, the first port 1 and the fifth port 5 establish an optical path connection, and the second port 2 and the seventh port Port 7 establishes an optical path connection, and the fourth port 4 and the eighth port 8 establish an optical path connection. Among them, in the second preset state, the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the second port 2. The first signal light is reflected twice by the square prism 5019 and sent to the coupling splitter 502 through the seventh port 7. ; The port switch 501 receives the third signal light through the fifth port 5, and the third signal light does not pass through the square prism 5019, and the port switch 501 transmits the third signal light to the first node device 10 through the first port 1; Port switch The switch 501 receives the second signal light through the eighth port 8, and the second signal light does not pass through the square prism 5019. The port switch 501 transmits the second signal light to the child node device through the fourth port 4. Among them, the light input from the third port 3 passes through the square prism 5019 to achieve optical path deviation and then deviates from all output ports, that is, it is not output from any port. It should be noted that the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in (a) of Figure 13 corresponds to that of Figure 10B; the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in (b) of Figure 13 corresponds to Corresponds to Figure 10C.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,端口交换器501包括光路转折镜片组或光开关;在第一预设状态下,光路转折镜片组或光开关用于建立第一端口1与第五端口5的连接,建立第二端口2与第六端口6的连接,建立第三端口3与第七端口7的连接。In another possible implementation, the port switch 501 includes an optical path turning lens set or an optical switch; in the first preset state, the light path turning lens set or optical switch is used to establish the first port 1 and the fifth port 5 The connection is established, the connection between the second port 2 and the sixth port 6 is established, and the connection between the third port 3 and the seventh port 7 is established.

需要说明的是,前文针对端口交换器501的结构的描述仅是示例性的,在实际实现中,端口交换器501还可以采用4*4的光开关等结构来实现,本申请实施例不做限定。It should be noted that the foregoing description of the structure of the port switch 501 is only exemplary. In actual implementation, the port switch 501 can also be implemented using a 4*4 optical switch or other structures. This is not the case in the embodiment of this application. limited.

应理解,端口交换器501可以通过光路转折镜片组或光开关实现光路连接,也即保护倒换过程可以通过机械移动空间光学元件的方式实现,涉及的技术比较成熟,而且空间光路插损小、消光比高。It should be understood that the port switch 501 can realize optical path connection through an optical path turning lens group or an optical switch, that is, the protection switching process can be realized by mechanically moving spatial optical elements. The technology involved is relatively mature, and the spatial optical path insertion loss is small and extinction is low. than high.

实施例4:Example 4:

请参见图14A,图14A是本申请实施例提供的一种光通信系统100的第三结构示意图,如图14A所示,该光通信系统100包括第一节点设备10、第二节点设备20、子节点设备301、子节点设备302、子节点设备303、子节点设备30N以及光纤40;其中,第一节点设备10、子节点设备301、子节点设备302、子节点设备303、子节点设备30N、第二节点设备20之间通过光纤40连接环网。其中,每一个子节点设备中 都包括两个收发光模块,分别为收发光模块1和收发光模块2。第一节点设备10、第二节点设备20可以为OLT设备,子节点设备301、子节点设备302、子节点设备303、子节点设备30N可以为ONU。其中,在每一个子节点设备中可以部署一个保护倒换装置,需要说明的是,保护倒换装置可以部署在子节点设备中,也可以独立部署在光通信系统中,本申请实施例不做限定,采用该保护倒换装置能够在第二预设状态下保证通信业务的稳定性,而且该保护倒换装置包括端口交换器和耦合分光器,可降低光纤链路的保护倒换机制的成本,提升其适用性。Please refer to Figure 14A. Figure 14A is a third structural schematic diagram of an optical communication system 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 14A, the optical communication system 100 includes a first node device 10, a second node device 20, Child node device 301, child node device 302, child node device 303, child node device 30N and optical fiber 40; wherein, the first node device 10, child node device 301, child node device 302, child node device 303, child node device 30N , the second node devices 20 are connected to the ring network through optical fibers 40. Among them, in each sub-node device Both include two light-receiving and transmitting modules, namely light-receiving and transmitting module 1 and light-receiving and transmitting module 2. The first node device 10 and the second node device 20 may be OLT devices, and the child node devices 301, 302, 303, and 30N may be ONUs. Among them, a protection switching device can be deployed in each sub-node device. It should be noted that the protection switching device can be deployed in the sub-node device or independently deployed in the optical communication system. The embodiments of this application are not limited. The use of this protection switching device can ensure the stability of communication services in the second preset state, and the protection switching device includes a port switch and a coupling splitter, which can reduce the cost of the protection switching mechanism of the optical fiber link and improve its applicability .

需要说明的是,图9A所示的光通信系统100与图14A所示的光通信系统100的结构的主要区别在于,无论在第一预设状态下还是第二预设状态下,图9A所示的光通信系统100中每个子节点设备都只与第一节点设备10或第二节点设备20进行通信,且子节点设备中的2个收发光模块只有其中一个工作。而在第一预设状态下,图14A所示的光通信系统100中每个子节点设备可以同时与第一节点设备10和第二节点设备20进行通信,且子节点设备中的2个收发光模块都进行工作。It should be noted that the main difference in structure between the optical communication system 100 shown in FIG. 9A and the optical communication system 100 shown in FIG. 14A is that, no matter in the first preset state or the second preset state, the structure shown in FIG. 9A In the optical communication system 100 shown, each sub-node device only communicates with the first node device 10 or the second node device 20, and only one of the two receiving and receiving light modules in the sub-node device works. In the first preset state, each sub-node device in the optical communication system 100 shown in FIG. 14A can communicate with the first node device 10 and the second node device 20 at the same time, and two of the sub-node devices receive and receive light. Modules are working.

上述描述了光通信系统100的架构,接下来将对保护倒换装置的具体结构进行说明。The above describes the architecture of the optical communication system 100. Next, the specific structure of the protection switching device will be described.

在图14A所示的一种光通信系统100结构下,如图2所示,图2是本申请实施例提供的一种保护倒换装置50的示意图,该保护倒换装置50在每个子节点设备中所起的作用是相同的,以该保护倒换装置50部署在子节点设备301中为例进行描述,该保护倒换装置50包括端口交换器501和耦合分光器502,端口交换器501分别与第一节点设备10和子节点设备301相连,且端口交换器501与主干光纤相连接,该主干光纤通向第二节点设备20。其中,子节点设备包括第一收发光模块和第二收发光模块,可以理解为每个子节点设备中包括两个收发光模块,分别为收发光模块1和收发光模块2。Under the structure of an optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 14A, as shown in Figure 2, Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a protection switching device 50 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The protection switching device 50 is in each sub-node device. The functions played are the same. For description, the protection switching device 50 is deployed in the sub-node device 301 as an example. The protection switching device 50 includes a port switch 501 and a coupling splitter 502. The port switch 501 is connected to the first The node device 10 is connected to the sub-node device 301, and the port switch 501 is connected to a backbone optical fiber that leads to the second node device 20. The sub-node device includes a first light-receiving module and a second light-receiving module. It can be understood that each sub-node device includes two light-receiving modules, which are respectively light-receiving module 1 and light-receiving module 2 .

具体实现中,端口交换器501用于接收来自第一节点设备10的第一信号光,并将第一信号光传输给耦合分光器502。耦合分光器502用于将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光发送给端口交换器501。端口交换器501用于向第二节点设备20发送第二信号光,并向子节点设备中第一收发光模块发送第三信号光。In specific implementation, the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light from the first node device 10 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502 . The coupling splitter 502 is used to split the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch 501 . The port switch 501 is used to send the second signal light to the second node device 20, and to send the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device.

端口交换器501用于接收来自第二节点设备20的第四信号光,并将第四信号光传输给耦合分光器502。耦合分光器502用于将第四信号光分光成第五信号光和第六信号光。并将第五信号光和第六信号光发送给端口交换器501。端口交换器501用于向第一节点设备10发送第六信号光,并向子节点设备中第二收发光模块发送第五信号光,其中,第二信号光与第三信号光的光功率比为第一比例,第六信号光与第五信号光的光功率比为第二比例,第一比例与第二比例互为倒数。需要说明的是,第一信号光和第四信号光的波长不同。The port switch 501 is configured to receive the fourth signal light from the second node device 20 and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling splitter 502 . The coupling splitter 502 is used to split the fourth signal light into a fifth signal light and a sixth signal light. And the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light are sent to the port switch 501. The port switch 501 is used to send the sixth signal light to the first node device 10, and to send the fifth signal light to the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device, where the optical power ratio of the second signal light to the third signal light is is the first ratio, the optical power ratio of the sixth signal light and the fifth signal light is the second ratio, and the first ratio and the second ratio are reciprocals of each other. It should be noted that the first signal light and the fourth signal light have different wavelengths.

示例性的,每个子节点设备中都部署有保护倒换装置。请参见图14B,图14B是本申请实施例提供的又一种信号光传输的示意图,在第一预设状态下,在下行通信时,第一节点设备10向子节点设备301发送中心波长为λ1的第一信号光,子节点设备301通过端口交换器501接收第一信号光,并传输给耦合分光器502,该耦合分光器502将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光发送给端口交换器501,该端口交换器501用于向子节点设备302发送第二信号光,并向子节点设备301中的第一收发光模块发送第三信号光。子节点设备302通过端口交换器501接收第二信号光,并传输给耦合分光器502,该耦合分光器502将第二信号光分光成第十四信号光和第十五信号光,并将第十四信号光和第十五信号光发送给端口交换器501,该端口交换器501用于向子节点设备303发送第十四信号光,并向子节点设备302中的第一收发光模块发送第十五信号光。以此类推,该第十四信号光在子节点设备303直至子节点设备30N,在每个子节点设备处通过耦合分光器分出一部分信号功率到该子节点设备的第一收发光模块完成下行通信,而剩下的信号功率则继续向下一个子节点设备传输。其中,第十五信号光和第十四信号光的功率的比值、与第三信号光和第二信号光的功率的比值相比依次升高,需要说明的是,从子节点设备301到子节点设备302直至子节点设备30N方向,子节点设备中收发光模块1中的光信号的功率与主干光纤的光信号的功率的比值逐渐升高,例如,子节点设备301中收发光模块1中的光信号的功率与主干光纤的光信号的功率的比值为1:9;子节点设备302中收发光模块1中的光信号的功率与主干光纤的光信号的功率的比值为2:8;子节点设备303中收发光模块1中的光信号的功率与主干光纤的光信号的功率的比值为3:7,以此类推,子节点设备30N中收发光模块1中的光信号的功率与主干光纤的光信号的功率的比值为9:1。此时,第二节点设备20向子节点设备30N发送中心波长为λ2的第四信号光,子节点设备30N通过端口交换器501接收第四信号光,并传输给耦合分光器502,该耦合分光器502将第四信号光分光成第五信号光和第六信号光,并将第五信号光和第六信号光发送给端口交换器501,该端口交换器501用于向子节点设备30(N-1)发送第六信号光,并向子节点设备30N中的第二收发光模块发送第五信号光。 子节点设备30(N-1)通过端口交换器501接收第六信号光,并传输给耦合分光器502,该耦合分光器502将第六信号光分光成第七信号光和第八信号光,并将第七信号光和第八信号光发送给端口交换器501,该端口交换器501用于向子节点设备30(N-2)发送第七信号光,并向子节点设备30(N-1)中的第二收发光模块发送第八信号光。以此类推,该第七信号光在子节点设备30(N-3)直至子节点设备303到子节点设备302到子节点设备301,在每个子节点设备处通过耦合分光器分出一部分信号功率到该子节点设备的第二收发光模块完成下行通信,而剩下的信号功率则继续向下一个子节点设备传输。其中,第八信号光和第七信号光的功率的比值、与第六信号光和第五信号光的功率的比值相比依次升高,需要说明的是,从子节点设备30N到子节点设备30(N-1)直至子节点设备302到子节点设备301方向,子节点设备中收发光模块2中的光信号的功率与主干光纤的光信号的功率的比值逐渐升高,例如,子节点设备30N中收发光模块2中的光信号的功率与主干光纤的光信号的功率的比值为1:9;子节点设备30(N-1)中收发光模块2中的光信号的功率与主干光纤的光信号的功率的比值为2:8;以此类推,子节点设备302中收发光模块2中的光信号的功率与主干光纤的光信号的功率的比值为8:2,子节点设备301中收发光模块2中的光信号的功率与主干光纤的光信号的功率的比值为9:1。As an example, a protection switching device is deployed in each sub-node device. Please refer to Figure 14B. Figure 14B is a schematic diagram of another signal optical transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application. In the first preset state, during downlink communication, the first node device 10 sends a central wavelength of The first signal light of λ1 is received by the sub-node device 301 through the port switch 501 and transmitted to the coupling splitter 502. The coupling splitter 502 splits the first signal light into a second signal light and a third signal. light, and sends the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch 501. The port switch 501 is used to send the second signal light to the child node device 302, and to the first receiving and receiving light in the child node device 301. The module sends the third signal light. The child node device 302 receives the second signal light through the port switch 501 and transmits it to the coupling optical splitter 502. The coupling optical splitter 502 splits the second signal light into a fourteenth signal light and a fifteenth signal light, and splits the second signal light into a fourteenth signal light and a fifteenth signal light. The fourteenth signal light and the fifteenth signal light are sent to the port switch 501. The port switch 501 is used to send the fourteenth signal light to the sub-node device 303, and to the first receiving and receiving light module in the sub-node device 302. The fifteenth signal light. By analogy, the fourteenth signal light is transmitted from the sub-node device 303 to the sub-node device 30N. At each sub-node device, a portion of the signal power is split through a coupling splitter to the first receiving and receiving light module of the sub-node device to complete downlink communication. , and the remaining signal power continues to be transmitted to the next child node device. Among them, the ratio of the power of the fifteenth signal light and the fourteenth signal light increases sequentially compared with the ratio of the power of the third signal light and the second signal light. It should be noted that from the sub-node device 301 to the sub-node device 301 From the node device 302 to the direction of the child node device 30N, the ratio of the power of the optical signal in the light-transmitting module 1 in the child node device to the power of the optical signal in the trunk fiber gradually increases. For example, the power of the optical signal in the light-receiving module 1 in the child node device 301 gradually increases. The ratio of the power of the optical signal to the power of the optical signal of the backbone fiber is 1:9; the ratio of the power of the optical signal in the light-receiving module 1 in the sub-node device 302 to the power of the optical signal of the backbone fiber is 2:8; The ratio of the power of the optical signal in the light-receiving module 1 in the sub-node device 303 to the power of the optical signal in the trunk fiber is 3:7. By analogy, the power of the optical signal in the light-receiving module 1 in the sub-node device 30N is The power ratio of the optical signals in the backbone fiber is 9:1. At this time, the second node device 20 sends the fourth signal light with a center wavelength of λ 2 to the child node device 30N. The child node device 30N receives the fourth signal light through the port switch 501 and transmits it to the coupling splitter 502. The optical splitter 502 splits the fourth signal light into the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light, and sends the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light to the port switch 501 , which is used to transmit the signal light to the sub-node device 30 (N-1) Send the sixth signal light, and send the fifth signal light to the second light-receiving module in the child node device 30N. The child node device 30 (N-1) receives the sixth signal light through the port switch 501 and transmits it to the coupling splitter 502, which splits the sixth signal light into a seventh signal light and an eighth signal light, And send the seventh signal light and the eighth signal light to the port switch 501, which is used to send the seventh signal light to the sub-node device 30(N-2), and to the sub-node device 30(N-2). The second light-receiving module in 1) sends the eighth signal light. By analogy, the seventh signal light travels from the child node device 30 (N-3) to the child node device 303 to the child node device 302 to the child node device 301, and a portion of the signal power is split through the coupling splitter at each child node device. The second receiving and transmitting light module of the sub-node device completes downlink communication, and the remaining signal power continues to be transmitted to the next sub-node device. Among them, the ratio of the power of the eighth signal light and the seventh signal light increases sequentially compared with the ratio of the power of the sixth signal light and the fifth signal light. It should be noted that from the sub-node device 30N to the sub-node device 30(N-1) until the direction from the child node device 302 to the child node device 301, the ratio of the power of the optical signal in the receiving and receiving module 2 of the child node device to the power of the optical signal of the backbone fiber gradually increases, for example, the child node The ratio of the power of the optical signal in the light-receiving module 2 in the device 30N to the power of the optical signal in the backbone fiber is 1:9; the power of the optical signal in the light-receiving module 2 in the sub-node device 30(N-1) is The ratio of the power of the optical signal of the optical fiber is 2:8; and by analogy, the ratio of the power of the optical signal in the receiving and receiving module 2 of the sub-node device 302 to the power of the optical signal of the trunk fiber is 8:2. The sub-node device The ratio of the power of the optical signal in the receiving and receiving optical module 2 in 301 to the power of the optical signal of the backbone optical fiber is 9:1.

请参见图14C,图14C是本申请实施例提供的又一种信号光传输的示意图,在第二预设状态下,在下行通信时,例如,子节点设备301与子节点设备302之间的光纤发生断纤,则第一节点设备10到子节点设备302之间的通信业务中断,此时,第二节点设备20向子节点设备30N发送中心波长为λ2的第四信号光,该第四信号光的传输方向由子节点设备30N直至子节点设备303到子节点设备302,具体可以参考上述所述,此处不再赘述。而第一节点设备10向子节点设备301发送中心波长为λ1的第一信号光,子节点设备301通过端口交换器501接收第一信号光,并传输给耦合分光器502,该耦合分光器502将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光发送给端口交换器501,并向子节点设备301中的第一收发光模块发送第三信号光,而由于子节点设备302和子节点设备301之间发生断纤,第二信号光无法发送给子节点设备302。Please refer to Figure 14C. Figure 14C is a schematic diagram of another signal optical transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application. In the second preset state, during downlink communication, for example, between the child node device 301 and the child node device 302 If the optical fiber is broken, the communication service between the first node device 10 and the child node device 302 is interrupted. At this time, the second node device 20 sends the fourth signal light with a center wavelength of λ 2 to the child node device 30N. The transmission direction of the four-signal light is from the sub-node device 30N to the sub-node device 303 to the sub-node device 302. For details, please refer to the above description and will not be described again here. The first node device 10 sends the first signal light with the center wavelength λ1 to the child node device 301. The child node device 301 receives the first signal light through the port switch 501 and transmits it to the coupling optical splitter 502. The coupling optical splitter 502 Split the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light, send the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch 501, and send the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device 301. Three signal lights, but due to fiber breakage between the sub-node device 302 and the sub-node device 301, the second signal light cannot be sent to the sub-node device 302.

上述描述了下行通信的情况,上行通信情况具体如下:端口交换器501用于接收第二信号光和来自子节点设备中第一收发光模块的第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光发送给耦合分光器502,耦合分光器502将第二信号光和第三信号光耦合成第一信号光,并将第一信号光传输给端口交换器501,端口交换器501用于将第一信号光传输给第一节点设备10;端口交换器501用于接收子节点设备中第二收发光模块的第五信号光和第六信号光,并将第五信号光和第六信号光发送给耦合分光器502,耦合分光器502将第五信号光和第六信号光耦合成第四信号光,并将第四信号光传输给端口交换器501,端口交换器501用于将第四信号光传输给第二节点设备20。示例性的,在上行通信时,从各子节点设备中的收发光模块1发出的信号光通过耦合分光器502合入主干光纤,并传输到第一节点设备10;从各子节点设备中的收发光模块2发出的信号光通过耦合分光器502合入主干光纤,并传输到第二节点设备20。The above describes the situation of downlink communication. The situation of uplink communication is as follows: the port switch 501 is used to receive the second signal light and the third signal light from the first receiving and receiving light module in the sub-node device, and combine the second signal light and the third signal light. The three signal lights are sent to the coupling splitter 502. The coupling splitter 502 couples the second signal light and the third signal light into the first signal light, and transmits the first signal light to the port switch 501. The port switch 501 is used for Transmit the first signal light to the first node device 10; the port switch 501 is used to receive the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light from the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device, and convert the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light The light is sent to the coupling splitter 502. The coupling splitter 502 couples the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light into a fourth signal light, and transmits the fourth signal light to the port switch 501. The port switch 501 is used to convert the fourth signal light. Four signals are optically transmitted to the second node device 20 . For example, during uplink communication, the signal light emitted from the receiving and transmitting light module 1 in each sub-node device is combined into the trunk optical fiber through the coupling splitter 502 and transmitted to the first node device 10; The signal light emitted by the receiving and receiving light module 2 is combined into the trunk optical fiber through the coupling splitter 502 and transmitted to the second node device 20 .

进一步的,请参见图15A,图15A是本申请实施例提供的一种保护倒换装置50的又一具体结构的示意图。该保护倒换装置50包括端口交换器501和耦合分光器502,端口交换器501包括第一端口1、第二端口2、第三端口3、第四端口4、第五端口5、第六端口6、第七端口7以及第八端口8,耦合分光器502包括第九端口9、第十端口10、第十一端口11以及第十二端口12,其中,第五端口5与第九端口9相连接,第六端口6与第十端口10相连接,第七端口7与第十一端口11相连接,第八端口8与第十二端口12相连接。其中,以子节点设备301中部署有保护倒换装置为例,第一端口1与第一节点设备10相连接,第二端口2与主干光纤相连接,该主干光纤通向第二节点设备20,第三端口3与子节点设备301的第一收发光模块,例如,收发光模块1相连接,第四端口4与子节点设备301的第二收发光模块,例如,收发光模块2相连接。当其他子节点设备中部署有保护倒换装置时,端口的连接可以类比子节点设备301,本申请实施例不再赘述。Further, please refer to FIG. 15A , which is a schematic diagram of another specific structure of a protection switching device 50 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The protection switching device 50 includes a port switch 501 and a coupling splitter 502. The port switch 501 includes a first port 1, a second port 2, a third port 3, a fourth port 4, a fifth port 5 and a sixth port 6. , seventh port 7 and eighth port 8, the coupling splitter 502 includes a ninth port 9, a tenth port 10, an eleventh port 11 and a twelfth port 12, where the fifth port 5 is in phase with the ninth port 9 The sixth port 6 is connected to the tenth port 10, the seventh port 7 is connected to the eleventh port 11, and the eighth port 8 is connected to the twelfth port 12. Among them, taking the protection switching device deployed in the sub-node device 301 as an example, the first port 1 is connected to the first node device 10, the second port 2 is connected to the backbone optical fiber, and the backbone optical fiber leads to the second node device 20. The third port 3 is connected to the first light-transmitting module of the child node device 301 , for example, the light-transmitting module 1 , and the fourth port 4 is connected to the second light-transmitting module of the child node device 301 , for example, the light-transmitting module 2 . When protection switching devices are deployed in other sub-node devices, the connection of ports can be analogous to that of the sub-node device 301, which will not be described in detail in the embodiment of this application.

具体实现中,请参见图15B,图15B是本申请实施例提供的又一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图,第一端口1和第五端口5相连接,第二端口2与第六端口6相连接,第三端口3与第七端口7相连接。端口交换器501用于通过第一端口1接收第一信号光并通过第五端口5向耦合分光器502发射第一信号光,耦合分光器502用于将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光分别发送给端口交换器501的第六端口6和第七端口7,端口交换器501通过第六端口6接收第二信号光并通过第二端口2向第二节点设备20发射第二信号光,通过第七端口7接收第三信号光并通过第三端口3向子节点设备中第一收发光模块发射第三信号光。如图15B所示,通过第一端口1接收第一信号光的传输的过程可以称为正向传输的过程。 In the specific implementation, please refer to Figure 15B. Figure 15B is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application. The first port 1 and the fifth port 5 are connected, and the second port 2 It is connected to the sixth port 6, and the third port 3 is connected to the seventh port 7. The port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the first port 1 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502 through the fifth port 5. The coupling splitter 502 is used to split the first signal light into the second signal light. and the third signal light, and sends the second signal light and the third signal light to the sixth port 6 and the seventh port 7 of the port switch 501 respectively. The port switch 501 receives the second signal light through the sixth port 6 and The second signal light is emitted to the second node device 20 through the second port 2, the third signal light is received through the seventh port 7, and the third signal light is emitted to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the third port 3. As shown in FIG. 15B , the process of receiving the transmission of the first signal light through the first port 1 may be called a forward transmission process.

请参见图15C,图15C是本申请实施例提供的又一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图,第一端口1和第五端口5相连接,第二端口2与第七端口7相连接,第四端口4与第八端口8相连接。端口交换器501用于通过第二端口2接收第四信号光并通过第七端口7向耦合分光器502发射第四信号光,耦合分光器502用于将第四信号光分光成第五信号光和第六信号光,并将第五信号光和第六信号光分别发送给端口交换器501的第八端口8和第五端口5,端口交换器501通过第五端口5接收第六信号光并通过第一端口1向第一节点设备10发射第六信号光,通过第八端口8接收第五信号光并通过第四端口4向子节点设备中第二收发光模块发射第五信号光。如图15C所示,通过第二端口2接收第四信号光的传输的过程可以称为反向传输的过程。Please refer to Figure 15C. Figure 15C is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application. The first port 1 is connected to the fifth port 5, and the second port 2 is connected to the seventh port. 7 is connected, and the fourth port 4 is connected to the eighth port 8. The port switch 501 is configured to receive the fourth signal light through the second port 2 and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502 through the seventh port 7. The coupling optical splitter 502 is used to split the fourth signal light into the fifth signal light. and the sixth signal light, and sends the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light to the eighth port 8 and the fifth port 5 of the port switch 501 respectively. The port switch 501 receives the sixth signal light through the fifth port 5 and The sixth signal light is emitted to the first node device 10 through the first port 1, the fifth signal light is received through the eighth port 8, and the fifth signal light is emitted to the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the fourth port 4. As shown in FIG. 15C , the process of receiving the transmission of the fourth signal light through the second port 2 may be called a reverse transmission process.

反向传输的情况下,端口交换器501中各端口之间的连接关系除了如图15C所示之外,还可以如图15D、图15E、和图15F所示,具体如下:In the case of reverse transmission, in addition to the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 as shown in Figure 15C, it can also be shown in Figure 15D, Figure 15E, and Figure 15F, as follows:

请参见图15D,图15D是本申请实施例提供的又一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图,第一端口1和第七端口7相连接,第二端口2与第五端口5相连接,第四端口4与第六端口6相连接。端口交换器501用于通过第二端口2接收第四信号光并通过第五端口5向耦合分光器502发射第四信号光,耦合分光器502用于将第四信号光分光成第五信号光和第六信号光,并将第五信号光和第六信号光分别发送给端口交换器501的第六端口6和第七端口7,端口交换器501通过第七端口7接收第六信号光并通过第一端口1向第一节点设备10发射第六信号光,通过第六端口6接收第五信号光并通过第四端口4向子节点设备中第二收发光模块发射第五信号光。Please refer to Figure 15D. Figure 15D is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application. The first port 1 is connected to the seventh port 7, and the second port 2 is connected to the fifth port. 5 are connected, and the fourth port 4 is connected to the sixth port 6. The port switch 501 is configured to receive the fourth signal light through the second port 2 and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502 through the fifth port 5. The coupling optical splitter 502 is used to split the fourth signal light into the fifth signal light. and the sixth signal light, and sends the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light to the sixth port 6 and the seventh port 7 of the port switch 501 respectively. The port switch 501 receives the sixth signal light through the seventh port 7 and The sixth signal light is emitted to the first node device 10 through the first port 1, the fifth signal light is received through the sixth port 6, and the fifth signal light is emitted to the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the fourth port 4.

请参见图15E,图15E是本申请实施例提供的又一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图,第一端口1和第八端口8相连接,第二端口2与第六端口6相连接,第四端口4与第五端口5相连接。端口交换器501用于通过第二端口2接收第四信号光并通过第六端口6向耦合分光器502发射第四信号光,耦合分光器502用于将第四信号光分光成第五信号光和第六信号光,并将第五信号光和第六信号光分别发送给端口交换器501的第五端口5和第八端口8,端口交换器501通过第八端口8接收第六信号光并通过第一端口1向第一节点设备10发射第六信号光,通过第五端口5接收第五信号光并通过第四端口4向子节点设备中第二收发光模块发射第五信号光。Please refer to Figure 15E. Figure 15E is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application. The first port 1 is connected to the eighth port 8, and the second port 2 is connected to the sixth port. 6 phases are connected, and the fourth port 4 is connected to the fifth port 5. The port switch 501 is configured to receive the fourth signal light through the second port 2 and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502 through the sixth port 6. The coupling optical splitter 502 is used to split the fourth signal light into the fifth signal light. and the sixth signal light, and sends the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light to the fifth port 5 and the eighth port 8 of the port switch 501 respectively. The port switch 501 receives the sixth signal light through the eighth port 8 and The sixth signal light is emitted to the first node device 10 through the first port 1, the fifth signal light is received through the fifth port 5, and the fifth signal light is emitted to the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the fourth port 4.

请参见图15F,图15F是本申请实施例提供的又一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图,第一端口1和第六端口6相连接,第二端口2与第八端口8相连接,第四端口4与第七端口7相连接。端口交换器501用于通过第二端口2接收第四信号光并通过第八端口8向耦合分光器502发射第四信号光,耦合分光器502用于将第四信号光分光成第五信号光和第六信号光,并将第五信号光和第六信号光分别发送给端口交换器501的第七端口7和第六端口6,端口交换器501通过第六端口6接收第六信号光并通过第一端口1向第一节点设备10发射第六信号光,通过第七端口7接收第五信号光并通过第四端口4向子节点设备中第二收发光模块发射第五信号光。Please refer to Figure 15F. Figure 15F is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application. The first port 1 is connected to the sixth port 6, and the second port 2 is connected to the eighth port. 8 is connected, and the fourth port 4 is connected to the seventh port 7. The port switch 501 is configured to receive the fourth signal light through the second port 2 and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502 through the eighth port 8. The coupling optical splitter 502 is used to split the fourth signal light into the fifth signal light. and the sixth signal light, and sends the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light to the seventh port 7 and the sixth port 6 of the port switch 501 respectively. The port switch 501 receives the sixth signal light through the sixth port 6 and The sixth signal light is emitted to the first node device 10 through the first port 1, the fifth signal light is received through the seventh port 7, and the fifth signal light is emitted to the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the fourth port 4.

应理解,反向传输时,端口交换器501中的各端口之间的连接关系仅仅作为示例进行说明,当然还有其他的端口之间的连接的关系,本申请实施例不做限定。It should be understood that during reverse transmission, the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 is only explained as an example. Of course, there are also connection relationships between other ports, which are not limited by the embodiment of the present application.

在上述实现中,该保护倒换装置可以通过基于空间光路的端口交换器和无源的耦合分光器实现,该保护倒换装置结构简单且成本低,采用该保护倒换装置,可降低光纤链路的保护倒换机制的成本,提升其适用性。而且,通过图14A所示的架构,能够避免资源浪费。In the above implementation, the protection switching device can be implemented by a port switch based on a spatial optical path and a passive coupling splitter. The protection switching device has a simple structure and low cost. Using the protection switching device can reduce the protection of optical fiber links. Reduce the cost of the switching mechanism and improve its applicability. Moreover, through the architecture shown in Figure 14A, waste of resources can be avoided.

下面将结合前文所述内容,对端口交换器501的结构作进一步的说明。The structure of the port switch 501 will be further described below in conjunction with the foregoing content.

在一种可能的实现方式中,端口交换器包括第一光路转折镜片组;第一光路转折镜片组用于建立第二端口2与第六端口6的连接以便于第二信号光的传输,以及建立第三端口3与第七端口7的连接以便于第三信号光的传输;第一光路转折镜片组还用于建立第二端口2与第七端口7的连接以便于第四信号光的传输。In a possible implementation, the port switch includes a first optical path turning lens group; the first optical path turning lens group is used to establish a connection between the second port 2 and the sixth port 6 to facilitate the transmission of the second signal light, and Establish a connection between the third port 3 and the seventh port 7 to facilitate the transmission of the third signal light; the first optical path turning lens group is also used to establish a connection between the second port 2 and the seventh port 7 to facilitate the transmission of the fourth signal light. .

示例性的,该第一光路转折镜片组可以包括四棱柱701,其中该四棱柱701的S1和S2面对第二信号光和第三信号光透射,该四棱柱701的S1和S2面对第四信号光反射。具体实现中,请参见图16,图16是本申请实施例提供的又一种光路连接的示意图。如图16中(a)所示,第一端口1和第五端口5相连接,第二端口2与第六端口6相连接,第三端口3与第七端口7相连接。端口交换器501用于通过第一端口1接收第一信号光并通过第五端口5向耦合分光器502发射第一信号光,其中,该第一信号光不经过四棱柱701,端口交换器501通过第六端口6接收第二信号光,该第二信号光经过四棱柱701的S1面进行透射发送至端口交换器501的第二端口2,端口交换器501通过第二端口2向第二节点设备20发射第二信号光,端口交换器501通过第七端口7接收第三信号光,该第三信号光经过四棱柱701的S1面进行透射发送至端口交换 器501的第三端口3,端口交换器501通过第三端口3向子节点设备中第一收发光模块发射第三信号光。如图16中(b)所示,第一端口1和第五端口5相连接,第二端口2与第七端口7相连接,第四端口4与第八端口8相连接。端口交换器501用于通过第二端口2接收第四信号光,该第四信号光经过四棱柱701的S1和S2面两次反射至端口交换器501的第七端口7,端口交换器501通过第七端口7向耦合分光器502发射第四信号光,端口交换器501通过第五端口5接收第六信号光,该第六信号光不经过四棱柱701,端口交换器501通过第一端口1向第一节点设备10发射第六信号光,端口交换器501通过第八端口8接收第五信号光,该第五信号光不经过四棱柱701,端口交换器501通过第四端口4向子节点设备中第二收发光模块发射第五信号光。需要说明的是,上述图16中(a)的端口交换器501中各端口之间的连接关系与图15B对应;图16中(b)的端口交换器501中各端口之间的连接关系与图15C对应。Exemplarily, the first optical path turning lens group may include a quadrangular prism 701, wherein S 1 and S 2 of the quadrangular prism 701 are transmitted to the second signal light and the third signal light, and S 1 and S of the quadrangular prism 701 2 faces the fourth signal light reflection. For specific implementation, please refer to Figure 16, which is a schematic diagram of another optical path connection provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in (a) of FIG. 16 , the first port 1 is connected to the fifth port 5 , the second port 2 is connected to the sixth port 6 , and the third port 3 is connected to the seventh port 7 . The port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the first port 1 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502 through the fifth port 5, where the first signal light does not pass through the square prism 701. The port switch 501 The second signal light is received through the sixth port 6. The second signal light is transmitted through the S 1 surface of the square prism 701 and sent to the second port 2 of the port switch 501. The port switch 501 transmits the signal light to the second port through the second port 2. The node device 20 emits the second signal light, and the port switch 501 receives the third signal light through the seventh port 7. The third signal light is transmitted through the S 1 surface of the square prism 701 and is sent to the port switch. The port switch 501 transmits the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the third port 3. As shown in (b) of FIG. 16 , the first port 1 is connected to the fifth port 5 , the second port 2 is connected to the seventh port 7 , and the fourth port 4 is connected to the eighth port 8 . The port switch 501 is used to receive the fourth signal light through the second port 2. The fourth signal light is reflected twice through the S 1 and S 2 surfaces of the quadrangular prism 701 to the seventh port 7 of the port switch 501. The port switch 501 emits the fourth signal light to the coupling splitter 502 through the seventh port 7, and the port switch 501 receives the sixth signal light through the fifth port 5. The sixth signal light does not pass through the square prism 701, and the port switch 501 passes through the first Port 1 emits the sixth signal light to the first node device 10 , and the port switch 501 receives the fifth signal light through the eighth port 8 . The fifth signal light does not pass through the square prism 701 , and the port switch 501 transmits the fifth signal light to the first node device 10 through the fourth port 4 . The second light-receiving module in the child node device emits fifth signal light. It should be noted that the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in (a) of Figure 16 corresponds to that of Figure 15B; the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in (b) of Figure 16 corresponds to Corresponds to Figure 15C.

示例性的,该第一光路转折镜片组可以包括滤波片702,其中滤波片702对第二信号光和第三信号光透射,该滤波片702对第四信号光反射。具体实现中,请参见图17,图17是本申请实施例提供的又一种光路连接的示意图。如图17所示,第二端口2与第六端口6相连接,第三端口3与第七端口7相连接。端口交换器501用于通过第一端口1接收第一信号光并通过第五端口5向耦合分光器502发射第一信号光,其中,该第一信号光不经过滤波片702,端口交换器501通过第六端口6接收第二信号光,该第二信号光经过滤波片702进行透射发送至端口交换器501的第二端口2,端口交换器501通过第二端口2向第二节点设备20发射第二信号光,端口交换器50150通过第七端口7接收第三信号光,该第三信号光经过滤波片702进行透射发送至端口交换器501的第三端口3,端口交换器501通过第三端口3向子节点设备中第一收发光模块发射第三信号光。如图17所示,第二端口2与第七端口7相连接。具体地,端口交换器501用于通过第二端口2接收第四信号光,该第四信号光经过滤波片702反射至端口交换器501的第七端口7,端口交换器501通过第七端口7向耦合分光器502发射第四信号光,端口交换器501通过第五端口5接收第六信号光,该第六信号光不经过滤波片702,端口交换器501通过第一端口1向第一节点设备10发射第六信号光,端口交换器501通过第八端口8接收第五信号光,该第五信号光不经过滤波片702,端口交换器501通过第四端口4向子节点设备中第二收发光模块发射第五信号光。需要说明的是,上述图17的端口交换器501中各端口之间的连接关系与图15B和图15C对应。For example, the first optical path turning lens group may include a filter plate 702, wherein the filter plate 702 is transparent to the second signal light and the third signal light, and the filter plate 702 is reflective to the fourth signal light. For specific implementation, please refer to Figure 17, which is a schematic diagram of another optical path connection provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 17 , the second port 2 is connected to the sixth port 6 , and the third port 3 is connected to the seventh port 7 . The port switch 501 is configured to receive the first signal light through the first port 1 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502 through the fifth port 5, wherein the first signal light does not pass through the filter 702. The port switch 501 The second signal light is received through the sixth port 6. The second signal light is transmitted through the filter 702 and sent to the second port 2 of the port switch 501. The port switch 501 transmits to the second node device 20 through the second port 2. For the second signal light, the port switch 50150 receives the third signal light through the seventh port 7. The third signal light is transmitted through the filter 702 and sent to the third port 3 of the port switch 501. The port switch 501 passes through the third port 7. Port 3 emits the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device. As shown in Figure 17, the second port 2 is connected to the seventh port 7. Specifically, the port switch 501 is configured to receive the fourth signal light through the second port 2. The fourth signal light is reflected to the seventh port 7 of the port switch 501 through the filter 702, and the port switch 501 passes through the seventh port 7. The fourth signal light is emitted to the coupling splitter 502. The port switch 501 receives the sixth signal light through the fifth port 5. The sixth signal light does not pass through the filter 702. The port switch 501 transmits the signal light to the first node through the first port 1. The device 10 emits the sixth signal light, and the port switch 501 receives the fifth signal light through the eighth port 8. The fifth signal light does not pass through the filter 702. The port switch 501 transmits the second signal light to the sub-node device through the fourth port 4. The receiving and receiving light module emits the fifth signal light. It should be noted that the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in Figure 17 corresponds to Figure 15B and Figure 15C.

示例性的,该第一光路转折镜片组可以包括四端口环形器703,其中四端口环形器703的四个端口C1-C4的通光方向为C1→C2→C3→C4,该四个端口C1、C2、C3、C4分别与端口交换器501的第六端口、第二端口、第七端口以及第三端口相连接。具体实现中,请参见图18,图18是本申请实施例提供的又一种光路连接的示意图。如图18所示,第二端口2与第六端口6相连接,第三端口3与第七端口7相连接。具体地,端口交换器501用于通过第一端口1接收第一信号光并通过第五端口5向耦合分光器502发射第一信号光,其中,该第一信号光不经过四端口环形器703,端口交换器501通过第六端口6接收第二信号光,该第二信号光经过四端口环形器703发送至端口交换器501的第二端口2,端口交换器501通过第二端口2向第二节点设备20发射第二信号光,端口交换器50150通过第七端口7接收第三信号光,该第三信号光经过四端口环形器703发送至端口交换器501的第三端口3,端口交换器501通过第三端口向子节点设备中第一收发光模块发射第三信号光。如图18所示,第二端口2与第七端口7相连接。具体地,端口交换器501用于通过第二端口2接收第四信号光,该第四信号光经过四端口环形器703发送至端口交换器501的第七端口7,端口交换器501通过第七端口7向耦合分光器502发射第四信号光,端口交换器501通过第五端口5接收第六信号光,该第六信号光不经过四端口环形器703,端口交换器501通过第一端口1向第一节点设备10发射第六信号光,端口交换器501通过第八端口8接收第五信号光,该第五信号光不经过四端口环形器703,端口交换器501通过第四端口4向子节点设备中第二收发光模块发射第五信号光。需要说明的是,上述图18的端口交换器501中各端口之间的连接关系与图15B和图15C对应。For example, the first optical path turning lens group may include a four-port circulator 703, where the light passing direction of the four ports C 1 -C 4 of the four-port circulator 703 is C 1 →C 2 →C 3 →C 4 , the four ports C 1 , C 2 , C 3 , and C 4 are respectively connected to the sixth port, the second port, the seventh port, and the third port of the port switch 501 . For specific implementation, please refer to Figure 18, which is a schematic diagram of another optical path connection provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 18 , the second port 2 is connected to the sixth port 6 , and the third port 3 is connected to the seventh port 7 . Specifically, the port switch 501 is configured to receive the first signal light through the first port 1 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502 through the fifth port 5 , wherein the first signal light does not pass through the four-port circulator 703 , the port switch 501 receives the second signal light through the sixth port 6, and the second signal light is sent to the second port 2 of the port switch 501 through the four-port circulator 703, and the port switch 501 transmits the signal light to the third port through the second port 2. The two-node device 20 emits the second signal light, and the port switch 50150 receives the third signal light through the seventh port 7. The third signal light is sent to the third port 3 of the port switch 501 through the four-port circulator 703. The port switch The controller 501 transmits the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the third port. As shown in Figure 18, the second port 2 is connected to the seventh port 7. Specifically, the port switch 501 is configured to receive the fourth signal light through the second port 2, and the fourth signal light is sent to the seventh port 7 of the port switch 501 through the four-port circulator 703, and the port switch 501 passes through the seventh port. Port 7 emits the fourth signal light to the coupling splitter 502, and the port switch 501 receives the sixth signal light through the fifth port 5. The sixth signal light does not pass through the four-port circulator 703, and the port switch 501 passes through the first port 1. The sixth signal light is emitted to the first node device 10. The port switch 501 receives the fifth signal light through the eighth port 8. The fifth signal light does not pass through the four-port circulator 703. The port switch 501 transmits the fifth signal light to the first node device 10 through the fourth port 4. The second light-receiving module in the child node device emits fifth signal light. It should be noted that the connection relationship between the ports in the port switch 501 in Figure 18 corresponds to Figures 15B and 15C.

需要说明的是,前文针对端口交换器501的结构的描述仅是示例性的,在实际实现中,端口交换器501还可以采用4*4的光开关等结构来实现,本申请实施例不做限定。It should be noted that the foregoing description of the structure of the port switch 501 is only exemplary. In actual implementation, the port switch 501 can also be implemented using a 4*4 optical switch or other structures. This is not the case in the embodiment of this application. limited.

应理解,端口交换器501可以通过光路转折镜片组或光开关实现光路连接,也即保护倒换过程可以通过机械移动空间光学元件的方式实现,涉及的技术比较成熟,而且空间光路插损小、消光比高。It should be understood that the port switch 501 can realize optical path connection through an optical path turning lens group or an optical switch, that is, the protection switching process can be realized by mechanically moving spatial optical elements. The technology involved is relatively mature, and the spatial optical path insertion loss is small and extinction is low. than high.

实施例5:Example 5:

请参见图19A,图19A是本申请实施例提供的一种光通信系统100的第四结构示意图,如图19A所示,该光通信系统100包括第一节点设备10、第二节点设备20、子节点设备301、子节点设备302、子节点设备303、子节点设备30N以及光纤40;其中,第一节点设备10、子节点设备301、子节点设备302、子节 点设备303、子节点设备30N、第二节点设备20之间通过光纤40连接环网。第一节点设备10和第二节点设备20之间建立连接,其中,每一个子节点设备中都包括两个收发光模块,分别为收发光模块1和收发光模块2。第一节点设备10、第二节点设备20可以为OLT设备,子节点设备301、子节点设备302、子节点设备303、子节点设备30N可以为ONU。其中,在每一个子节点设备中可以部署一个保护倒换装置,需要说明的是,保护倒换装置可以部署在子节点设备中,也可以独立部署在光通信系统中,本申请实施例不做限定,采用该保护倒换装置能够保证通信业务的稳定性,而且该保护倒换装置包括端口交换器和耦合分光器,可降低光纤链路的保护倒换机制的成本,提升其适用性。Please refer to Figure 19A. Figure 19A is a fourth structural schematic diagram of an optical communication system 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 19A, the optical communication system 100 includes a first node device 10, a second node device 20, Sub-node equipment 301, sub-node equipment 302, sub-node equipment 303, sub-node equipment 30N and optical fiber 40; wherein, the first node equipment 10, sub-node equipment 301, sub-node equipment 302, sub-node The point device 303, the sub-node device 30N, and the second node device 20 are connected to the ring network through the optical fiber 40. A connection is established between the first node device 10 and the second node device 20, where each sub-node device includes two light-transmitting modules, namely the light-transmitting module 1 and the light-transmitting module 2. The first node device 10 and the second node device 20 may be OLT devices, and the child node devices 301, 302, 303, and 30N may be ONUs. Among them, a protection switching device can be deployed in each sub-node device. It should be noted that the protection switching device can be deployed in the sub-node device or independently deployed in the optical communication system. The embodiments of this application are not limited. The use of this protection switching device can ensure the stability of communication services, and the protection switching device includes a port switch and a coupling optical splitter, which can reduce the cost of the protection switching mechanism of optical fiber links and improve its applicability.

需要说明的是,图19A所示的光通信系统100与图14A所示的光通信系统100的结构的主要区别在于,图19A所示的光通信系统100中在第一预设状态和第二预设状态下,无论正向传输还是反向传输,每个子节点设备都可以同时与第一节点设备10和第二节点设备20进行通信,且子节点设备中的2个收发光模块同时工作。而图14A所示的光通信系统100中在第二预设状态下,每个子节点设备只能与第一节点设备10或第二节点设备20进行通信,且子节点设备中的2个收发光模块中只有一个收发光模块进行工作。其中,以第一节点设备10向子节点设备301发送第一信号光的方向为正向传输,第二节点设备20向子节点设备30N发送第四信号光的方向为反向传输。It should be noted that the main difference in structure between the optical communication system 100 shown in FIG. 19A and the optical communication system 100 shown in FIG. 14A is that in the optical communication system 100 shown in FIG. 19A , in the first preset state and the second In the default state, regardless of forward transmission or reverse transmission, each sub-node device can communicate with the first node device 10 and the second node device 20 at the same time, and the two transceiver and light-emitting modules in the sub-node device work at the same time. In the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 14A, in the second preset state, each sub-node device can only communicate with the first node device 10 or the second node device 20, and two of the sub-node devices receive and receive light. Only one transceiver module in the module works. Among them, the direction in which the first node device 10 sends the first signal light to the child node device 301 is called forward transmission, and the direction in which the second node device 20 sends the fourth signal light to the child node device 30N is called reverse transmission.

上述描述了光通信系统100的架构,接下来将对保护倒换装置的具体结构进行说明。The above describes the architecture of the optical communication system 100. Next, the specific structure of the protection switching device will be described.

在图19A所示的一种光通信系统100结构下,如图2所示,图2是本申请实施例提供的一种保护倒换装置50的示意图,该保护倒换装置50在每个子节点设备中所起的作用是相同的,以该保护倒换装置50部署在子节点设备301中为例进行描述,该保护倒换装置50包括端口交换器501和耦合分光器502,端口交换器501分别与第一节点设备10和子节点设备301相连,且端口交换器501与主干光纤相连接,该主干光纤通向第二节点设备20。其中,子节点设备包括第一收发光模块和第二收发光模块,可以理解为每个子节点设备中包括两个收发光模块,分别为收发光模块1和收发光模块2。Under the structure of an optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 19A, as shown in Figure 2, Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a protection switching device 50 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The protection switching device 50 is in each sub-node device. The functions played are the same. For description, the protection switching device 50 is deployed in the sub-node device 301 as an example. The protection switching device 50 includes a port switch 501 and a coupling splitter 502. The port switch 501 is connected to the first The node device 10 is connected to the sub-node device 301, and the port switch 501 is connected to a backbone optical fiber that leads to the second node device 20. The sub-node device includes a first light-receiving module and a second light-receiving module. It can be understood that each sub-node device includes two light-receiving modules, which are respectively light-receiving module 1 and light-receiving module 2 .

具体实现中,端口交换器501用于接收来自第一节点设备10的第一信号光,并将第一信号光传输给耦合分光器502,耦合分光器502用于将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光发送给端口交换器501,端口交换器501用于向第二节点设备20发送第二信号光,并向子节点设备中第一收发光模块发送第三信号光。In specific implementation, the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light from the first node device 10 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502. The coupling optical splitter 502 is used to split the first signal light into a third optical signal. The second signal light and the third signal light are sent to the port switch 501. The port switch 501 is used to send the second signal light to the second node device 20 and to the child node device. The first receiving and receiving light module sends the third signal light.

端口交换器501用于接收来自第二节点设备20的第四信号光,并将第四信号光传输给耦合分光器502,耦合分光器502用于将第四信号光分光成第五信号光和第六信号光,并将第五信号光和第六信号光发送给端口交换器501,端口交换器501用于向第一节点设备10发送第六信号光,并向子节点设备中第二收发光模块发送第五信号光,其中,第二信号光与第三信号光的光功率比为第一比例,第六信号光与第五信号光的光功率比为第二比例,第一比例与第二比例互为倒数。The port switch 501 is used to receive the fourth signal light from the second node device 20 and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502. The coupling optical splitter 502 is used to split the fourth signal light into a fifth signal light and The sixth signal light is sent to the port switch 501, and the port switch 501 is used to send the sixth signal light to the first node device 10, and to the second transceiver of the child node device. The optical module sends the fifth signal light, wherein the optical power ratio of the second signal light and the third signal light is a first ratio, the optical power ratio of the sixth signal light and the fifth signal light is a second ratio, and the first ratio is equal to The second proportions are reciprocal to each other.

示例性的,在第一预设状态下,在下行通信时,请参见图19B,图19B是本申请实施例提出的又一种信号光的传输的示意图,信号光的传输可以参考上述图14B中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。在第二预设状态下,在下行通信时,请参见图19C,图19C是本申请实施例提供的又一种信号光传输的示意图,例如,子节点设备301与子节点设备302之间的光纤发生断纤,第一节点设备10向两个方向发送中心波长为λ1的第一信号光,第一节点设备10可以向子节点设备301发送中心波长为λ1的第一信号光,该第一信号光的传输方向由第一节点设备10到子节点设备301,在子节点设备301处通过耦合分光器502分出一部分信号功率到该子节点设备的收发光模块1完成下行通信,且第一节点设备10同时可以通过第二节点设备20向子节点设备302发送中心波长为λ1的第一信号光,该第一信号光的传输方向经由子节点设备30N到子节点设备303到子节点设备302,在每个子节点设备处通过耦合分光器502分出一部分信号功率到该子节点设备的收发光模块1完成下行通信。此时,第二节点设备20向两个方向发送中心波长为λ2的第四信号光,第二节点设备20发送中心波长为λ2的第四信号光,该第四信号光的传输方向由子节点设备30N直至子节点设备303到子节点设备302,在每个子节点设备处通过耦合分光器502分出一部分信号功率到该子节点设备的收发光模块2完成下行通信,而剩下的信号功率则继续向下一个子节点设备传输;同时,第二节点设备20可以经由第一节点设备10向子节点设备301发送中心波长为λ2的第四信号光,在子节点设备301处通过耦合分光器502分出一部分信号功率到该子节点设备301的收发光模块2完成下行通信。总而言之,每个子节点设备中的收发光模块1用于接收来自第一节点设备10的中心波长为λ1的第一信号光以及向第一节点设备10发送上行信号;每个子节点设备中的收发光模块2用于接收来自第二节点设备20的中心波长为λ2的第四信号光以及向第二节点设备20发送上行信号。Exemplarily, in the first preset state, during downlink communication, please refer to Figure 19B. Figure 19B is a schematic diagram of yet another signal light transmission proposed by an embodiment of the present application. For the signal light transmission, please refer to the above-mentioned Figure 14B. The relevant descriptions in will not be repeated here. In the second preset state, during downlink communication, please refer to Figure 19C. Figure 19C is a schematic diagram of another signal optical transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application, for example, between the child node device 301 and the child node device 302. When the optical fiber is broken, the first node device 10 sends the first signal light with a central wavelength of λ 1 in two directions. The first node device 10 can send the first signal light with a central wavelength of λ 1 to the child node device 301. The transmission direction of the first signal light is from the first node device 10 to the sub-node device 301. At the sub-node device 301, a part of the signal power is split through the coupling splitter 502 to the receiving and transmitting module 1 of the sub-node device to complete downlink communication, and At the same time, the first node device 10 can send the first signal light with a central wavelength of λ 1 to the child node device 302 through the second node device 20. The transmission direction of the first signal light is from the child node device 30N to the child node device 303 to the child node device 302. The node device 302 splits a portion of the signal power at each sub-node device through the coupling splitter 502 to the light-transmitting module 1 of the sub-node device to complete downlink communication. At this time, the second node device 20 sends the fourth signal light with a central wavelength of λ 2 in two directions. The second node device 20 sends the fourth signal light with a central wavelength of λ 2. The transmission direction of the fourth signal light is given by From the node device 30N to the child node device 303 to the child node device 302, a part of the signal power is split out through the coupling splitter 502 at each child node device to the transceiver and light module 2 of the child node device to complete downlink communication, and the remaining signal power is Then continue to transmit to the next child node device; at the same time, the second node device 20 can send the fourth signal light with a central wavelength of λ 2 to the child node device 301 via the first node device 10, and the child node device 301 splits the light through coupling. The transmitter 502 distributes a part of the signal power to the transceiver and light module 2 of the sub-node device 301 to complete downlink communication. In summary, the transceiver and optical module 1 in each sub-node device is used to receive the first signal light with a central wavelength of λ 1 from the first node device 10 and to send uplink signals to the first node device 10; the transceiver and transceiver modules in each sub-node device are The optical module 2 is used to receive the fourth signal light with a central wavelength of λ 2 from the second node device 20 and to send an uplink signal to the second node device 20 .

需要说明的是,在第二预设状态下,例如,子节点设备301与子节点设备302之间的光纤发生断纤, 对于断纤点左侧,例如子节点设备301而言,子节点设备301通过端口交换器501接收来自第一节点设备10的第一信号光,并传输给耦合分光器502,该耦合分光器502将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光发送给端口交换器501,该端口交换器501用于向子节点设备302发送第二信号光,并向子节点设备301中的收发光模块1发送第三信号光。而由于子节点设备302和子节点设备301之间发生断纤,第二信号光无法发送给子节点设备302。相应的,子节点设备301通过端口交换器501接收来自第二节点设备20的第四信号光,并传输给耦合分光器502,该耦合分光器502将第四信号光分光成第五信号光和第六信号光,并将第五信号光和第六信号光发送给端口交换器501,该端口交换器501用于向子节点设备302发送第五信号光,并向子节点设备301中的收发光模块2发送第六信号光。而由于子节点设备302和子节点设备301之间发生断纤,第五信号光无法发送给子节点设备302。其中,第三信号光和第二信号光的功率的比值、与第六信号光和第五信号光的功率的比值相同,例如,为1:9,也即可以理解为:在第二预设状态下,对于断纤点左侧的子节点设备而言,第一信号光与第四信号光的分光比相同,即该子节点设备301中收发光模块1和主干光纤的光信号的功率比值、与收发光模块2和主干光纤的光信号的功率比值相同。It should be noted that in the second preset state, for example, the optical fiber between the sub-node device 301 and the sub-node device 302 is broken. For the left side of the fiber break point, for example, the sub-node device 301, the sub-node device 301 receives the first signal light from the first node device 10 through the port switch 501 and transmits it to the coupling optical splitter 502. The coupling optical splitter 502 The first signal light is split into a second signal light and a third signal light, and the second signal light and the third signal light are sent to the port switch 501, which is used to send the second signal light to the sub-node device 302. signal light, and sends the third signal light to the light-transmitting module 1 in the child node device 301. However, due to fiber breakage between the sub-node device 302 and the sub-node device 301, the second signal light cannot be sent to the sub-node device 302. Correspondingly, the child node device 301 receives the fourth signal light from the second node device 20 through the port switch 501 and transmits it to the coupling optical splitter 502, which splits the fourth signal light into a fifth signal light and a The sixth signal light is sent to the port switch 501, and the port switch 501 is used to send the fifth signal light to the sub-node device 302, and to the transceiver in the sub-node device 301. The optical module 2 sends the sixth signal light. However, due to fiber breakage between the child node device 302 and the child node device 301, the fifth signal light cannot be sent to the child node device 302. Wherein, the ratio of the power of the third signal light and the second signal light is the same as the ratio of the power of the sixth signal light and the fifth signal light, for example, 1:9, which can be understood as: in the second preset In this state, for the sub-node device on the left side of the fiber break point, the splitting ratio of the first signal light and the fourth signal light is the same, that is, the power ratio of the optical signals of the light-receiving module 1 and the backbone fiber in the sub-node device 301 , is the same as the power ratio of the optical signals of the receiving and receiving optical module 2 and the trunk optical fiber.

在第二预设状态下,对于断纤点右侧,例如子节点设备30N而言,子节点设备30N通过端口交换器501接收来自第一节点设备10的第一信号光并传输给耦合分光器502,耦合分光器502用于将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光分别发送给端口交换器501,端口交换器501用于向子节点设备30(N-1)发射第二信号光,并向子节点设备30N中收发光模块1发射第三信号光。相应的,子节点设备30N通过端口交换器501接收来自第二节点设备20的第四信号光并传输给耦合分光器502,耦合分光器502用于将第四信号光分光成第五信号光和第六信号光,并将第五信号光和第六信号光分别发送给端口交换器501,端口交换器501用于向子节点设备30(N-1)发射第五信号光,并向子节点设备30N中收发光模块2发射第六信号光。其中,第三信号光和第二信号光的功率的比值、与第六信号光和第五信号光的功率的比值相同,例如,为1:9,也即可以理解为:在第二预设状态下,对于断纤点右侧的子节点设备而言,第一信号光与第四信号光的分光比相同,即该子节点设备30N中收发光模块1和主干光纤的光信号的功率比值、与收发光模块2和主干光纤的光信号的功率比值相同。例如,在第二预设状态下,叶子节点30(N-1)中收发光模块1和主干光纤的光信号的功率比值、与收发光模块2和主干光纤的光信号的功率比值相同,例如为2:8;叶子节点30(N-2)中收发光模块1和主干光纤的光信号的功率比值、与收发光模块2和主干光纤的光信号的功率比值相同,例如为3:7;依次类推,叶子节点303中收发光模块1和主干光纤的光信号的功率比值、与收发光模块2和主干光纤的光信号的功率比值相同,例如为7:3;叶子节点302中收发光模块1和主干光纤的光信号的功率比值、与收发光模块2和主干光纤的光信号的功率比值相同,例如为8:2。In the second preset state, for the right side of the fiber break point, for example, the sub-node device 30N, the sub-node device 30N receives the first signal light from the first node device 10 through the port switch 501 and transmits it to the coupling optical splitter. 502. The coupling splitter 502 is used to split the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch 501 respectively. The port switch 501 is used to The second signal light is emitted to the sub-node device 30(N-1), and the third signal light is emitted to the light-receiving and receiving module 1 in the sub-node device 30N. Correspondingly, the sub-node device 30N receives the fourth signal light from the second node device 20 through the port switch 501 and transmits it to the coupling optical splitter 502. The coupling optical splitter 502 is used to split the fourth signal light into a fifth signal light and The sixth signal light is sent to the port switch 501 respectively, and the port switch 501 is used to transmit the fifth signal light to the child node device 30 (N-1), and to the child node device 30 (N-1). The light-receiving module 2 in the device 30N emits the sixth signal light. Wherein, the ratio of the power of the third signal light and the second signal light is the same as the ratio of the power of the sixth signal light and the fifth signal light, for example, 1:9, which can be understood as: in the second preset In this state, for the sub-node device on the right side of the fiber break point, the splitting ratio of the first signal light and the fourth signal light is the same, that is, the power ratio of the optical signals of the light-receiving module 1 and the trunk fiber in the sub-node device 30N , is the same as the power ratio of the optical signals of the receiving and receiving optical module 2 and the trunk optical fiber. For example, in the second preset state, the power ratio of the optical signals of the light-transmitting module 1 and the backbone fiber in the leaf node 30 (N-1) is the same as the power ratio of the optical signals of the light-transmitting module 2 and the backbone fiber, for example is 2:8; the power ratio of the optical signals of the light-transmitting module 1 and the trunk fiber in the leaf node 30 (N-2) is the same as the power ratio of the optical signals of the light-transmitting module 2 and the trunk fiber, for example, 3:7; By analogy, the power ratio of the optical signals of the light-transmitting module 1 and the trunk fiber in the leaf node 303 is the same as the power ratio of the optical signals of the light-transmitting module 2 and the trunk fiber, for example, 7:3; the light-receiving module in the leaf node 302 The power ratio of the optical signal between 1 and the trunk optical fiber is the same as the power ratio of the optical signal between the receiving and receiving optical module 2 and the trunk optical fiber, for example, 8:2.

进一步的,请参见图20A,图20A是本申请实施例提供的一种保护倒换装置50的又一具体结构的示意图。该保护倒换装置50包括端口交换器501和耦合分光器502,端口交换器501包括第一端口1、第二端口2、第三端口3、第四端口4、第五端口5、第六端口6、第七端口7以及第八端口8,耦合分光器502包括第九端口9、第十端口10、第十一端口11以及第十二端口12,其中,第五端口5与第九端口9相连接,第六端口6与第十端口10相连接,第七端口7与第十一端口11相连接,第八端口8与第十二端口12相连接。其中,以子节点设备301中部署有保护倒换装置为例,第一端口1与第一节点设备10相连接,第二端口2与主干光纤相连接,该主干光纤通向第二节点设备20,第三端口3与子节点设备301的第一收发光模块,例如,收发光模块1相连接,第四端口4与子节点设备301的第二收发光模块,例如,收发光模块2相连接。当其他子节点设备中部署有保护倒换装置时,端口的连接可以类比子节点设备301,本申请实施例不再赘述。Further, please refer to FIG. 20A , which is a schematic diagram of another specific structure of a protection switching device 50 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The protection switching device 50 includes a port switch 501 and a coupling splitter 502. The port switch 501 includes a first port 1, a second port 2, a third port 3, a fourth port 4, a fifth port 5 and a sixth port 6. , seventh port 7 and eighth port 8, the coupling splitter 502 includes a ninth port 9, a tenth port 10, an eleventh port 11 and a twelfth port 12, where the fifth port 5 is in phase with the ninth port 9 The sixth port 6 is connected to the tenth port 10, the seventh port 7 is connected to the eleventh port 11, and the eighth port 8 is connected to the twelfth port 12. Among them, taking the protection switching device deployed in the sub-node device 301 as an example, the first port 1 is connected to the first node device 10, the second port 2 is connected to the backbone optical fiber, and the backbone optical fiber leads to the second node device 20. The third port 3 is connected to the first light-transmitting module of the child node device 301 , for example, the light-transmitting module 1 , and the fourth port 4 is connected to the second light-transmitting module of the child node device 301 , for example, the light-transmitting module 2 . When protection switching devices are deployed in other sub-node devices, the connection of ports can be analogous to that of the sub-node device 301, which will not be described in detail in the embodiment of this application.

具体实现中,请参见图20B,图20B是本申请实施例提供的又一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图,第一端口1和第五端口5相连接,第二端口2和第六端口6相连接,第三端口3和第七端口7相连接。端口交换器501用于通过1第一端口接收第一信号光并通过第五端口5向耦合分光器502发射第一信号光,耦合分光器502用于将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光分别发送给端口交换器501的第六端口6和第七端口7,端口交换器501通过第六端口6接收第二信号光并通过第二端口2向第二节点设备20发射第二信号光,通过第七端口7接收第三信号光并通过第三端口3向子节点设备中第一收发光模块发射第三信号光。其中,第一信号光来自于第一节点设备10。In the specific implementation, please refer to Figure 20B. Figure 20B is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application. The first port 1 and the fifth port 5 are connected, and the second port 2 It is connected to the sixth port 6, and the third port 3 is connected to the seventh port 7. The port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the first port 1 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502 through the fifth port 5. The coupling optical splitter 502 is used to split the first signal light into the second signal light. and the third signal light, and sends the second signal light and the third signal light to the sixth port 6 and the seventh port 7 of the port switch 501 respectively. The port switch 501 receives the second signal light through the sixth port 6 and The second signal light is emitted to the second node device 20 through the second port 2, the third signal light is received through the seventh port 7, and the third signal light is emitted to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the third port 3. Wherein, the first signal light comes from the first node device 10 .

请参见图20C,图20C是本申请实施例提供的又一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图,第一端口1和第五端口5相连接,第二端口2和第七端口7相连接,第四端口4和第八端口8相连接。端口 交换器501用于通过第二端口2接收第四信号光并通过第七端口7向耦合分光器502发射第四信号光,耦合分光器502用于将第四信号光分光成第五信号光和第六信号光,并将第五信号光和第六信号光分别发送给端口交换器501的第八端口8和第五端口5,端口交换器501通过第五端口5接收第六信号光并通过第一端口1向第一节点设备10发射第六信号光,通过第八端口8接收第五信号光并通过第四端口4向子节点设备中第二收发光模块发射第五信号光。其中,第四信号光来自于第二节点设备20。Please refer to Figure 20C. Figure 20C is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application. The first port 1 and the fifth port 5 are connected, and the second port 2 and the seventh port are connected. 7-phase connection, the fourth port 4 and the eighth port 8 are connected. port The switch 501 is used to receive the fourth signal light through the second port 2 and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502 through the seventh port 7. The coupling optical splitter 502 is used to split the fourth signal light into a fifth signal light and a The sixth signal light is sent to the eighth port 8 and the fifth port 5 of the port switch 501 respectively. The port switch 501 receives the sixth signal light through the fifth port 5 and passes through the sixth signal light. The first port 1 emits the sixth signal light to the first node device 10 , receives the fifth signal light through the eighth port 8 , and emits the fifth signal light through the fourth port 4 to the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device. Among them, the fourth signal light comes from the second node device 20 .

上述图20B和图20C示出了,在第一预设状态下,第一节点设备10发送第一信号光,该第一信号光的传输的情况,以及第二节点设备20发送第四信号光,该第四信号光的传输的情况。接下来请参见图20D和图20E,图20D和图20E是本申请实施例提供的又一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图,图20D和图20E示出了,在第二预设状态下,断纤节点左侧的第一信号光的传输的情况,以及断纤节点左侧的第四信号光的传输的情况。The above-mentioned FIG. 20B and FIG. 20C show that in the first preset state, the first node device 10 sends the first signal light, the transmission situation of the first signal light, and the second node device 20 sends the fourth signal light. , the transmission situation of the fourth signal light. Next, please refer to Figure 20D and Figure 20E. Figure 20D and Figure 20E are schematic diagrams of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application. Figure 20D and Figure 20E show that in the second In the default state, the transmission situation of the first signal light on the left side of the fiber-broken node, and the transmission situation of the fourth signal light on the left side of the fiber-broken node.

请参见图20D,图20D是本申请实施例提供的又一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图,第一端口1和第五端口5相连接,第二端口2和第六端口6相连接,第三端口3和第七端口7相连接。端口交换器501用于通过第一端口1接收第一信号光并通过第五端口5向耦合分光器502发射第一信号光,耦合分光器502用于将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光分别发送给端口交换器501的第六端口6和第七端口7,端口交换器501通过第六端口6接收第二信号光并通过第二端口2向第二节点设备20发射第二信号光,通过第七端口7接收第三信号光并通过第三端口3向子节点设备中第一收发光模块发射第三信号光。其中,第一信号光来自于第一节点设备10。例如,如图19C所示,第一节点设备10向子节点设备301发送第一信号光。Please refer to Figure 20D. Figure 20D is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application. The first port 1 and the fifth port 5 are connected, and the second port 2 and the sixth port are connected. 6 phases are connected, and the third port 3 and the seventh port 7 are connected. The port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the first port 1 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502 through the fifth port 5. The coupling splitter 502 is used to split the first signal light into the second signal light. and the third signal light, and sends the second signal light and the third signal light to the sixth port 6 and the seventh port 7 of the port switch 501 respectively. The port switch 501 receives the second signal light through the sixth port 6 and The second signal light is emitted to the second node device 20 through the second port 2, the third signal light is received through the seventh port 7, and the third signal light is emitted to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the third port 3. Wherein, the first signal light comes from the first node device 10 . For example, as shown in FIG. 19C , the first node device 10 sends the first signal light to the child node device 301 .

请参见图20E,图20E是本申请实施例提供的又一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图,第一端口1和第五端口5相连接,第二端口2和第六端口6相连接,第四端口4和第七端口7相连接。端口交换器501用于通过第一端口1接收第四信号光并通过第五端口5向耦合分光器502发射第四信号光,耦合分光器502用于将第四信号光分光成第五信号光和第六信号光,并将第五信号光和第六信号光分别发送给端口交换器501的第六端口6和第七端口7,通过第六端口6接收第五信号光并通过第二端口2向第二节点设备20发射第五信号光,通过第七端口7接收第六信号光并通过第四端口4向子节点设备中第二收发光模块发射第六信号光。其中,第四信号光来自于第二节点设备20。例如,如图19C所示,第二节点设备20通过第一节点设备10向子节点设备301发送第四信号光。Please refer to Figure 20E. Figure 20E is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application. The first port 1 and the fifth port 5 are connected, and the second port 2 and the sixth port are connected. 6 phases are connected, and the fourth port 4 and the seventh port 7 are connected. The port switch 501 is used to receive the fourth signal light through the first port 1 and to transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502 through the fifth port 5. The coupling optical splitter 502 is used to split the fourth signal light into the fifth signal light. and the sixth signal light, and sends the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light to the sixth port 6 and the seventh port 7 of the port switch 501 respectively, and receives the fifth signal light through the sixth port 6 and passes through the second port. 2. Emit the fifth signal light to the second node device 20, receive the sixth signal light through the seventh port 7, and transmit the sixth signal light to the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the fourth port 4. Among them, the fourth signal light comes from the second node device 20 . For example, as shown in FIG. 19C , the second node device 20 sends the fourth signal light to the child node device 301 through the first node device 10 .

上述图20D和图20E示出了,在第二预设状态下,断纤节点左侧的第一信号光的端口连接状态,以及断纤节点左侧的第四信号光的端口连接状态。接下来请参见图20F和图20G,图20F和图20G是本申请实施例提供的又一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图,图20F和图20G示出了,在第二预设状态下,断纤节点右侧的第一信号光的传输的情况,以及断纤节点右侧的第四信号光的传输的情况。The above-mentioned FIG. 20D and FIG. 20E show that, in the second preset state, the port connection state of the first signal light on the left side of the fiber-broken node and the port connection state of the fourth signal light on the left side of the fiber-broken node. Next, please refer to Figure 20F and Figure 20G. Figure 20F and Figure 20G are schematic diagrams of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application. Figure 20F and Figure 20G show that in the second In the preset state, the transmission situation of the first signal light on the right side of the fiber-broken node, and the transmission situation of the fourth signal light on the right side of the fiber-broken node.

请参见图20F,图20F是本申请实施例提供的又一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图,第一端口1和第八端口8相连接,第二端口2和第六端口6相连接,第三端口3和第五端口5相连接。端口交换器501用于通过第二端口2接收第一信号光并通过第六端口6向耦合分光器502发射第一信号光,耦合分光器502用于将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光分别发送给端口交换器501的第八端口8和第五端口5,端口交换器501通过第八端口8接收第二信号光并通过第一端口1向第一节点设备10发射第二信号光,通过第五端口5接收第三信号光并通过第三端口3向子节点设备中第一收发光模块发射第三信号光;其中,第一信号光来自第一节点设备10。例如,如图19C所示,第一节点设备10通过第二节点设备20向子节点设备30N发送第一信号光。Please refer to Figure 20F. Figure 20F is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application. The first port 1 and the eighth port 8 are connected, and the second port 2 and the sixth port are connected. 6-phase connection, the third port 3 and the fifth port 5 are connected. The port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the second port 2 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502 through the sixth port 6. The coupling splitter 502 is used to split the first signal light into the second signal light. and the third signal light, and sends the second signal light and the third signal light to the eighth port 8 and the fifth port 5 of the port switch 501 respectively. The port switch 501 receives the second signal light through the eighth port 8 and The second signal light is emitted to the first node device 10 through the first port 1, the third signal light is received through the fifth port 5, and the third signal light is emitted to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the third port 3; wherein , the first signal light comes from the first node device 10 . For example, as shown in FIG. 19C , the first node device 10 sends the first signal light to the child node device 30N through the second node device 20 .

请参见图20G,图20G是本申请实施例提供的又一种端口交换器中各端口之间连接关系的示意图,第一端口1和第五端口5相连接,第二端口2和第七端口7相连接,第四端口4和第八端口8相连接。端口交换器501用于通过第二端口2接收第四信号光并通过第七端口7向耦合分光器502发射第四信号光,耦合分光器502用于将第四信号光分光成第五信号光和第六信号光,并将第五信号光和第六信号光分别发送给端口交换器501的第五端口5和第八端口8,端口交换器501通过第五端口5接收第五信号光并通过第一端口1向第一节点设备10发射第五信号光,通过第八端口8接收第六信号光并通过第四端口4向子节点设备中第二收发光模块发射第六信号光。其中,第四信号光来自第二节点设备20。例如,如图19C所示,第二节点设备20向子节点设备30N发送第四信号光。Please refer to Figure 20G. Figure 20G is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between ports in another port switch provided by an embodiment of the present application. The first port 1 and the fifth port 5 are connected, and the second port 2 and the seventh port are connected. 7-phase connection, the fourth port 4 and the eighth port 8 are connected. The port switch 501 is configured to receive the fourth signal light through the second port 2 and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter 502 through the seventh port 7. The coupling optical splitter 502 is used to split the fourth signal light into the fifth signal light. and the sixth signal light, and sends the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light to the fifth port 5 and the eighth port 8 of the port switch 501 respectively. The port switch 501 receives the fifth signal light through the fifth port 5 and The fifth signal light is emitted to the first node device 10 through the first port 1, the sixth signal light is received through the eighth port 8, and the sixth signal light is emitted to the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the fourth port 4. Among them, the fourth signal light comes from the second node device 20 . For example, as shown in FIG. 19C , the second node device 20 sends the fourth signal light to the child node device 30N.

在上述实现中,该保护倒换装置可以通过基于空间光路的端口交换器和无源的耦合分光器实现,该保护倒换装置结构简单且成本低,采用该保护倒换装置,可降低光纤链路的保护倒换机制的成本,提升其适用性。而且,通过图19A所示的架构,可以提升业务流量。 In the above implementation, the protection switching device can be implemented by a port switch based on a spatial optical path and a passive coupling splitter. The protection switching device has a simple structure and low cost. Using the protection switching device can reduce the protection of optical fiber links. Reduce the cost of the switching mechanism and improve its applicability. Moreover, through the architecture shown in Figure 19A, business traffic can be increased.

下面将结合前文所述内容,对端口交换器501的结构作进一步的说明。The structure of the port switch 501 will be further described below in conjunction with the foregoing content.

在一种可能的实现方式中,上述端口交换器501包括第一光路转折镜片组,第一光路转折镜片组用于建立第二端口2与第六端口6的连接以便于第二信号光的传输,以及建立第三端口3与第七端口7的连接以便于第三信号光的传输;第一光路转折镜片组还用于建立第二端口2与第七端口7的连接以便于第四信号光的传输。In a possible implementation, the above-mentioned port switch 501 includes a first optical path turning lens group. The first optical path turning lens group is used to establish a connection between the second port 2 and the sixth port 6 to facilitate the transmission of the second signal light. , and establish a connection between the third port 3 and the seventh port 7 to facilitate the transmission of the third signal light; the first optical path turning lens group is also used to establish a connection between the second port 2 and the seventh port 7 to facilitate the transmission of the fourth signal light. transmission.

示例性的,该第一光路转折镜片组包括滤波片704,该滤波片704对第二信号光和第三信号光透射,对第四信号光反射。具体实现中,请参见图21,图21是本申请实施例提供的又一种光路连接的示意图。如图21中(a)所示,第一端口1和第五端口5相连接,第二端口2和第六端口6相连接,第三端口3和第七端口7相连接。具体地,端口交换器501用于通过第一端口1接收第一信号光并通过第五端口5向耦合分光器502发射第一信号光,其中,该第一信号光不经过滤波片704,端口交换器501通过第六端口6接收第二信号光,该第二信号光经过滤波片704进行透射发送至端口交换器501的第二端口2,端口交换器501通过第二端口2向第二节点设备20发射第二信号光,端口交换器501通过第七端口7接收第三信号光,该第三信号光经过滤波片704进行透射发送至端口交换器501的第三端口3,端口交换器501通过第三端口3向子节点设备中第一收发光模块发射第三信号光。如图21中(b)所示,第一端口1和第五端口5相连接,第二端口2和第七端口7相连接,第四端口4和第八端口8相连接。具体地,端口交换器501用于通过第二端口2接收第四信号光,该第四信号光经过滤波片704反射至端口交换器501的第七端口7,端口交换器501通过第七端口7向耦合分光器502发射第四信号光,端口交换器501通过第五端口5接收第六信号光,该第六信号光不经过滤波片704,端口交换器501通过第一端口1向第一节点设备10发射第六信号光,端口交换器501通过第八端口8接收第五信号光,该第五信号光不经过滤波片704,端口交换器501通过第四端口4向子节点设备中第二收发光模块发射第五信号光。需要说明的是,上述图21中(a)和图21中(b)中各端口之间的连接关系与图20B和图20C对应。Exemplarily, the first optical path turning lens group includes a filter plate 704 that transmits the second signal light and the third signal light and reflects the fourth signal light. For specific implementation, please refer to Figure 21, which is a schematic diagram of another optical path connection provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in (a) of FIG. 21 , the first port 1 is connected to the fifth port 5 , the second port 2 is connected to the sixth port 6 , and the third port 3 is connected to the seventh port 7 . Specifically, the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the first port 1 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502 through the fifth port 5, wherein the first signal light does not pass through the filter 704, port The switch 501 receives the second signal light through the sixth port 6. The second signal light is transmitted through the filter 704 and sent to the second port 2 of the port switch 501. The port switch 501 transmits the signal light to the second node through the second port 2. The device 20 emits the second signal light, and the port switch 501 receives the third signal light through the seventh port 7. The third signal light is transmitted through the filter 704 and sent to the third port 3 of the port switch 501. The port switch 501 The third signal light is emitted to the first receiving and receiving light module in the sub-node device through the third port 3. As shown in (b) of FIG. 21 , the first port 1 is connected to the fifth port 5 , the second port 2 is connected to the seventh port 7 , and the fourth port 4 is connected to the eighth port 8 . Specifically, the port switch 501 is configured to receive the fourth signal light through the second port 2. The fourth signal light is reflected to the seventh port 7 of the port switch 501 through the filter 704, and the port switch 501 passes through the seventh port 7. The fourth signal light is emitted to the coupling splitter 502. The port switch 501 receives the sixth signal light through the fifth port 5. The sixth signal light does not pass through the filter 704. The port switch 501 transmits the signal light to the first node through the first port 1. The device 10 emits the sixth signal light, and the port switch 501 receives the fifth signal light through the eighth port 8. The fifth signal light does not pass through the filter 704. The port switch 501 transmits the second signal light to the sub-node device through the fourth port 4. The receiving and receiving light module emits the fifth signal light. It should be noted that the connection relationship between the ports in (a) and (b) of Figure 21 above corresponds to Figures 20B and 20C.

在一种可能的实现方式中,上述端口交换器501包括第二光路转折镜片组,第二光路转折镜片组用于断开第四信号光在第二端口2与第七端口7的连接并建立第五信号光在第二端口2与第六端口6的连接,断开第五信号光在第四端口4与第八端口8的连接并建立第六信号光在第四端口4与第七端口7的连接。In a possible implementation, the above-mentioned port switch 501 includes a second optical path turning lens group. The second optical path turning lens group is used to disconnect and establish the connection between the fourth signal light at the second port 2 and the seventh port 7. The fifth signal light is connected at the second port 2 and the sixth port 6, the connection between the fifth signal light at the fourth port 4 and the eighth port 8 is disconnected, and the sixth signal light is established at the fourth port 4 and the seventh port. 7 connections.

示例性的,该第二光路转折镜片组包括滤波片705,该滤波片705对第三信号光透射,对第六信号光反射。具体实现中,请参见图21,图21是本申请实施例提供的又一种光路连接的示意图。如图21中(c)所示,第一端口1和第五端口5相连接,第二端口2和第六端口6相连接,第三端口3和第七端口7相连接。端口交换器501用于通过第一端口1接收第一信号光并通过第五端口5向耦合分光器502发射第一信号光,其中,该第一信号光不经过滤波片705,端口交换器501通过第六端口6接收第二信号光,该第二信号光不经过滤波片705,端口交换器501通过第六端口6发送第二信号光发送至端口交换器501的第二端口2,端口交换器501通过第二端口2向第二节点设备20发射第二信号光,端口交换器501通过第七端口7接收第三信号光,该第三信号光经过滤波片705进行透射发送至端口交换器501的第三端口3,端口交换器501通过第三端口3向子节点设备中第一收发光模块发射第三信号光。如图21中(d)所示,第一端口1和第五端口5相连接,第二端口2和第六端口6相连接,第四端口4和第七端口7相连接。端口交换器501用于通过第一端口1接收第四信号光并通过第五端口5向耦合分光器502发射第四信号光,其中,该第四信号光不经过滤波片705,端口交换器501通过第六端口6接收第五信号光,该第二信号光不经过滤波片705,端口交换器501通过第二端口2向第二节点设备20发射第五信号光,端口交换器501通过第七端口7接收第六信号光,该第六信号光经过滤波片705反射至第四端口4,端口交换器501通过第四端口4向子节点设备中第二收发光模块发射第六信号光。因此,由图21中(b)所知,端口交换器501从第二端口2接收的第四信号光经由第一光路转折镜片组传输至第七端口7,由图21中(d)所知,端口交换器501从第六端口6接收第五信号光传输至第二端口2,因此,第二光路转折镜片组用于断开第四信号光在第二端口2与第七端口7的连接并建立第五信号光在第二端口2与第六端口6的连接;由图21中(b)所知,端口交换器501从第八端口8接收的第五信号光传输至第四端口4,由图21中(d)所知,端口交换器501从第七端口7接收第六信号光经由第二光路转折镜片组传输至第四端口4;因此,第二光路转折镜片组用于断开第五信号光在第四端口4与第八端口8的连接并建立第六信号光在第四端口4与第七端口7的连接。需要说明的是,上述图21中(c)和图21中(d)中端口的连接方式与图20D和图20E对应。Exemplarily, the second optical path turning lens group includes a filter plate 705 that transmits the third signal light and reflects the sixth signal light. For specific implementation, please refer to Figure 21, which is a schematic diagram of another optical path connection provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in (c) of FIG. 21 , the first port 1 is connected to the fifth port 5 , the second port 2 is connected to the sixth port 6 , and the third port 3 is connected to the seventh port 7 . The port switch 501 is configured to receive the first signal light through the first port 1 and transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502 through the fifth port 5, wherein the first signal light does not pass through the filter 705. The port switch 501 The second signal light is received through the sixth port 6, and the second signal light does not pass through the filter 705. The port switch 501 sends the second signal light through the sixth port 6 to the second port 2 of the port switch 501. The port switch The switch 501 transmits the second signal light to the second node device 20 through the second port 2, the port switch 501 receives the third signal light through the seventh port 7, and the third signal light is transmitted through the filter 705 and sent to the port switch Through the third port 3 of 501, the port switch 501 transmits the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the third port 3. As shown in (d) of FIG. 21 , the first port 1 and the fifth port 5 are connected, the second port 2 and the sixth port 6 are connected, and the fourth port 4 and the seventh port 7 are connected. The port switch 501 is configured to receive the fourth signal light through the first port 1 and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling splitter 502 through the fifth port 5, wherein the fourth signal light does not pass through the filter 705. The port switch 501 The fifth signal light is received through the sixth port 6. The second signal light does not pass through the filter 705. The port switch 501 transmits the fifth signal light to the second node device 20 through the second port 2. The port switch 501 passes through the seventh port. Port 7 receives the sixth signal light, and the sixth signal light is reflected to the fourth port 4 through the filter 705. The port switch 501 transmits the sixth signal light to the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the fourth port 4. Therefore, as known from (b) in Figure 21 , the fourth signal light received by the port switch 501 from the second port 2 is transmitted to the seventh port 7 through the first optical path turning lens group, as known from (d) in Figure 21 , the port switch 501 receives the fifth signal light from the sixth port 6 and transmits it to the second port 2. Therefore, the second optical path turning lens group is used to disconnect the fourth signal light at the second port 2 and the seventh port 7. And establish a connection between the fifth signal light at the second port 2 and the sixth port 6; as known from (b) in Figure 21, the port switch 501 transmits the fifth signal light received from the eighth port 8 to the fourth port 4 , as known from (d) in Figure 21, the port switch 501 receives the sixth signal light from the seventh port 7 and transmits it to the fourth port 4 through the second optical path turning lens group; therefore, the second optical path turning lens group is used to break Open the connection between the fifth signal light at the fourth port 4 and the eighth port 8 and establish the connection between the sixth signal light at the fourth port 4 and the seventh port 7 . It should be noted that the connection methods of the ports in (c) and (d) of Figure 21 above correspond to Figures 20D and 20E.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,上述端口交换器501包括第三光路转折镜片组,第三光路转折镜片组用于断开第一信号光在第一端口1和第五端口5的连接,并建立第二信号光在第一端口1与第八端口8的连 接,用于断开第三信号光在第三端口3与第七端口7的连接,并建立第三信号光在第三端口3与第五端口5的连接。In yet another possible implementation, the above-mentioned port switch 501 includes a third optical path turning lens group, and the third optical path turning lens group is used to disconnect the first signal light at the first port 1 and the fifth port 5, and establish a connection between the second signal light at the first port 1 and the eighth port 8 The connection is used to disconnect the third signal light at the third port 3 and the seventh port 7 and establish the connection between the third signal light at the third port 3 and the fifth port 5 .

示例性的,该第三光路转折镜片组包括滤波片706、滤波片707和滤波片708,该滤波片706对第二信号光反射,对第三信号光反射,对第五信号光透射,滤波片707对第一信号光透射,对第四信号光反射,滤波片708对第二信号光反射,对第六信号光透射。请参见图21,图21是本申请实施例提供的又一种光路连接的示意图。如图21中(e)所示,第一端口1和第八端口8相连接,第二端口2和第六端口6相连接,第三端口3和第五端口5相连接。端口交换器501用于通过第二端口2接收第一信号光,该第一信号光经过滤波片707透射发送至第六端口6,端口交换器501用于通过第六端口6向耦合分光器502发射第一信号光,端口交换器501用于通过第八端口8接收第二信号光,该第二信号光通过滤波片708反射至滤波片706再次反射至第一端口1,端口交换器501通过第一端口1向第一节点设备10发射第二信号光,端口交换器501通过第五端口5接收第三信号光,该第三信号光经过滤波片706反射至第三端口3,端口交换器501通过第三端口3向子节点设备中第一收发光模块发射第三信号光;如图21中(f)所示,第一端口1和第五端口5相连接,第二端口2和第七端口7相连接,第四端口4和第八端口8相连接。端口交换器501用于通过第二端口2接收第四信号光,该第四信号光经过滤波片707反射至第七端口7,端口交换器501用于通过第七端口7向耦合分光器502发射第四信号光,端口交换器501通过第五端口5接收第五信号光,第五信号光经由滤波片706透射至第一端口1,端口交换器501用于通过第一端口1向第一节点设备10发射第五信号光,端口交换器501用于通过第八端口8接收第六信号光,第六信号光经由滤波片708透射至第四端口4,端口交换器501用于通过第四端口4向子节点设备中第二收发光模块发射第六信号光。因此,由图21中(a)所知,端口交换器501从第一端口1接收第一信号光,并传输至第五端口5,由图21中(e)所知,端口交换器501用于通过第八端口8接收第二信号光,该第二信号光通过滤波片708反射至滤波片706再次反射至第一端口1,因此,第三光路转折镜片组用于断开第一信号光在第一端口1和第五端口5的连接,并建立第二信号光在第一端口1与第八端口8的连接;由图21中(a)所知,端口交换器501从第七端口7接收第三信号光,并传输至第三端口3,由图21中(e)所知,端口交换器501用于通过第五端口5接收第三信号光,该第三信号光经过滤波片706反射至第三端口3,因此,第三光路转折镜片组用于断开第三信号光在第三端口3与第七端口7的连接,并建立第三信号光在第三端口3与第五端口5的连接。需要说明的是,上述图21中(e)和图21中(f)中端口的连接方式与图20F和图20G对应。Exemplarily, the third optical path turning lens group includes a filter plate 706, a filter plate 707 and a filter plate 708. The filter plate 706 reflects the second signal light, reflects the third signal light, transmits the fifth signal light, and filters The plate 707 transmits the first signal light and reflects the fourth signal light. The filter plate 708 reflects the second signal light and transmits the sixth signal light. Please refer to Figure 21, which is a schematic diagram of yet another optical path connection provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in (e) of FIG. 21 , the first port 1 is connected to the eighth port 8 , the second port 2 is connected to the sixth port 6 , and the third port 3 is connected to the fifth port 5 . The port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the second port 2, and the first signal light is transmitted to the sixth port 6 through the filter 707. The port switch 501 is used to couple the optical splitter 502 through the sixth port 6. The first signal light is emitted, and the port switch 501 is used to receive the second signal light through the eighth port 8. The second signal light is reflected by the filter 708 to the filter 706 and then reflected to the first port 1. The port switch 501 passes The first port 1 emits the second signal light to the first node device 10. The port switch 501 receives the third signal light through the fifth port 5. The third signal light is reflected to the third port 3 through the filter 706. The port switch 501 501 transmits the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the sub-node device through the third port 3; as shown in (f) in Figure 21, the first port 1 and the fifth port 5 are connected, and the second port 2 and the fifth port 5 are connected. The seventh port 7 is connected to each other, and the fourth port 4 and the eighth port 8 are connected to each other. The port switch 501 is used to receive the fourth signal light through the second port 2. The fourth signal light is reflected to the seventh port 7 through the filter 707. The port switch 501 is used to transmit to the coupling splitter 502 through the seventh port 7. The fourth signal light, the port switch 501 receives the fifth signal light through the fifth port 5, and the fifth signal light is transmitted to the first port 1 through the filter 706. The port switch 501 is used to transmit the signal light to the first node through the first port 1. The device 10 emits the fifth signal light, and the port switch 501 is used to receive the sixth signal light through the eighth port 8. The sixth signal light is transmitted to the fourth port 4 through the filter 708, and the port switch 501 is used to pass through the fourth port. 4. Send the sixth signal light to the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device. Therefore, as known from (a) in Figure 21, the port switch 501 receives the first signal light from the first port 1 and transmits it to the fifth port 5. As known from (e) in Figure 21, the port switch 501 uses After receiving the second signal light through the eighth port 8, the second signal light is reflected by the filter 708 to the filter 706 and then reflected to the first port 1. Therefore, the third optical path turning lens group is used to cut off the first signal light. The connection between the first port 1 and the fifth port 5, and establishes the connection of the second signal light between the first port 1 and the eighth port 8; as known from (a) in Figure 21, the port switch 501 switches from the seventh port 7 receives the third signal light and transmits it to the third port 3. As known from (e) in Figure 21, the port switch 501 is used to receive the third signal light through the fifth port 5, and the third signal light passes through the filter. 706 is reflected to the third port 3. Therefore, the third optical path turning lens group is used to disconnect the third signal light at the third port 3 and the seventh port 7, and establish the connection between the third signal light at the third port 3 and the seventh port 7. Five port 5 connections. It should be noted that the connection methods of the ports in (e) and (f) of Figure 21 above correspond to Figures 20F and 20G.

需要说明的是,前文针对端口交换器501的结构的描述仅是示例性的,在实际实现中,端口交换器501还可以采用4*4的光开关等结构来实现,本申请实施例不做限定。It should be noted that the foregoing description of the structure of the port switch 501 is only exemplary. In actual implementation, the port switch 501 can also be implemented using a 4*4 optical switch or other structures. This is not the case in the embodiment of this application. limited.

应理解,端口交换器501可以通过光路转折镜片组实现光路连接,也即保护倒换过程可以通过机械移动空间光学元件的方式实现,涉及的技术比较成熟,而且空间光路插损小、消光比高。It should be understood that the port switch 501 can realize optical path connection through the optical path turning lens group, that is, the protection switching process can be realized by mechanically moving spatial optical elements. The technology involved is relatively mature, and the spatial optical path insertion loss is small and the extinction ratio is high.

请参见图22,图22是本申请实施例提供的一种断路保护方法,该方法包括但不限于如下步骤:Please refer to Figure 22. Figure 22 is a circuit break protection method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method includes but is not limited to the following steps:

步骤S2201:确定光通信系统处于第一预设状态。Step S2201: Determine that the optical communication system is in a first preset state.

具体地,第一预设状态可以是指通信链路正常;可以通过光通信系统的控制器确定光通信系统处于第一预设状态。这里需要补充说明的是,控制器可以是光通信系统中已有的控制器的重利用,也可以光通信系统中新增的控制器。控制具体能够以框式组件化系统实现,也能够以单一集成芯片构成的片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)实现,本申请不作具体限制。Specifically, the first preset state may mean that the communication link is normal; it may be determined by the controller of the optical communication system that the optical communication system is in the first preset state. What needs to be added here is that the controller can be a reuse of an existing controller in the optical communication system, or it can be a new controller in the optical communication system. The control can be implemented specifically as a frame-type componentized system or as a system-on-a-chip (SOC) composed of a single integrated chip, which is not specifically limited in this application.

步骤S2202:通过端口交换器接收来自第一节点设备的第一信号光,并将第一信号光传输给耦合分光器。Step S2202: Receive the first signal light from the first node device through the port switch, and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter.

在一种可能的实现方式中,在图1所示的光通信系统100架构下,当端口交换器如图3A或图6A所示,通过端口交换器的第一端口接收来自第一节点设备的第一信号光并通过第四端口向耦合分光器502发射第一信号光。In a possible implementation, under the architecture of the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 1, when the port switch is shown in Figure 3A or Figure 6A, the first port of the port switch receives the signal from the first node device. The first signal light is emitted to the coupling splitter 502 through the fourth port.

在一种可能的实现方式中,在图9A所示的光通信系统100架构下,当端口交换器如图10A所示,通过端口交换器的第一端口接收来自第一节点设备的第一信号光并通过第五端口向耦合分光器502发射第一信号光。In a possible implementation, under the architecture of the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 9A, when the port switch, as shown in Figure 10A, receives the first signal from the first node device through the first port of the port switch The light is emitted to the coupling splitter 502 through the fifth port.

步骤S2203:通过耦合分光器将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将所述第二信号光和所述第三信号光发送给所述端口交换器。Step S2203: Split the first signal light into a second signal light and a third signal light through a coupling splitter, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch.

在一种可能的实现方式中,在图1所示的光通信系统100架构下,当端口交换器如图3A或图6A所示, 通过耦合分光器将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光之后,并将所述第二信号光和第三信号光发送给端口交换器的第五端口和第六端口。In a possible implementation, under the architecture of the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 1, when the port switch is shown in Figure 3A or Figure 6A, After splitting the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light through the coupling splitter, the second signal light and the third signal light are sent to the fifth port and the sixth port of the port switch.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,在图9A所示的光通信系统100架构下,当端口交换器如图10A所示,通过耦合分光器将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光之后,并将所述第二信号光和第三信号光发送给端口交换器的第六端口和第七端口。In yet another possible implementation, under the architecture of the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 9A, when the port switch is shown in Figure 10A, the first signal light is split into the second signal light and the second signal light through the coupling splitter. After three signal lights, the second signal light and the third signal light are sent to the sixth port and the seventh port of the port switch.

步骤S2204:通过端口交换器向第二节点设备发送第二信号光,并向所述子节点设备发送第三信号光。Step S2204: Send the second signal light to the second node device through the port switch, and send the third signal light to the child node device.

在一种可能的实现方式中,在图1所示的光通信系统100架构下,当端口交换器如图3A或图6A所示,通过端口交换器的第五端口接收第二信号光并通过第二端口向第二节点设备发射第二信号光,通过端口交换器的第六端口接收第三信号光并通过第三端口向子节点设备发射第三信号光。In a possible implementation, under the architecture of the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 1, when the port switch is shown in Figure 3A or Figure 6A, the second signal light is received through the fifth port of the port switch and passed through The second port emits the second signal light to the second node device, receives the third signal light through the sixth port of the port switch, and emits the third signal light to the sub-node device through the third port.

在一种可能的实现方式中,在图9A所示的光通信系统100架构下,当端口交换器如图10A所示,通过端口交换器的第六端口接收第二信号光并通过第二端口向第二节点设备发射第二信号光,通过端口交换器的第七端口接收第三信号光并通过第三端口向子节点设备发射第三信号光。In a possible implementation, under the architecture of the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 9A, when the port switch is shown in Figure 10A, the second signal light is received through the sixth port of the port switch and passed through the second port. The second signal light is emitted to the second node device, the third signal light is received through the seventh port of the port switch, and the third signal light is emitted to the child node device through the third port.

步骤S2205:确定所述光通信系统处于第二预设状态。Step S2205: Determine that the optical communication system is in the second preset state.

具体地,具体地,第二预设状态可以是指通信链路发生故障;可以通过光通信系统的控制器确定光通信系统处于第二预设状态。Specifically, the second preset state may refer to a failure of the communication link; it may be determined by the controller of the optical communication system that the optical communication system is in the second preset state.

步骤S2206:通过端口交换器接收来自第二节点设备的第一信号光,并将第一信号光传输给耦合分光器。Step S2206: Receive the first signal light from the second node device through the port switch, and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter.

在一种可能的实现方式中,在图1所示的光通信系统100架构下,当端口交换器如图3A所示,端口交换器501用于通过第二端口接收第一信号光并通过第四端口向耦合分光器502发射第一信号光。In a possible implementation, under the architecture of the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 1, when the port switch is shown in Figure 3A, the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the second port and pass the first signal light through the second port. The four-port emits the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,在图1所示的光通信系统100架构下,当端口交换器如图6A所示,端口交换器501用于通过第二端口接收第一信号光并通过第六端口向耦合分光器502发射第一信号光,当然还有其他的端口连接方式,具体可以参考图6D和图6E中相关描述。In yet another possible implementation, under the architecture of the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 1, when the port switch is as shown in Figure 6A, the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the second port and pass The sixth port emits the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502. Of course, there are other port connection methods. For details, please refer to the relevant descriptions in Figure 6D and Figure 6E.

在一种可能的实现方式中,在图9A所示的光通信系统100架构下,当端口交换器如图10A所示,通过端口交换器501中的第二端口接收第一信号光并通过第七端口向耦合分光器502发射第一信号光,当然还有其他的端口连接方式,具体可以参考如图10D、图10E和图10F中相关描述。In a possible implementation, under the architecture of the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 9A, when the port switch is shown in Figure 10A, the first signal light is received through the second port in the port switch 501 and passed through the third port. The seven ports emit the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502. Of course, there are other port connection methods. For details, please refer to the relevant descriptions in Figure 10D, Figure 10E and Figure 10F.

步骤S2207:通过耦合分光器将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光发送给端口交换器。Step S2207: Split the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light through the coupling splitter, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch.

在一种可能的实现方式中,在图1所示的光通信系统100架构下,当端口交换器如图3A所示,通过耦合分光器将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光之后,并将第二信号光和第三信号光发送给端口交换器的第五端口和第六端口。In a possible implementation, under the architecture of the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 1, when the port switch is shown in Figure 3A, the first signal light is split into the second signal light and the third signal light through the coupling splitter. After the signal light, the second signal light and the third signal light are sent to the fifth port and the sixth port of the port switch.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,在图1所示的光通信系统100架构下,当端口交换器如图6A所示,通过耦合分光器将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光之后,并将第二信号光和第三信号光发送给端口交换器的第七端口和第四端口,当然还有其他的端口连接方式,具体可以参考图6D和图6E中相关描述。In yet another possible implementation, under the architecture of the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 1, when the port switch is shown in Figure 6A, the first signal light is split into the second signal light and the second signal light through the coupling splitter. After the three signal lights, the second signal light and the third signal light are sent to the seventh port and the fourth port of the port switch. Of course, there are other port connection methods. For details, please refer to the relevant descriptions in Figure 6D and Figure 6E .

在一种可能的实现方式中,在图9A所示的光通信系统100架构下,当端口交换器如图10A所示,通过耦合分光器将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光之后,并将第二信号光和第三信号光发送给端口交换器的第八端口和第五端口,当然还有其他的端口连接方式,具体可以参考如图10D、图10E和图10F中相关描述。In a possible implementation, under the architecture of the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 9A, when the port switch is shown in Figure 10A, the first signal light is split into the second signal light and the third signal light through the coupling splitter. After the signal light, the second signal light and the third signal light are sent to the eighth port and the fifth port of the port switch. Of course, there are other port connection methods. For details, please refer to Figure 10D, Figure 10E and Figure 10F related descriptions.

步骤S2208:通过端口交换器向第一节点设备发送第三信号光,并向子节点设备发送第二信号光。Step S2208: Send the third signal light to the first node device through the port switch, and send the second signal light to the child node device.

具体地,在一种可能的实现方式中,在图1所示的光通信系统100架构下,当端口交换器如图3A所示,通过端口交换器的第六端口接收第三信号光并通过第一端口向第一节点设备发射第三信号光,通过第五端口接收第二信号光并通过第三端口向子节点设备发射第二信号光。Specifically, in one possible implementation, under the architecture of the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 1, when the port switch is as shown in Figure 3A, the third signal light is received through the sixth port of the port switch and passed through The first port emits third signal light to the first node device, receives the second signal light through the fifth port, and emits the second signal light to the child node device through the third port.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,在图1所示的光通信系统100架构下,当端口交换器如图6A所示,通过端口交换器的第四端口接收第三信号光并通过第一端口向第一节点设备发射第三信号光,通过第七端口接收第二信号光并通过第三端口向子节点设备发射第二信号光,当然还有其他的端口连接方式,具体可以参考图6D和图6E中相关描述。In another possible implementation, under the architecture of the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 1, when the port switch is shown in Figure 6A, the third signal light is received through the fourth port of the port switch and passed through the first The port emits the third signal light to the first node device, receives the second signal light through the seventh port, and emits the second signal light to the sub-node device through the third port. Of course, there are other port connection methods. For details, please refer to Figure 6D and related descriptions in Figure 6E.

在一种可能的实现方式中,在图9A所示的光通信系统100架构下,当端口交换器如图10A所示,通过端口交换器的第五端口接收第三信号光并通过第一端口向第一节点设备发射第三信号光,通过第八端口接收第二信号光并通过第四端口向子节点设备发射第二信号光,当然还有其他的端口连接方式,具体可以参考如图10D、图10E和图10F中相关描述。 In a possible implementation, under the architecture of the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 9A, when the port switch is shown in Figure 10A, the third signal light is received through the fifth port of the port switch and passed through the first port. Transmitting the third signal light to the first node device, receiving the second signal light through the eighth port and transmitting the second signal light to the sub-node device through the fourth port. Of course, there are other port connection methods. For details, please refer to Figure 10D , related descriptions in Figure 10E and Figure 10F.

在图22所描述的方法中,该保护倒换装置可以通过基于空间光路的端口交换器和无源的耦合分光器实现,该保护倒换装置结构简单且成本低,采用该保护倒换装置,可降低光纤链路的保护倒换机制的成本,提升其适用性。In the method described in Figure 22, the protection switching device can be implemented through a port switch based on a spatial optical path and a passive coupling splitter. The protection switching device has a simple structure and low cost. Using this protection switching device can reduce the cost of optical fiber. Reduce the cost of the link protection switching mechanism and improve its applicability.

请参见图23,图23是本申请实施例提供的一种断路保护方法,该方法包括但不限于如下步骤:Please refer to Figure 23. Figure 23 is a circuit break protection method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method includes but is not limited to the following steps:

步骤S2301:通过端口交换器接收来自第一节点设备的第一信号光,并将第一信号光传输给耦合分光器。Step S2301: Receive the first signal light from the first node device through the port switch, and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter.

在一种可能的实现方式中,在图14A所示的光通信系统100架构下,当端口交换器如图15A所示,端口交换器501用于通过第一端口接收第一信号光并通过第五端口向耦合分光器502发射第一信号光。In a possible implementation, under the architecture of the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 14A, when the port switch is shown in Figure 15A, the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the first port and pass the first signal light through the first port. The five-port emits the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,在图19A所示的光通信系统100架构下,当端口交换器如图20A所示,端口交换器501用于通过第一端口接收第一信号光并通过第五端口向耦合分光器502发射第一信号光。In yet another possible implementation, under the architecture of the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 19A, when the port switch is as shown in Figure 20A, the port switch 501 is used to receive the first signal light through the first port and pass The fifth port emits the first signal light to the coupling splitter 502 .

步骤S2302:通过耦合分光器将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将第二信号光和第三信号光发送给端口交换器。Step S2302: Split the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light through the coupling splitter, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch.

在一种可能的实现方式中,在图14A所示的光通信系统100架构下,当端口交换器如图15A所示,通过耦合分光器将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光之后,并将第二信号光和第三信号光发送给端口交换器的第六端口和第七端口。In a possible implementation, under the architecture of the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 14A, when the port switch is shown in Figure 15A, the first signal light is split into the second signal light and the third signal light through the coupling splitter. After the signal light, the second signal light and the third signal light are sent to the sixth port and the seventh port of the port switch.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,在图19A所示的光通信系统100架构下,当端口交换器如图20A所示,通过耦合分光器将第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光之后,并将第二信号光和第三信号光发送给端口交换器的第六端口和第七端口。In yet another possible implementation, under the architecture of the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 19A, when the port switch is shown in Figure 20A, the first signal light is split into the second signal light and the second signal light through the coupling splitter. After the three signal lights, the second signal light and the third signal light are sent to the sixth port and the seventh port of the port switch.

步骤S2303:通过端口交换器向第二节点设备发送第二信号光,并向子节点设备中第一收发光模块发送第三信号光。Step S2303: Send the second signal light to the second node device through the port switch, and send the third signal light to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device.

在一种可能的实现方式中,在图14A所示的光通信系统100架构下,当端口交换器如图15A所示,通过端口交换器第六端口接收第二信号光并通过第二端口向第二节点设备发射第二信号光,通过第七端口接收第三信号光并通过第三端口向子节点设备中第一收发光模块发射第三信号光。In a possible implementation, under the architecture of the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 14A, when the port switch is shown in Figure 15A, the second signal light is received through the sixth port of the port switch and transmitted to the second port through the second port. The second node device emits the second signal light, receives the third signal light through the seventh port, and emits the third signal light through the third port to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,在图19A所示的光通信系统100架构下,当端口交换器如图20A所示,通过端口交换器第六端口接收第二信号光并通过第二端口向第二节点设备发射第二信号光,通过第七端口接收第三信号光并通过第三端口向子节点设备中第一收发光模块发射第三信号光。In yet another possible implementation, under the architecture of the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 19A, when the port switch is shown in Figure 20A, the second signal light is received through the sixth port of the port switch and passed through the second port. The second signal light is emitted to the second node device, the third signal light is received through the seventh port, and the third signal light is emitted to the first receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the third port.

步骤S2304:通过端口交换器接收来自第二节点设备的第四信号光,并将第四信号光传输给耦合分光器。Step S2304: Receive the fourth signal light from the second node device through the port switch, and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter.

在一种可能的实现方式中,在图14A所示的光通信系统100架构下,当端口交换器如图15A所示,端口交换器501用于通过第二端口接收第四信号光并通过第七端口向耦合分光器502发射第四信号光。In a possible implementation, under the architecture of the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 14A, when the port switch is shown in Figure 15A, the port switch 501 is used to receive the fourth signal light through the second port and pass it through the third port. The seven-port emits the fourth signal light to the coupling splitter 502.

在一种可能的实现方式中,在图19A所示的光通信系统100架构下,当端口交换器如图20A所示,端口交换器501用于通过第二端口接收第四信号光并通过第七端口向耦合分光器502发射第四信号光。In a possible implementation, under the architecture of the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 19A, when the port switch is as shown in Figure 20A, the port switch 501 is used to receive the fourth signal light through the second port and pass the fourth signal light through the second port. The seven-port emits the fourth signal light to the coupling splitter 502.

步骤S2305:通过耦合分光器将第四信号光分光成第五信号光和第六信号光,并将第五信号光和第六信号光发送给端口交换器。Step S2305: Split the fourth signal light into the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light through the coupling splitter, and send the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light to the port switch.

在一种可能的实现方式中,在图14A所示的光通信系统100架构下,当端口交换器如图15A所示,通过耦合分光器将第四信号光分光成第五信号光和第六信号光,并将第五信号光和第六信号光发送给端口交换器的第八端口和第五端口。In a possible implementation, under the architecture of the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 14A, when the port switch is shown in Figure 15A, the fourth signal light is split into the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light through the coupling splitter. signal light, and sends the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light to the eighth port and the fifth port of the port switch.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,在图19A所示的光通信系统100架构下,当端口交换器如图20A所示,通过耦合分光器将第四信号光分光成第五信号光和第六信号光,并将第五信号光和第六信号光发送给端口交换器的第八端口和第五端口。In yet another possible implementation, under the architecture of the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 19A, when the port switch is shown in Figure 20A, the fourth signal light is split into the fifth signal light and the fifth signal light through the coupling splitter. six signal lights, and sends the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light to the eighth port and the fifth port of the port switch.

步骤S2306:通过端口交换器向第一节点设备发送第六信号光,并向子节点设备中第二收发光模块发送第五信号光。Step S2306: Send the sixth signal light to the first node device through the port switch, and send the fifth signal light to the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device.

具体地,第二信号光与第三信号光的光功率比为第一比例,第六信号光与第五信号光的光功率比为第二比例,第一比例与第二比例互为倒数。Specifically, the optical power ratio between the second signal light and the third signal light is a first ratio, the optical power ratio between the sixth signal light and the fifth signal light is a second ratio, and the first ratio and the second ratio are reciprocals of each other.

在一种可能的实现方式中,在图14A所示的光通信系统100架构下,当端口交换器如图15A所示,端口交换器通过第五端口接收第六信号光并通过第一端口向第一节点设备发射第六信号光,通过第八端口接收第五信号光并通过第四端口向子节点设备中第二收发光模块发射第五信号光。In a possible implementation, under the architecture of the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 14A, when the port switch is shown in Figure 15A, the port switch receives the sixth signal light through the fifth port and transmits it to the first port through the fifth port. The first node device emits the sixth signal light, receives the fifth signal light through the eighth port, and transmits the fifth signal light to the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the fourth port.

在又一种可能的实现方式中,在图19A所示的光通信系统100架构下,当端口交换器如图20A所示, 端口交换器通过第五端口接收第六信号光并通过第一端口向第一节点设备发射第六信号光,通过第八端口接收第五信号光并通过第四端口向子节点设备中第二收发光模块发射第五信号光。In yet another possible implementation, under the architecture of the optical communication system 100 shown in Figure 19A, when the port switch is shown in Figure 20A, The port switch receives the sixth signal light through the fifth port and transmits the sixth signal light to the first node device through the first port, receives the fifth signal light through the eighth port, and transmits and receives the second signal light to the child node device through the fourth port. The optical module emits fifth signal light.

在图23所描述的方法中,该保护倒换装置可以通过基于空间光路的端口交换器和无源的耦合分光器实现,该保护倒换装置结构简单且成本低,采用该保护倒换装置,可降低光纤链路的保护倒换机制的成本,提升其适用性。In the method described in Figure 23, the protection switching device can be implemented through a port switch based on a spatial optical path and a passive coupling splitter. The protection switching device has a simple structure and low cost. Using this protection switching device can reduce the cost of optical fiber. Reduce the cost of the link protection switching mechanism and improve its applicability.

可以理解的是,本申请的实施例中的处理器可以是中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit,CPU),还可以是其它通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件,硬件部件或者其任意组合。通用处理器可以是微处理器,也可以是任何常规的处理器。It can be understood that the processor in the embodiment of the present application can be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), or other general-purpose processor, digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), or application specific integrated circuit. (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof. A general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.

本申请的实施例中的方法步骤可以通过硬件的方式来实现,也可以由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成,软件模块可以被存放于随机存取存储器、闪存、只读存储器、可编程只读存储器、可擦除可编程只读存储器、电可擦除可编程只读存储器、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、CD-ROM或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然,存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外,该ASIC可以位于基站或终端中。当然,处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于基站或终端中。The method steps in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented by hardware or by a processor executing software instructions. Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and the software modules can be stored in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, erasable programmable read-only memory, electrically erasable programmable read-only memory In memory, register, hard disk, mobile hard disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage medium well known in the art. An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium. Of course, the storage medium can also be an integral part of the processor. The processor and storage media may be located in an ASIC. Additionally, the ASIC can be located in the base station or terminal. Of course, the processor and the storage medium may also exist as discrete components in the base station or terminal.

在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机程序或指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序或指令时,全部或部分地执行本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、网络设备、用户设备或者其它可编程装置。所述计算机程序或指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机程序或指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线或无线方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是集成一个或多个可用介质的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带;也可以是光介质,例如,数字视频光盘;还可以是半导体介质,例如,固态硬盘。该计算机可读存储介质可以是易失性或非易失性存储介质,或可包括易失性和非易失性两种类型的存储介质。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer programs or instructions. When the computer program or instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are executed in whole or in part. The computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, a network device, a user equipment, or other programmable device. The computer program or instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another. For example, the computer program or instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, A server or data center transmits via wired or wireless means to another website site, computer, server, or data center. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center that integrates one or more available media. The available media may be magnetic media, such as floppy disks, hard disks, and tapes; optical media, such as digital video optical disks; or semiconductor media, such as solid-state hard drives. The computer-readable storage medium may be volatile or nonvolatile storage media, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile types of storage media.

在本申请的各个实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。In the various embodiments of this application, if there is no special explanation or logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between different embodiments are consistent and can be referenced to each other. The technical features in different embodiments are based on their inherent Logical relationships can be combined to form new embodiments.

在本申请的描述中,“第一”,“第二”,“S2201”,或“S2202”等词汇,仅用于区分描述以及上下文行文方便的目的,不同的次序编号本身不具有特定技术含义,不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性,也不能理解为指示或暗示操作的执行顺序,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定。In the description of this application, words such as "first", "second", "S2201", or "S2202" are only used for the purpose of distinguishing descriptions and making context easier. The different sequence numbers themselves do not have specific technical meanings. , cannot be understood as indicating or implying the relative importance, nor can it be understood as indicating or implying the execution order of operations. The execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic.

本申请中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如“A和/或B”可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。另外,本文中字符“/”,表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。The term "and/or" in this application is just an association relationship describing related objects, indicating that there can be three relationships. For example, "A and/or B" can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, alone There are three cases of B, where A and B can be singular or plural. In addition, the character "/" in this article indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.

本申请中,“传输”可以包括以下三种情况:数据的发送,数据的接收,或者数据的发送和数据的接收。本申请中,“数据”可以包括业务数据,和/或,信令数据。In this application, "transmission" may include the following three situations: sending of data, receiving of data, or sending of data and receiving of data. In this application, "data" may include service data and/or signaling data.

本申请中术语“包括”或“具有”及其任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包括,例如,包括了一系列步骤的过程/方法,或一系列单元的系统/产品/设备,不必限于清楚地列出的那些步骤或单元,而是可以包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程/方法/产品/设备固有的其它步骤或单元。The terms "comprising" or "having" and any variations thereof in this application are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusions, for example, a process/method that includes a series of steps, or a system/product/equipment that includes a series of units, and is not necessarily limited to clarity. may include other steps or elements not expressly listed or inherent to the process/method/product/apparatus.

在本申请的描述中,对于名词的数目,除非特别说明,表示“单数名词或复数名词”,即“一个或多个”。“至少一个”,表示一个或者多个。“包括以下至少一个:A,B,C。”表示可以包括A,或者包括B,或者包括C,或者包括A和B,或者包括A和C,或者包括B和C,或者包括A,B和C。其中A,B,C可以是单个,也可以是多个。 In the description of this application, the number of nouns means "singular noun or plural noun", that is, "one or more", unless otherwise specified. "At least one" means one or more. "Including at least one of the following: A, B, C." means it can include A, or B, or C, or A and B, or A and C, or B and C, or A, B and C. Among them, A, B, and C can be single or multiple.

Claims (19)

一种保护倒换装置,其特征在于,包括端口交换器和耦合分光器,所述端口交换器和所述耦合分光器相连,所述端口交换器分别与第一节点设备、第二节点设备和子节点设备相连;A protection switching device, characterized in that it includes a port switch and a coupling optical splitter. The port switch is connected to the coupling optical splitter. The port switch is connected to a first node device, a second node device and a sub-node respectively. Devices are connected; 在第一预设状态下,所述端口交换器用于接收来自所述第一节点设备的第一信号光,并将所述第一信号光传输给所述耦合分光器,所述耦合分光器用于将所述第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将所述第二信号光和所述第三信号光发送给所述端口交换器,所述端口交换器用于向所述第二节点设备发送所述第二信号光,并向所述子节点设备发送所述第三信号光;In the first preset state, the port switch is used to receive the first signal light from the first node device and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter, and the coupling optical splitter is used to The first signal light is split into a second signal light and a third signal light, and the second signal light and the third signal light are sent to the port switch, where the port switch is used to The second node device sends the second signal light and sends the third signal light to the child node device; 在第二预设状态下,所述端口交换器用于接收来自所述第二节点设备的所述第一信号光,并将所述第一信号光传输给所述耦合分光器,所述耦合分光器用于将所述第一信号光分光成所述第二信号光和所述第三信号光,并将所述第二信号光和所述第三信号光发送给所述端口交换器,所述端口交换器用于向所述第一节点设备发送所述第三信号光,并向所述子节点设备发送所述第二信号光。In the second preset state, the port switch is used to receive the first signal light from the second node device and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter. The device is used to split the first signal light into the second signal light and the third signal light, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch, the The port switch is configured to send the third signal light to the first node device and send the second signal light to the child node device. 根据权利要求1所述的装置,其特征在于,所述端口交换器包括第一端口、第二端口、第三端口、第四端口、第五端口以及第六端口,所述耦合分光器包括第七端口、第八端口以及第九端口,所述第四端口与所述第七端口相连接,所述第五端口与所述第八端口相连接,所述第六端口与所述第九端口相连接;The device according to claim 1, wherein the port switch includes a first port, a second port, a third port, a fourth port, a fifth port and a sixth port, and the coupling optical splitter includes a third port. Seven ports, an eighth port and a ninth port, the fourth port is connected to the seventh port, the fifth port is connected to the eighth port, the sixth port is connected to the ninth port connected; 在所述第一预设状态下,所述端口交换器用于通过所述第一端口接收所述第一信号光并通过所述第四端口向所述耦合分光器发射所述第一信号光,通过所述第五端口接收所述第二信号光并通过所述第二端口向所述第二节点设备发射所述第二信号光,通过所述第六端口接收所述第三信号光并通过所述第三端口向所述子节点设备发射所述第三信号光;In the first preset state, the port switch is configured to receive the first signal light through the first port and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the fourth port, The second signal light is received through the fifth port and transmitted to the second node device through the second port. The third signal light is received through the sixth port and transmitted through The third port emits the third signal light to the sub-node device; 在所述第二预设状态下,所述端口交换器用于通过所述第二端口接收所述第一信号光并通过所述第四端口向所述耦合分光器发射所述第一信号光,通过所述第六端口接收所述第三信号光并通过所述第一端口向所述第一节点设备发射所述第三信号光,通过所述第五端口接收所述第二信号光并通过所述第三端口向所述子节点设备发射所述第二信号光。In the second preset state, the port switch is configured to receive the first signal light through the second port and transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter through the fourth port, The third signal light is received through the sixth port and transmitted to the first node device through the first port. The second signal light is received through the fifth port and transmitted through The third port emits the second signal light to the child node device. 根据权利要求2所述的装置,其特征在于,所述端口交换器包括光路转折镜片组;The device according to claim 2, wherein the port switch includes an optical path turning lens set; 在所述第二预设状态下,所述光路转折镜片组用于断开所述第一端口与所述第四端口的连接并建立所述第一端口与所述第六端口的连接,断开所述第二端口与所述第五端口的连接并建立所述第二端口与所述第四端口的连接,断开所述第三端口与所述第六端口的连接并建立所述第三端口与所述第五端口的连接。In the second preset state, the optical path turning lens set is used to disconnect the first port from the fourth port and establish a connection from the first port to the sixth port. Open the connection between the second port and the fifth port and establish the connection between the second port and the fourth port, disconnect the connection between the third port and the sixth port and establish the third port. The connection between the third port and the fifth port. 根据权利要求1所述的装置,其特征在于,所述端口交换器包括第一端口、第二端口、第三端口、第四端口、第五端口、第六端口以及第七端口,所述耦合分光器包括第八端口、第九端口、第十端口以及第十一端口,所述第四端口与所述第八端口相连接,所述第五端口与所述第九端口相连接,所述第六端口与所述第十端口相连接,所述第七端口与所述第十一端口相连接;The device according to claim 1, wherein the port switch includes a first port, a second port, a third port, a fourth port, a fifth port, a sixth port and a seventh port, and the coupling The optical splitter includes an eighth port, a ninth port, a tenth port and an eleventh port, the fourth port is connected to the eighth port, the fifth port is connected to the ninth port, the The sixth port is connected to the tenth port, and the seventh port is connected to the eleventh port; 在所述第一预设状态下,所述端口交换器用于通过所述第一端口接收所述第一信号光并通过所述第四端口向所述耦合分光器发射所述第一信号光,通过所述第五端口接收所述第二信号光并通过所述第二端口向所述第二节点设备发射所述第二信号光,通过所述第六端口接收所述第三信号光并通过所述第三端口向所述子节点设备发射所述第三信号光;In the first preset state, the port switch is configured to receive the first signal light through the first port and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the fourth port, The second signal light is received through the fifth port and transmitted to the second node device through the second port. The third signal light is received through the sixth port and transmitted through The third port emits the third signal light to the sub-node device; 在所述第二预设状态下,所述端口交换器用于通过所述第二端口接收所述第一信号光并通过所述第六端口向所述耦合分光器发射所述第一信号光,通过所述第四端口接收所述第三信号光并通过所述第一端口向所述第一节点设备发射所述第三信号光,通过所述第七端口接收所述第二信号光并通过所述第三端口向所述子节点设备发射所述第二信号光。In the second preset state, the port switch is configured to receive the first signal light through the second port and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the sixth port, The third signal light is received through the fourth port and transmitted to the first node device through the first port. The second signal light is received through the seventh port and transmitted through The third port emits the second signal light to the child node device. 根据权利要求1所述的装置,其特征在于,所述端口交换器包括第一端口、第二端口、第三端口、第四端口、第五端口、第六端口、第七端口以及第八端口,所述耦合分光器包括第九端口、第十端口、第十一端口以及第十二端口,所述第五端口与所述第九端口相连接,所述第六端口与所述第十端口相连接,所述第七端口与所述第十一端口相连接,所述第八端口与所述第十二端口相连接;The device according to claim 1, wherein the port switch includes a first port, a second port, a third port, a fourth port, a fifth port, a sixth port, a seventh port and an eighth port. , the coupling optical splitter includes a ninth port, a tenth port, an eleventh port and a twelfth port, the fifth port is connected to the ninth port, the sixth port is connected to the tenth port are connected, the seventh port is connected to the eleventh port, and the eighth port is connected to the twelfth port; 在所述第一预设状态下,所述端口交换器用于通过所述第一端口接收所述第一信号光并通过所述第五 端口向所述耦合分光器发射所述第一信号光,通过所述第六端口接收所述第二信号光并通过所述第二端口向所述第二节点设备发射所述第二信号光,通过所述第七端口接收所述第三信号光并通过所述第三端口向所述子节点设备发射所述第三信号光;In the first preset state, the port switch is configured to receive the first signal light through the first port and pass the fifth signal light through the first port. The port emits the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter, receives the second signal light through the sixth port, and emits the second signal light to the second node device through the second port, Receive the third signal light through the seventh port and transmit the third signal light to the child node device through the third port; 在所述第二预设状态下,所述端口交换器用于通过所述第二端口接收所述第一信号光并通过所述第七端口向所述耦合分光器发射所述第一信号光,通过所述第五端口接收所述第三信号光并通过所述第一端口向所述第一节点设备发射所述第三信号光,通过所述第八端口接收所述第二信号光并通过所述第四端口向所述子节点设备发射所述第二信号光。In the second preset state, the port switch is configured to receive the first signal light through the second port and transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter through the seventh port, The third signal light is received through the fifth port and transmitted to the first node device through the first port. The second signal light is received through the eighth port and transmitted through The fourth port emits the second signal light to the child node device. 一种保护倒换装置,其特征在于,包括端口交换器和耦合分光器,所述端口交换器和所述耦合分光器相连,所述端口交换器分别与第一节点设备、第二节点设备以及子节点设备相连,所述子节点设备包括第一收发光模块和第二收发光模块;A protection switching device, characterized in that it includes a port switch and a coupling optical splitter. The port switch is connected to the coupling optical splitter. The port switch is respectively connected to a first node device, a second node device and a sub-unit. Node devices are connected, and the sub-node devices include a first light-receiving module and a second light-receiving module; 所述端口交换器用于接收来自所述第一节点设备的第一信号光,并将所述第一信号光传输给所述耦合分光器,所述耦合分光器用于将所述第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将所述第二信号光和所述第三信号光发送给所述端口交换器,所述端口交换器用于向所述第二节点设备发送所述第二信号光,并向所述子节点设备中第一收发光模块发送所述第三信号光;The port switch is used to receive the first signal light from the first node device and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter, and the coupling optical splitter is used to split the first signal light into a second signal light and a third signal light, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch, where the port switch is used to send the second signal light to the second node device. the second signal light, and sends the third signal light to the first transceiver and light module in the child node device; 所述端口交换器用于接收来自所述第二节点设备的第四信号光,并将所述第四信号光传输给所述耦合分光器,所述耦合分光器用于将所述第四信号光分光成第五信号光和第六信号光,并将所述第五信号光和所述第六信号光发送给所述端口交换器,所述端口交换器用于向所述第一节点设备发送所述第六信号光,并向所述子节点设备中第二收发光模块发送所述第五信号光,其中,所述第二信号光与第三信号光的光功率比为第一比例,所述第六信号光与第五信号光的光功率比为第二比例,所述第一比例与所述第二比例互为倒数。The port switch is used to receive the fourth signal light from the second node device and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter, and the coupling optical splitter is used to split the fourth signal light. into fifth signal light and sixth signal light, and send the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light to the port switch, the port switch is used to send the the sixth signal light, and sends the fifth signal light to the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device, wherein the optical power ratio of the second signal light and the third signal light is a first ratio, and the The optical power ratio of the sixth signal light and the fifth signal light is a second ratio, and the first ratio and the second ratio are reciprocals of each other. 根据权利要求6所述的装置,其特征在于,所述端口交换器包括第一端口、第二端口、第三端口、第四端口、第五端口、第六端口、第七端口以及第八端口,所述耦合分光器包括第九端口、第十端口、第十一端口以及第十二端口,所述第五端口与所述第九端口相连接,所述第六端口与所述第十端口相连接,所述第七端口与所述第十一端口相连接,所述第八端口与所述第十二端口相连接;The device of claim 6, wherein the port switch includes a first port, a second port, a third port, a fourth port, a fifth port, a sixth port, a seventh port and an eighth port. , the coupling optical splitter includes a ninth port, a tenth port, an eleventh port and a twelfth port, the fifth port is connected to the ninth port, the sixth port is connected to the tenth port are connected, the seventh port is connected to the eleventh port, and the eighth port is connected to the twelfth port; 所述端口交换器用于通过所述第一端口接收所述第一信号光并通过所述第五端口向所述耦合分光器发射所述第一信号光,通过所述第六端口接收所述第二信号光并通过所述第二端口向所述第二节点设备发射所述第二信号光,通过所述第七端口接收所述第三信号光并通过所述第三端口向所述子节点设备中第一收发光模块发射所述第三信号光;The port switch is configured to receive the first signal light through the first port, transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter through the fifth port, and receive the first signal light through the sixth port. Two signal lights are emitted to the second node device through the second port, and the third signal light is received through the seventh port and sent to the child node through the third port. The first light-receiving module in the device emits the third signal light; 所述端口交换器用于通过所述第二端口接收所述第四信号光并通过所述第七端口向所述耦合分光器发射所述第四信号光,通过所述第五端口接收所述第六信号光并通过所述第一端口向所述第一节点设备发射所述第六信号光,通过所述第八端口接收所述第五信号光并通过所述第四端口向所述子节点设备中第二收发光模块发射所述第五信号光。The port switch is configured to receive the fourth signal light through the second port and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling splitter through the seventh port, and receive the fourth signal light through the fifth port. Six signal lights are emitted to the first node device through the first port, and the fifth signal light is received through the eighth port and sent to the child node through the fourth port. The second light-receiving module in the device emits the fifth signal light. 根据权利要求7所述的装置,其特征在于,所述端口交换器包括第一光路转折镜片组;The device according to claim 7, wherein the port switch includes a first optical path turning lens group; 所述第一光路转折镜片组用于建立所述第二端口与所述第六端口的连接以便于所述第二信号光的传输,以及建立所述第三端口与所述第七端口的连接以便于所述第三信号光的传输;The first optical path turning lens group is used to establish a connection between the second port and the sixth port to facilitate the transmission of the second signal light, and to establish a connection between the third port and the seventh port. To facilitate the transmission of the third signal light; 所述第一光路转折镜片组还用于建立所述第二端口与所述第七端口的连接以便于所述第四信号光的传输。The first optical path turning lens group is also used to establish a connection between the second port and the seventh port to facilitate the transmission of the fourth signal light. 根据权利要求7或8所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 7 or 8, characterized in that, 所述端口交换器用于通过所述第一端口接收所述第一信号光并通过所述第五端口向所述耦合分光器发射所述第一信号光,通过所述第六端口接收所述第二信号光并通过所述第二端口向所述第二节点设备发射所述第二信号光,通过所述第七端口接收所述第三信号光并通过所述第三端口向所述子节点设备中第一收发光模块发射所述第三信号光;The port switch is configured to receive the first signal light through the first port, transmit the first signal light to the coupling splitter through the fifth port, and receive the first signal light through the sixth port. Two signal lights are emitted to the second node device through the second port, and the third signal light is received through the seventh port and sent to the child node through the third port. The first light-receiving module in the device emits the third signal light; 所述端口交换器用于通过所述第一端口接收所述第四信号光并通过所述第五端口向所述耦合分光器发射所述第四信号光,通过所述第六端口接收所述第五信号光并通过所述第二端口向所述第二节点设备发 射所述第五信号光,通过所述第七端口接收所述第六信号光并通过所述第四端口向所述子节点设备中第二收发光模块发射所述第六信号光。The port switch is configured to receive the fourth signal light through the first port and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling splitter through the fifth port, and receive the fourth signal light through the sixth port. Five signal lights are sent to the second node device through the second port. The fifth signal light is emitted, the sixth signal light is received through the seventh port, and the sixth signal light is transmitted to the second receiving and receiving light module in the child node device through the fourth port. 根据权利要求7-9任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 7-9, characterized in that, 所述端口交换器用于通过所述第二端口接收所述第一信号光并通过所述第六端口向所述耦合分光器发射所述第一信号光,通过所述第八端口接收所述第二信号光并通过所述第一端口向所述第一节点设备发射所述第二信号光,通过所述第五端口接收所述第三信号光并通过所述第三端口向所述子节点设备中第一收发光模块发射所述第三信号光;The port switch is configured to receive the first signal light through the second port, transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter through the sixth port, and receive the first signal light through the eighth port. Two signal lights are emitted to the first node device through the first port, and the third signal light is received through the fifth port and sent to the child node through the third port. The first light-receiving module in the device emits the third signal light; 所述端口交换器用于通过所述第二端口接收所述第四信号光并通过所述第七端口向所述耦合分光器发射所述第四信号光,通过所述第五端口接收所述第五信号光并通过所述第一端口向所述第一节点设备发射所述第五信号光,通过所述第八端口接收所述第六信号光并通过所述第四端口向所述子节点设备中第二收发光模块发射所述第六信号光。The port switch is configured to receive the fourth signal light through the second port and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling splitter through the seventh port, and receive the fourth signal light through the fifth port. Five signal lights are emitted to the first node device through the first port, and the sixth signal light is received through the eighth port and sent to the child node through the fourth port. The second light-receiving module in the device emits the sixth signal light. 一种断路保护方法,其特征在于,所述断路保护方法适用于光通信系统,所述光通信系统包括端口交换器、耦合分光器、第一节点设备、第二节点设备和子节点设备,所述方法包括:A circuit break protection method, characterized in that the circuit break protection method is suitable for an optical communication system. The optical communication system includes a port switch, a coupling optical splitter, a first node device, a second node device and a sub-node device, and the Methods include: 确定所述光通信系统处于第一预设状态;Determining that the optical communication system is in a first preset state; 通过所述端口交换器接收来自所述第一节点设备的第一信号光,并将所述第一信号光传输给所述耦合分光器;Receive the first signal light from the first node device through the port switch and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter; 通过所述耦合分光器将所述第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将所述第二信号光和所述第三信号光发送给所述端口交换器;Split the first signal light into a second signal light and a third signal light through the coupling splitter, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch; 通过所述端口交换器向所述第二节点设备发送所述第二信号光,并向所述子节点设备发送所述第三信号光;Send the second signal light to the second node device through the port switch, and send the third signal light to the child node device; 确定所述光通信系统处于第二预设状态;Determining that the optical communication system is in a second preset state; 通过所述端口交换器接收来自所述第二节点设备的所述第一信号光,并将所述第一信号光传输给所述耦合分光器;Receive the first signal light from the second node device through the port switch and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter; 通过所述耦合分光器将所述第一信号光分光成所述第二信号光和所述第三信号光,并将所述第二信号光和所述第三信号光发送给所述端口交换器;The first signal light is split into the second signal light and the third signal light through the coupling splitter, and the second signal light and the third signal light are sent to the port switch device; 通过所述端口交换器向所述第一节点设备发送所述第三信号光,并向所述子节点设备发送所述第二信号光。The third signal light is sent to the first node device through the port switch, and the second signal light is sent to the child node device. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述端口交换器包括第一端口、第二端口、第三端口、第四端口、第五端口以及第六端口,所述耦合分光器包括第七端口、第八端口以及第九端口,其中,所述第四端口与所述第七端口相连接,所述第五端口与所述第八端口相连接,所述第六端口与所述第九端口相连接;The method according to claim 11, wherein the port switch includes a first port, a second port, a third port, a fourth port, a fifth port and a sixth port, and the coupling optical splitter includes a third port. Seven ports, an eighth port and a ninth port, wherein the fourth port is connected to the seventh port, the fifth port is connected to the eighth port, and the sixth port is connected to the Nine ports are connected; 在确定所述光通信系统处于所述第一预设状态时,通过所述端口交换器中的所述第一端口接收所述第一信号光并通过所述第四端口向所述耦合分光器发射所述第一信号光,通过所述第五端口接收所述第二信号光并通过所述第二端口向所述第二节点设备发射所述第二信号光,通过所述第六端口接收所述第三信号光并通过所述第三端口向所述子节点设备发射所述第三信号光;When it is determined that the optical communication system is in the first preset state, the first signal light is received through the first port in the port switch and transmitted to the coupling optical splitter through the fourth port. Emitting the first signal light, receiving the second signal light through the fifth port and transmitting the second signal light to the second node device through the second port, receiving the second signal light through the sixth port The third signal light is emitted to the sub-node device through the third port; 在确定所述光通信系统处于所述第二预设状态时,通过所述端口交换器中的所述第二端口接收所述第一信号光并通过所述第四端口向所述耦合分光器发射所述第一信号光,通过所述第六端口接收所述第三信号光并通过所述第一端口向所述第一节点设备发射所述第三信号光,通过所述第五端口接收所述第二信号光并通过所述第三端口向所述子节点设备发射所述第二信号光。When it is determined that the optical communication system is in the second preset state, the first signal light is received through the second port in the port switch and transmitted to the coupling optical splitter through the fourth port. Emitting the first signal light, receiving the third signal light through the sixth port and transmitting the third signal light to the first node device through the first port, receiving the third signal light through the fifth port The second signal light is emitted to the sub-node device through the third port. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述端口交换器包括光路转折镜片组;The method according to claim 12, characterized in that the port switch includes an optical path turning lens set; 在确定所述光通信系统处于所述第二预设状态时,通过所述光路转折镜片组断开所述第一端口与所述第四端口的连接并建立所述第一端口与所述第六端口的连接,断开所述第二端口与所述第五端口的连接并建立所述第二端口与所述第四端口的连接,断开所述第三端口与所述第六端口的连接并建立所述第三端口与所述第五端口的连接。 When it is determined that the optical communication system is in the second preset state, the connection between the first port and the fourth port is disconnected through the optical path turning lens group and the connection between the first port and the third port is established. Six-port connection, disconnect the second port from the fifth port and establish a connection between the second port and the fourth port, disconnect the third port from the sixth port Connect and establish a connection between the third port and the fifth port. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述端口交换器包括第一端口、第二端口、第三端口、第四端口、第五端口、第六端口以及第七端口,所述耦合分光器包括第八端口、第九端口、第十端口以及第十一端口,其中,所述第四端口与所述第八端口相连接,所述第五端口与所述第九端口相连接,所述第六端口与所述第十端口相连接,所述第七端口与所述第十一端口相连接;The method of claim 11, wherein the port switch includes a first port, a second port, a third port, a fourth port, a fifth port, a sixth port and a seventh port, and the coupling The optical splitter includes an eighth port, a ninth port, a tenth port and an eleventh port, wherein the fourth port is connected to the eighth port, and the fifth port is connected to the ninth port, The sixth port is connected to the tenth port, and the seventh port is connected to the eleventh port; 在确定所述光通信系统处于所述第一预设状态时,通过所述端口交换器中的所述第一端口接收所述第一信号光并通过所述第四端口向所述耦合分光器发射所述第一信号光,通过所述第五端口接收所述第二信号光并通过所述第二端口向所述第二节点设备发射所述第二信号光,通过所述第六端口接收所述第三信号光并通过所述第三端口向所述子节点设备发射所述第三信号光;When it is determined that the optical communication system is in the first preset state, the first signal light is received through the first port in the port switch and transmitted to the coupling optical splitter through the fourth port. Emitting the first signal light, receiving the second signal light through the fifth port and transmitting the second signal light to the second node device through the second port, receiving the second signal light through the sixth port The third signal light is emitted to the sub-node device through the third port; 在确定所述光通信系统处于所述第二预设状态时,通过所述端口交换器中的所述第二端口接收所述第一信号光并通过所述第六端口向所述耦合分光器发射所述第一信号光,通过所述第四端口接收所述第三信号光并通过所述第一端口向所述第一节点设备发射所述第三信号光,通过所述第七端口接收所述第二信号光并通过所述第三端口向所述子节点设备发射所述第二信号光。When it is determined that the optical communication system is in the second preset state, the first signal light is received through the second port in the port switch and transmitted to the coupling optical splitter through the sixth port. Emitting the first signal light, receiving the third signal light through the fourth port and transmitting the third signal light to the first node device through the first port, receiving the third signal light through the seventh port The second signal light is emitted to the sub-node device through the third port. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述端口交换器包括第一端口、第二端口、第三端口、第四端口、第五端口、第六端口、第七端口以及第八端口,所述耦合分光器包括第九端口、第十端口、第十一端口以及第十二端口,其中,所述第五端口与所述第九端口相连接,所述第六端口与所述第十端口相连接,所述第七端口与所述第十一端口相连接,所述第八端口与所述第十二端口相连接;The method of claim 11, wherein the port switch includes a first port, a second port, a third port, a fourth port, a fifth port, a sixth port, a seventh port and an eighth port. , the coupling optical splitter includes a ninth port, a tenth port, an eleventh port and a twelfth port, wherein the fifth port is connected to the ninth port, and the sixth port is connected to the Ten ports are connected, the seventh port is connected to the eleventh port, and the eighth port is connected to the twelfth port; 在确定所述光通信系统处于所述第一预设状态时,通过所述端口交换器中的所述第一端口接收所述第一信号光并通过所述第五端口向所述耦合分光器发射所述第一信号光,通过所述第六端口接收所述第二信号光并通过所述第二端口向所述第二节点设备发射所述第二信号光,通过所述第七端口接收所述第三信号光并通过所述第三端口向所述子节点设备发射所述第三信号光;When it is determined that the optical communication system is in the first preset state, the first signal light is received through the first port in the port switch and transmitted to the coupling optical splitter through the fifth port. Emitting the first signal light, receiving the second signal light through the sixth port and transmitting the second signal light to the second node device through the second port, receiving the second signal light through the seventh port The third signal light is emitted to the sub-node device through the third port; 在确定所述光通信系统处于所述第二预设状态时,通过所述端口交换器中的所述第二端口接收所述第一信号光并通过所述第七端口向所述耦合分光器发射所述第一信号光,通过所述第五端口接收所述第三信号光并通过所述第一端口向所述第一节点设备发射所述第三信号光,通过所述第八端口接收所述第二信号光并通过所述第四端口向所述子节点设备发射所述第二信号光。When it is determined that the optical communication system is in the second preset state, the first signal light is received through the second port in the port switch and transmitted to the coupling optical splitter through the seventh port. Emitting the first signal light, receiving the third signal light through the fifth port and transmitting the third signal light to the first node device through the first port, receiving the third signal light through the eighth port The second signal light is emitted to the sub-node device through the fourth port. 一种断路保护方法,其特征在于,所述断路保护方法适用于光通信系统,所述光通信系统包括端口交换器、耦合分光器、第一节点设备、第二节点设备和子节点设备,所述子节点设备包括第一收发光模块和第二收发光模块,所述方法包括:A circuit break protection method, characterized in that the circuit break protection method is suitable for an optical communication system. The optical communication system includes a port switch, a coupling optical splitter, a first node device, a second node device and a sub-node device, and the The child node device includes a first light-receiving module and a second light-receiving module, and the method includes: 通过所述端口交换器接收来自所述第一节点设备的第一信号光,并将所述第一信号光传输给所述耦合分光器;Receive the first signal light from the first node device through the port switch and transmit the first signal light to the coupling optical splitter; 通过所述耦合分光器将所述第一信号光分光成第二信号光和第三信号光,并将所述第二信号光和所述第三信号光发送给所述端口交换器;Split the first signal light into a second signal light and a third signal light through the coupling splitter, and send the second signal light and the third signal light to the port switch; 通过所述端口交换器向所述第二节点设备发送所述第二信号光,并向所述子节点设备中第一收发光模块发送所述第三信号光;Send the second signal light to the second node device through the port switch, and send the third signal light to the first transceiver and light module in the child node device; 通过所述端口交换器接收来自所述第二节点设备的第四信号光,并将所述第四信号光传输给所述耦合分光器;Receive the fourth signal light from the second node device through the port switch, and transmit the fourth signal light to the coupling optical splitter; 通过所述耦合分光器将所述第四信号光分光成第五信号光和第六信号光,并将所述第五信号光和所述第六信号光发送给所述端口交换器;Split the fourth signal light into fifth signal light and sixth signal light through the coupling splitter, and send the fifth signal light and the sixth signal light to the port switch; 通过所述端口交换器向所述第一节点设备发送所述第六信号光,并向所述子节点设备中第二收发光模块发送所述第五信号光,其中,所述第二信号光与第三信号光的光功率比为第一比例,所述第六信号光与第五信号光的光功率比为第二比例,所述第一比例与所述第二比例互为倒数。The sixth signal light is sent to the first node device through the port switch, and the fifth signal light is sent to the second transceiver and light module in the child node device, wherein the second signal light The optical power ratio between the sixth signal light and the fifth signal light is a first ratio, the optical power ratio between the sixth signal light and the fifth signal light is a second ratio, and the first ratio and the second ratio are reciprocals of each other. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述端口交换器包括第一端口、第二端口、第三端口、第四端口、第五端口、第六端口、第七端口以及第八端口,所述耦合分光器包括第九端口、第十端口、第十一端口以及第十二端口;其中,所述第五端口与所述第九端口相连接,所述第六端口与所述第十端口相连接,所述第七端口与所述第十一端口相连接,所述第八端口与所述第十二端口相连接;所述方法包括: The method of claim 16, wherein the port switch includes a first port, a second port, a third port, a fourth port, a fifth port, a sixth port, a seventh port and an eighth port. , the coupling optical splitter includes a ninth port, a tenth port, an eleventh port and a twelfth port; wherein the fifth port is connected to the ninth port, and the sixth port is connected to the Ten ports are connected, the seventh port is connected to the eleventh port, and the eighth port is connected to the twelfth port; the method includes: 通过所述端口交换器中的所述第一端口接收所述第一信号光并通过所述第五端口向所述耦合分光器发射所述第一信号光,通过所述第六端口接收所述第二信号光并通过所述第二端口向所述第二节点设备发射所述第二信号光,通过所述第七端口接收所述第三信号光并通过所述第三端口向所述子节点设备中第一收发光模块发射所述第三信号光;The first signal light is received through the first port in the port switch and transmitted to the coupling splitter through the fifth port. The first signal light is received through the sixth port. The second signal light is emitted to the second node device through the second port, and the third signal light is received through the seventh port and sent to the sub-unit through the third port. The first light-receiving module in the node device emits the third signal light; 通过所述端口交换器中的所述第二端口接收所述第四信号光并通过所述第七端口向所述耦合分光器发射所述第四信号光,通过所述第五端口接收所述第六信号光并通过所述第一端口向所述第一节点设备发射所述第六信号光,通过所述第八端口接收所述第五信号光并通过所述第四端口向所述子节点设备中第二收发光模块发射所述第五信号光。The fourth signal light is received through the second port in the port switch and transmitted to the coupling splitter through the seventh port. The fourth signal light is received through the fifth port. The sixth signal light is emitted to the first node device through the first port, and the fifth signal light is received through the eighth port and sent to the sub-unit through the fourth port. The second light-receiving module in the node device emits the fifth signal light. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:The method according to claim 17, characterized in that the method includes: 通过所述端口交换器中的所述第一端口接收所述第一信号光并通过所述第五端口向所述耦合分光器发射所述第一信号光,通过所述第六端口接收所述第二信号光并通过所述第二端口向所述第二节点设备发射所述第二信号光,通过所述第七端口接收所述第三信号光并通过所述第三端口向所述子节点设备中第一收发光模块发射所述第三信号光;The first signal light is received through the first port in the port switch and transmitted to the coupling splitter through the fifth port. The first signal light is received through the sixth port. The second signal light is emitted to the second node device through the second port, and the third signal light is received through the seventh port and sent to the sub-unit through the third port. The first light-receiving module in the node device emits the third signal light; 通过所述端口交换器中的所述第一端口接收所述第四信号光并通过所述第五端口向所述耦合分光器发射所述第四信号光,通过所述第六端口接收所述第五信号光并通过所述第二端口向所述第二节点设备发射所述第五信号光,通过所述第七端口接收所述第六信号光并通过所述第四端口向所述子节点设备中第二收发光模块发射所述第六信号光。The fourth signal light is received through the first port in the port switch and transmitted to the coupling optical splitter through the fifth port. The fourth signal light is received through the sixth port. The fifth signal light is emitted to the second node device through the second port, and the sixth signal light is received through the seventh port and sent to the sub-unit through the fourth port. The second light-receiving module in the node device emits the sixth signal light. 根据权利要求17或18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:The method according to claim 17 or 18, characterized in that the method includes: 通过所述端口交换器中的所述第二端口接收所述第一信号光并通过所述第六端口向所述耦合分光器发射所述第一信号光,通过所述第八端口接收所述第二信号光并通过所述第一端口向所述第一节点设备发射所述第二信号光,通过所述第五端口接收所述第三信号光并通过所述第三端口向所述子节点设备中第一收发光模块发射所述第三信号光;The first signal light is received through the second port in the port switch and transmitted to the coupling splitter through the sixth port. The first signal light is received through the eighth port. The second signal light is emitted to the first node device through the first port, and the third signal light is received through the fifth port and sent to the sub-unit through the third port. The first light-receiving module in the node device emits the third signal light; 通过所述端口交换器中的所述第二端口接收所述第四信号光并通过所述第七端口向所述耦合分光器发射所述第四信号光,通过所述第五端口接收所述第五信号光并通过所述第一端口向所述第一节点设备发射所述第五信号光,通过所述第八端口接收所述第六信号光并通过所述第四端口向所述子节点设备中第二收发光模块发射所述第六信号光。 The fourth signal light is received through the second port in the port switch and transmitted to the coupling splitter through the seventh port. The fourth signal light is received through the fifth port. The fifth signal light is transmitted to the first node device through the first port, and the sixth signal light is received through the eighth port and sent to the sub-unit through the fourth port. The second light-receiving module in the node device emits the sixth signal light.
PCT/CN2023/103018 2022-07-12 2023-06-28 Protection switching apparatus and open-circuit protection method WO2024012197A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210815776.3A CN117439660A (en) 2022-07-12 2022-07-12 Protection switching device and circuit breaking protection method
CN202210815776.3 2022-07-12

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024012197A1 true WO2024012197A1 (en) 2024-01-18

Family

ID=89535538

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/103018 WO2024012197A1 (en) 2022-07-12 2023-06-28 Protection switching apparatus and open-circuit protection method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117439660A (en)
WO (1) WO2024012197A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050249499A1 (en) * 2002-08-30 2005-11-10 Alcatel Optical transceivers for path-protected passive optical metro access rings
CN1848709A (en) * 2005-04-14 2006-10-18 北京格林威尔科技发展有限公司 Passive optical network system and protection switching method for realizing protection switching
CN1953354A (en) * 2006-06-28 2007-04-25 北京邮电大学 Transmission management system for traffic information by passive optical network of linear topology
CN101267259A (en) * 2008-05-13 2008-09-17 杭州华三通信技术有限公司 Optical fiber protection system and device in passive optical network
CN112019263A (en) * 2020-09-10 2020-12-01 广州航天海特系统工程有限公司 Signal transmission method, device, equipment and storage medium based on optical switch

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050249499A1 (en) * 2002-08-30 2005-11-10 Alcatel Optical transceivers for path-protected passive optical metro access rings
CN1848709A (en) * 2005-04-14 2006-10-18 北京格林威尔科技发展有限公司 Passive optical network system and protection switching method for realizing protection switching
CN1953354A (en) * 2006-06-28 2007-04-25 北京邮电大学 Transmission management system for traffic information by passive optical network of linear topology
CN101267259A (en) * 2008-05-13 2008-09-17 杭州华三通信技术有限公司 Optical fiber protection system and device in passive optical network
CN112019263A (en) * 2020-09-10 2020-12-01 广州航天海特系统工程有限公司 Signal transmission method, device, equipment and storage medium based on optical switch

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117439660A (en) 2024-01-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN110012368B (en) A Silicon-Based Integrated On-Chip Multimode Optical Switching System Compatible with Wavelength Division Multiplexing Signals
AU2015283976B2 (en) Data center path switch with improved path interconnection architecture
KR100569825B1 (en) Alternating media converter and up-down equal-wavelength ring-type DVD PON system
US6344912B1 (en) Hybrid and scalable opto-electronic processing in a wavelength-division multiplexed system
US20020012494A1 (en) Fiber optic dense wavelength division multiplexer utilizing a multi-stage parallel cascade method of wavelength separation
EP2923455A1 (en) Methods and systems for passive optical switching
KR20040052492A (en) Method and apparatus for interconnecting a plurality of optical transducers with a wavelength division multiplexed optical switch
US8774628B2 (en) Remote node and network architecture and data transmission method for a fiber-optic network, especially for low bit-rate data transmission
CN201667657U (en) Optical Transceiver Module Protected Wavelength Division Multiplexing Passive Optical Network Optical Line Terminal
CN1356569A (en) NxN cross-linking switch using wavelength router and space switch
CN101179334A (en) Optical fiber network spare channel switching control device
CN101895794A (en) Novel optical track network node structure and FPGA implementation method thereof
CN1852058A (en) Protective optical-fiber ring net special for single-fiber two-direction duplexing section
WO2015100658A1 (en) Optical transmitter, transmission method, optical receiver and reception method
WO2024012197A1 (en) Protection switching apparatus and open-circuit protection method
CN114584207A (en) Reconfigurable optical add-drop multiplexer
CN101459473B (en) Optical beam splitter, optical beam combiner and point-to-multipoint network system
JP2005236994A (en) Optical data storage network
US20240056705A1 (en) Distributed optical switching and interconnect chip and system
CN1135752C (en) Optical Network
CN116015477B (en) Light quantum forwarding method and device supporting wavelength division multiplexing and time division multiplexing
CN1650209A (en) Transparent optical-electronic-optical switch
JP7542087B2 (en) Wavelength Division Multiplexing Structure
Kodama et al. Colorless and directionless coherent WDM-PON architecture with extended star topology using a self-healing for bidirectional link protection
WO2023109815A1 (en) Optical communication network and communication node

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23838691

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 23838691

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1